WorldWideScience

Sample records for twit design configuration

  1. Evaluation of HiPHES convective reformer design alternatives

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    1991-08-01

    Phase I Stone Webster presented three potential design configurations for a ceramic-tubed steam-methane reformer. These were the Tube-Within-a-Tube (TWIT) design, the Once-Through design, and the Monolith design. Although the TWIT design configuration appeared to be the most viable, the inclusion of a more detailed examination of design alternatives for the HiPHES reformer was deemed appropriate for the Phase II program. Of particular concern was the length of the ceramic tubes required for the TWIT design. To assist in this evaluation, Stone Webster established a Development Team consisting of specialists in the areas of heat transfer, ceramic materials, exchanger design, vessel design, and potential users. Stone Webster reviewed the critical areas of concern for a ceramic convective reformer, evaluated competing design configurations, and presented the results to the Development Team. This report presents Stone Webster's evaluations and the comments and recommendations of the Development Team. This effort comprised the majority of Task 1 of Phase II of Stone Webster's HiPHES project. The design review was executed in parallel with the material coupon screening tests at BP America. The goal of both tasks was to confirm the materials selection and reformer design configuration so that the conditions for the tube and joint tests to be conducted at Oak Ridge National Laboratory (ORNL) could be specified. The ORNL tests are intended to evaluate the reformer design configuration and materials of construction used for the reformer design in Phase II, and to be used in the demonstration unit in Phase III. The Task 1 (Evaluation of Alternative Reformer Designs) effort has identified a preferred design configuration for the proposed ceramic reformer. Additional engineering and material evaluation work is necessary before an operating prototype can be designed.

  2. Combined method for parallel manipulator configuration design

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2005-01-01

    Configuration design is an essential, creative and decision-making step in parallel manipulator design process, in which modeling and assembly are iterative and trivial. Combined approach with automatic parametric modeling and automatic assembly is proposed for parallel manipulator configuration design. The design process and key techniques, such as configuration design, configuration verification, poses calculation of all parts in parallel manipulator, virtual assembly and etc., are discussed and demonstrated by an example. A software package is developed for parallel manipulator configuration design based on the proposed method with Visual C+ + and UG/OPEN on Unigraphics.

  3. Evaluation of HiPHES convective reformer design alternatives. Phase 2, Final issue

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    1991-08-01

    Phase I Stone & Webster presented three potential design configurations for a ceramic-tubed steam-methane reformer. These were the Tube-Within-a-Tube (TWIT) design, the Once-Through design, and the Monolith design. Although the TWIT design configuration appeared to be the most viable, the inclusion of a more detailed examination of design alternatives for the HiPHES reformer was deemed appropriate for the Phase II program. Of particular concern was the length of the ceramic tubes required for the TWIT design. To assist in this evaluation, Stone & Webster established a Development Team consisting of specialists in the areas of heat transfer, ceramic materials, exchanger design, vessel design, and potential users. Stone & Webster reviewed the critical areas of concern for a ceramic convective reformer, evaluated competing design configurations, and presented the results to the Development Team. This report presents Stone & Webster`s evaluations and the comments and recommendations of the Development Team. This effort comprised the majority of Task 1 of Phase II of Stone & Webster`s HiPHES project. The design review was executed in parallel with the material coupon screening tests at BP America. The goal of both tasks was to confirm the materials selection and reformer design configuration so that the conditions for the tube and joint tests to be conducted at Oak Ridge National Laboratory (ORNL) could be specified. The ORNL tests are intended to evaluate the reformer design configuration and materials of construction used for the reformer design in Phase II, and to be used in the demonstration unit in Phase III. The Task 1 (Evaluation of Alternative Reformer Designs) effort has identified a preferred design configuration for the proposed ceramic reformer. Additional engineering and material evaluation work is necessary before an operating prototype can be designed.

  4. Ecolifter Conceptual Configuration Design and Parameter Analysis

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    唐胜景

    2003-01-01

    In the phase of conceptually designing, the Ecolifter with three-lift-surface configuration, the influences of aircraft geometric parameters and configuration such as wing geometric parameters, canard parameters, aircraft center of gravity and engine positions and so on, on flight dynamic stability are discussed with the integrated analysis method. On the basis of the analysis of flight dynamic stability, the suitable wing geometric parameters are given and the improved aircraft configuration is proposed.

  5. Multi-Imagery Exploitation Configuration Design Study.

    Science.gov (United States)

    1982-11-01

    A124 88? MULTI-IMAGERY ENPLOITRTION CONFIGURATION DESIGN STUDY 1/2 (U) HARRIS CORP MEL8OURNE FL GOVERNMENT COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS DIV T E TIMOTHY ET...DESIGN STUDY 212 (U) HARRIS CORP MELBOURNE FL GOVERNMENT COMMUNICATION SYSTEMS DIV T E TIMOTHY ET AL. NOV 82 RRDC-TR-82-33 UNCLASSIFIED F31692-Si-C-8095 F

  6. Sectorization and Configuration Transition in Airspace Design

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Xiang Zou

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available Current airspace is sectorized according to some predefined rules that are not flexible. To facilitate utilizing the airspace more efficiently, methods to design sectors need to be promoted. In this paper, we propose an undirected graph cut-based approach that employs a memetic local search-embedded constrained evolution algorithm, NSGA-II, to generate nondominated airspace configurations. We also propose a new concave hull-based method to automatically depict sector boundaries. In addition, we also study the configuration transition problem. We define the similarity of the two different configurations and calculate their similarity with a bisection diagram and a minimum cost flow algorithm. We build a forward network to represent configuration transitions across several consecutive time periods and use multiobjective dynamic programming to determine a series of nondominated configuration links from the first period to the end. We test our approaches by simulation in high-altitude airspace controlled by Beijing Area Control Center. The results show that our sectorization method outperforms the current configuration in practice, providing a lower sector number, lower intersector flow, more balanced workload distribution among the different sectors, and no constraint violations, so that the proposed approach shows its significant potential as practical applications for dynamic airspace configuration.

  7. Sustainable supply chain design: a configurational approach.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Masoumik, S Maryam; Abdul-Rashid, Salwa Hanim; Olugu, Ezutah Udoncy; Raja Ghazilla, Raja Ariffin

    2014-01-01

    Designing the right supply chain that meets the requirements of sustainable development is a significant challenge. Although there are a considerable number of studies on issues relating to sustainable supply chain design (SSCD) in terms of designing the practices, processes, and structures, they have rarely demonstrated how these components can be aligned to form an effective sustainable supply chain (SSC). Considering this gap in the literature, this study adopts the configurational approach to develop a conceptual framework that could configure the components of a SSC. In this respect, a process-oriented approach is utilized to classify and harmonize the design components. A natural-resource-based view (NRBV) is adopted to determine the central theme to align the design components around. The proposed framework presents three types of SSC, namely, efficient SSC, innovative SSC, and reputed SSC. The study culminates with recommendations concerning the direction for future research.

  8. Sustainable Supply Chain Design: A Configurational Approach

    Science.gov (United States)

    Masoumik, S. Maryam; Raja Ghazilla, Raja Ariffin

    2014-01-01

    Designing the right supply chain that meets the requirements of sustainable development is a significant challenge. Although there are a considerable number of studies on issues relating to sustainable supply chain design (SSCD) in terms of designing the practices, processes, and structures, they have rarely demonstrated how these components can be aligned to form an effective sustainable supply chain (SSC). Considering this gap in the literature, this study adopts the configurational approach to develop a conceptual framework that could configure the components of a SSC. In this respect, a process-oriented approach is utilized to classify and harmonize the design components. A natural-resource-based view (NRBV) is adopted to determine the central theme to align the design components around. The proposed framework presents three types of SSC, namely, efficient SSC, innovative SSC, and reputed SSC. The study culminates with recommendations concerning the direction for future research. PMID:24523652

  9. Automated firewall analytics design, configuration and optimization

    CERN Document Server

    Al-Shaer, Ehab

    2014-01-01

    This book provides a comprehensive and in-depth study of automated firewall policy analysis for designing, configuring and managing distributed firewalls in large-scale enterpriser networks. It presents methodologies, techniques and tools for researchers as well as professionals to understand the challenges and improve the state-of-the-art of managing firewalls systematically in both research and application domains. Chapters explore set-theory, managing firewall configuration globally and consistently, access control list with encryption, and authentication such as IPSec policies. The author

  10. Initial DEMO tokamak design configuration studies

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Bachmann, Christian, E-mail: christian.bachmann@efda.org [EFDA, Boltzmannstraße 2, 85748 Garching (Germany); Aiello, G. [CEA-Saclay, DEN, DM2S, SEMT, F-91191 Gif-Sur-Yvette (France); Albanese, R.; Ambrosino, R. [ENEA/CREATE, Universita di Napoli Federico II, Naples (Italy); Arbeiter, F. [Karlsruhe Institute of Technology (KIT), Karlsruhe (Germany); Aubert, J. [CEA-Saclay, DEN, DM2S, SEMT, F-91191 Gif-Sur-Yvette (France); Boccaccini, L.; Carloni, D. [Karlsruhe Institute of Technology (KIT), Karlsruhe (Germany); Federici, G. [EFDA, Boltzmannstraße 2, 85748 Garching (Germany); Fischer, U. [Karlsruhe Institute of Technology (KIT), Karlsruhe (Germany); Kovari, M. [CCFE, Culham Science Centre, Abingdon, Oxon OX14 3DB (United Kingdom); Li Puma, A. [CEA-Saclay, DEN, DM2S, SEMT, F-91191 Gif-Sur-Yvette (France); Loving, A. [CCFE, Culham Science Centre, Abingdon, Oxon OX14 3DB (United Kingdom); Maione, I. [Karlsruhe Institute of Technology (KIT), Karlsruhe (Germany); Mattei, M. [ENEA/CREATE, Universita di Napoli Federico II, Naples (Italy); Mazzone, G. [ENEA C.R. Frascati, via E. Fermi 45, 00044 Frascati, Roma (Italy); Meszaros, B. [EFDA, Boltzmannstraße 2, 85748 Garching (Germany); Palermo, I. [Centro de Investigaciones Energéticas, Medioambientales y Tecnológicas (CIEMAT), Madrid (Spain); Pereslavtsev, P. [Karlsruhe Institute of Technology (KIT), Karlsruhe (Germany); Riccardo, V. [CCFE, Culham Science Centre, Abingdon, Oxon OX14 3DB (United Kingdom); and others

    2015-10-15

    Highlights: • A definition of main DEMO requirements. • A description of the DEMO tokamak design configuration. • A description of issues yet to be solved. - Abstract: To prepare the DEMO conceptual design phase a number of physics and engineering assessments were carried out in recent years in the frame of EFDA concluding in an initial design configuration of a DEMO tokamak. This paper gives an insight into the identified engineering requirements and constraints and describes their impact on the selection of the technologies and design principles of the main tokamak components. The EU DEMO program aims at making best use of the technologies developed for ITER (e.g., magnets, vessel, cryostat, and to some degree also the divertor). However, other systems in particular the breeding blanket require design solutions and advanced technologies that will only partially be tested in ITER. The main differences from ITER include the requirement to breed, to extract, to process and to recycle the tritium needed for plasma operation, the two orders of magnitude larger lifetime neutron fluence, the consequent radiation dose levels, which limit remote maintenance options, and the requirement to use low-activation steel for in-vessel components that also must operate at high temperature for efficient energy conversion.

  11. Spacecraft (Mobile Satellite) configuration design study

    Science.gov (United States)

    1985-01-01

    The relative costs to procure and operate a two-satellite mobile satellite system designed to operate either in the UHF band of the L Band, and with several antenna diameter options in each frequency band was investigated. As configured, the size of the spacecraft is limited to the current RCA Series 4000 Geosynchronous Communications Spacecraft bus, which spans the range from 4000 to 5800 pounds in the transfer orbit. The Series 4000 bus forms the basis around which the Mobile Satellite transponder and associated antennas were appended. Although the resultant configuration has little outward resemblance to the present Series 4000 microwave communications spacecraft, the structure, attitude control, thermal, power, and command and control subsystems of the Series 4000 spacecraft are all adapted to support the Mobile Satellite mission.

  12. Human Mars Ascent Configuration and Design Sensitivities

    Science.gov (United States)

    Polsgrove, Tara P.; Gernhardt, Mike; Collins, Tim; Martin, John

    2017-01-01

    Human missions to Mars may utilize several small cabins where crew members could live for days up to a couple of weeks. At the end of a Mars surface mission the Mars Ascent Vehicle (MAV) crew cabin would carry the crew to their destination in orbit in a matter of hours or days. Other small cabins in support of a Mars mission would include pressurized rovers that allow crew members to travel great distances from their primary habitat on Mars while unconstrained by time limits of typical EVAs. An orbital crew taxi could allow for exploration of the moons of Mars with minimum impact to the primary Earth-Mars transportation systems. A common crew cabin design that can perform in each of these applications is desired and could reduce the overall mission cost. However, for the MAV, the crew cabin size and mass can have a large impact on vehicle design and performance. The total ascent vehicle mass drives performance requirements for the Mars descent systems and the Earth to Mars transportation elements. Minimizing MAV mass is a priority and minimizing the crew cabin size and mass is one way to do that. This paper explores the benefits and impacts of using a common crew cabin design for the MAV. Results of a MAV configuration trade study will be presented along with mass and performance estimates for the selected design.

  13. MarFS-Requirements-Design-Configuration-Admin

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Kettering, Brett Michael [Los Alamos National Lab. (LANL), Los Alamos, NM (United States); Grider, Gary Alan [Los Alamos National Lab. (LANL), Los Alamos, NM (United States)

    2015-07-08

    This document will be organized into sections that are defined by the requirements for a file system that presents a near-POSIX (Portable Operating System Interface) interface to the user, but whose data is stored in whatever form is most efficient for the type of data being stored. After defining the requirement the design for meeting the requirement will be explained. Finally there will be sections on configuring and administering this file system. More and more, data dominates the computing world. There is a “sea” of data out there in many different formats that needs to be managed and used. “Mar” means “sea” in Spanish. Thus, this product is dubbed MarFS, a file system for a sea of data.

  14. Configuration Design of Product Service System for CNC Machine Tools

    OpenAIRE

    Zhongqi Sheng; Tao Xu; Junyou Song

    2015-01-01

    Product service system is a combination of product and services to meet the customer requirements. Configuration design is the key process of product service system development. This paper studies the configuration design of product service system for CNC machine tools. The research explores the configuration design process of product service system development, analyzes the retrieval method of product service system schemes, determines the configuration sequence of product modules and servic...

  15. Configuration management of the EU DEMO conceptual design data

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Meszaros, Botond; Shannon, Mark [EUROfusion Consortium, PPPT Department, Garching, Boltzmannstr. 2 (Germany); Marzullo, Domenico [CREATE, University of Naples Federico II, P.le Tecchio 80, 80125 Napoli (Italy); Woodley, Colin; Rowe, Steve [CCFE, Culham Science Centre, Oxfordshire OX14 3DB, Abingdon (United Kingdom); Di Gironimo, Giuseppe [CREATE, University of Naples Federico II, P.le Tecchio 80, 80125 Napoli (Italy)

    2016-11-01

    Highlights: • Description of the selection of the DEMO Product Data Management tool. • Introduction of the DEMO configuration management philosophy for the CAD design data. • Description of the enabling tools and systems of the configuration management. - Abstract: The EUROfusion Consortium is setting up – as part of the EU Fusion Roadmap – the framework for the implementation of the (pre)conceptual design phase of the DEMO reactor. Configuration management needs have been identified as one of the key elements of this framework and is the topic of this paper, in particular the configuration of the CAD design data. The desire is to keep the definition and layout of the corresponding systems “light weight” and relatively easy to manage, whilst simultaneously providing a level of detail in the definition of the design configuration that is fit for the purpose of a conceptual design. This paper aims to describe the steps followed during the definition of the configuration management system of the DEMO design data in terms of (i) the identification of the appropriate product data management system, (ii) the description of the philosophy of the configuration management of the design data, and (iii) the introduction of the most important enabling processes.

  16. Research Design – Composition, Configuration and Interdependencies

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Kastberg, Peter

    2016-01-01

    In this essay I will present an integrative view on research design. I will introduce what I take to be the skeleton components of any research design within the social sciences, i.e. the elements of research question, philosophy of science, methodology, method and data. With this as my point...... of departure I will go on to focus on a presentation, a discussion and an evaluation of a new appreciation of the interdependencies of the elements in the research design. An appreciation that favors a relational rather than an atomistic outlook and which gives rise to an ecological conceptualization...... of research design. A research design, in other words, which promotes plasticity and fluidity over adherence to static protocol. And which, at the same time, does not relinquish control over project-relevant, multifaceted decision-making processes – and their respective interdependencies – but which...

  17. Research Design – Composition, Configuration and Interdependencies

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Kastberg, Peter

    2017-01-01

    In this essay I will present an integrative view on research design. I will introduce what I take to be the skeleton components of any research design within the social sciences, i.e. the elements of research question, philosophy of science, methodology, method and data. With this as my point...... of departure I will go on to focus on a presentation, a discussion and an evaluation of a new appreciation of the interdependencies of the elements in the research design. An appreciation that favors a relational rather than an atomistic outlook and which gives rise to an ecological conceptualization...... of research design. A research design, in other words, which promotes plasticity and fluidity over adherence to static protocol. And which, at the same time, does not relinquish control over project-relevant, multifaceted decision-making processes – and their respective interdependencies – but which...

  18. An automated approach to magnetic divertor configuration design

    Science.gov (United States)

    Blommaert, M.; Dekeyser, W.; Baelmans, M.; Gauger, N. R.; Reiter, D.

    2015-01-01

    Automated methods based on optimization can greatly assist computational engineering design in many areas. In this paper an optimization approach to the magnetic design of a nuclear fusion reactor divertor is proposed and applied to a tokamak edge magnetic configuration in a first feasibility study. The approach is based on reduced models for magnetic field and plasma edge, which are integrated with a grid generator into one sensitivity code. The design objective chosen here for demonstrative purposes is to spread the divertor target heat load as much as possible over the entire target area. Constraints on the separatrix position are introduced to eliminate physically irrelevant magnetic field configurations during the optimization cycle. A gradient projection method is used to ensure stable cost function evaluations during optimization. The concept is applied to a configuration with typical Joint European Torus (JET) parameters and it automatically provides plausible configurations with reduced heat load.

  19. Configurable intelligent optimization algorithm design and practice in manufacturing

    CERN Document Server

    Tao, Fei; Laili, Yuanjun

    2014-01-01

    Presenting the concept and design and implementation of configurable intelligent optimization algorithms in manufacturing systems, this book provides a new configuration method to optimize manufacturing processes. It provides a comprehensive elaboration of basic intelligent optimization algorithms, and demonstrates how their improvement, hybridization and parallelization can be applied to manufacturing. Furthermore, various applications of these intelligent optimization algorithms are exemplified in detail, chapter by chapter. The intelligent optimization algorithm is not just a single algorit

  20. Design of a canard configured TransCruiser using CEASIOM

    Science.gov (United States)

    Rizzi, Arthur; Eliasson, Peter; Goetzendorf-Grabowski, Tomasz; Vos, Jan B.; Zhang, Mengmeng; Richardson, Thomas S.

    2011-11-01

    CEASIOM is a multidisciplinary software environment for aircraft design that has been developed as part of the European Framework 6 SimSAC project. It closely integrates discipline-specific tools such as those used for CAD, grid generation, CFD, stability analysis and control system design. The environment allows the user to take an initial design from geometry definition and aerodynamics generation through to full six degrees of freedom simulation and analysis. Key capabilities include variable fidelity aerodynamics tools and aeroelasticity modules. The purpose of this paper is to demonstrate the potential of CEASIOM by presenting the results of a Design, Simulate and Evaluate (DSE) exercise applied to a novel, project specific, transonic cruiser configuration called the TCR. The baseline TCR configuration is first defined using conventional methods, which is then refined and improved within the CEASIOM software environment. A wind tunnel model of this final configuration was then constructed, tested and used to verify the results generated using CEASIOM.

  1. A novel approach to magnetic divertor configuration design

    Science.gov (United States)

    Blommaert, M.; Baelmans, M.; Dekeyser, W.; Gauger, N. R.; Reiter, D.

    2015-08-01

    Divertor exhaust system design and analysis tools are crucial to evolve from experimental fusion reactors towards commercial power plants. In addition to material research and dedicated vessel geometry design, improved magnetic configurations can contribute to sustaining the diverted heat loads. Yet, computational design of the magnetic divertor is a challenging process involving a magnetic equilibrium solver, a plasma edge grid generator and a computationally demanding plasma edge simulation. In this paper, an integrated approach to efficient sensitivity calculations is discussed and applied to a set of slightly reduced divertor models. Sensitivities of target heat load performance to the shaping coil currents are directly evaluated. Using adjoint methods, the cost for a sensitivity evaluation is reduced to about two times the simulation cost of one specific configuration. Further, the use of these sensitivities in an optimal design framework is illustrated by a case with realistic Joint European Torus (JET) configurational parameters.

  2. A Design of Product Collaborative Online Configuration Model

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wang, Xiaoguo; Zheng, Jin; Zeng, Qian

    According to the actual needs of mass customization, the personalization of product and its collaborative design, the paper analyzes and studies the working mechanism of modular-based product configuration technology and puts forward an information model of modular product family. Combined with case-based reasoning techniques (CBR) and the constraint satisfaction problem solving techniques (CSP), we design and study the algorithm for product configuration, and analyze its time complexity. A car chassis is made as the application object, we provide a prototype system of online configuration. Taking advantage of this system, designers can make appropriate changes on the existing programs in accordance with the demand. This will accelerate all aspects of product development and shorten the product cycle. Also the system will provide a strong technical support for enterprises to improve their market competitiveness.

  3. District Heating Network Design and Configuration Optimization with Genetic Algorithm

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Hongwei Li

    2013-12-01

    Full Text Available In this paper, the configuration of a district heating network which connects from the heating plant to the end users is optimized. Each end user in the network represents a building block. The connections between the heat generation plant and the end users are represented with mixed integer and the pipe friction and heat loss formulations are non-linear. In order to find the optimal district heating network configuration, genetic algorithm which handles the mixed integer nonlinear programming problem is chosen. The network configuration is represented with binary and integer encoding and is optimized in terms of the net present cost. The optimization results indicates that the optimal DH network configuration is determined by multiple factors such as the consumer heating load, the distance between the heating plant to the consumer, the design criteria regarding the pressure and temperature limitation, as well as the corresponding network heat loss.

  4. Design and optimisation of novel configurations of stormwater constructed wetlands

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kiiza, Christopher

    2017-04-01

    Constructed wetlands (CWs) are recognised as a cost-effective technology for wastewater treatment. CWs have been deployed and could be retrofitted into existing urban drainage systems to prevent surface water pollution, attenuate floods and act as sources for reusable water. However, there exist numerous criteria for design configuration and operation of CWs. The aim of the study was to examine effects of design and operational variables on performance of CWs. To achieve this, 8 novel designs of vertical flow CWs were continuously operated and monitored (weekly) for 2years. Pollutant removal efficiency in each CW unit was evaluated from physico-chemical analyses of influent and effluent water samples. Hybrid optimised multi-layer perceptron artificial neural networks (MLP ANNs) were applied to simulate treatment efficiency in the CWs. Subsequently, predictive and analytical models were developed for each design unit. Results show models have sound generalisation abilities; with various design configurations and operational variables influencing performance of CWs. Although some design configurations attained faster and higher removal efficiencies than others; all 8 CW designs produced effluents permissible for discharge into watercourses with strict regulatory standards.

  5. Virtual display design using waveguide hologram in conical mounting configuration

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yan, Zhanjun; Li, Wenqiang; Zhou, Yongjun; Kang, Mingwu; Zheng, Zhenrong

    2011-09-01

    An improved virtual display is proposed by using a waveguide holographic configuration with two total internal reflection holographic gratings in conical mounting and two volume hologram in classical mounting recorded on a single transparent planar waveguide. Using this compact configuration, efficiency can be dramatically improved and assembly is easy to be realized. The main principle and the method of intensity uniformity control are present in the paper. The analysis and simulation results are also explained. The virtual display system design shows good optical performance with 25 deg. field of view, a large pupil about 43 mm, little distortion less than 1%, and low aberration. The configuration can be used to a portable or wearable display.

  6. Configuration Design of Novel Manually Operated Dynamo Flashlights

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yan, Hong-Sen; Wang, Hsin-Te

    This paper synthesizes novel configurations of manually operated dynamo flashlights. Topology and motion characteristics of existing gear dynamos are modified and concluded. The structural sketches and corresponding graph representations for gear trains and dynamos with the defined induced magnetic circuits are defined. Through the concepts of generalization and specialization, the atlas of the structural sketches and graphs of the embedded gear dynamos is obtained subject to the defined design requirements and constraints. And, a systematic approach is proposed to synthesize the novel mechanisms of the embedded gear dynamos. As a result, the embedded three-link and four-link gear dynamos have 12 and 24 novel design configurations, respectively. One prototype of the embedded three-link and another of the embedded four-link gear dynamo are built.

  7. Blueprinting Crowdfunding - Designing a Crowdfunding Service Configuration Framework

    OpenAIRE

    Haas, Philipp; Blohm, Ivo

    2017-01-01

    Crowdfunding gained momentum over the last few years. In contrast to traditional forms of funding, the service provision of crowdfunding platforms is performed within service systems. These comprise a complex combination of IT and non-IT services, different stakeholders, and diverging contexts and purposes. The design and operation of such service systems represents a tough challenge. Therefore, we developed a crowdfunding service configuration framework in the form of a morphological box and...

  8. Study and Design of Spiral Bent Waveguide Configuration

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    ZENG Wen-hong; LIAO Yun; SHI Shuang-jin; QIU Qi; LI Wei

    2007-01-01

    A new version of the scalar transverse electric(TE) wave equation in the bent waveguide is introduced.Then,TE polarized field in curved single-mode waveguides is analyzed by using the finite-difference beam propagation method(FD-BPM).The bending loss in bent waveguides is gotten for the optical fields obtained from BPM and comparisons are made among losses of the waveguides with various curvature radiuses,refractive index differences and cross sections.Based on the results,the design of spiral bent waveguide configuration is proposed as follows:refractive index difference being of 0.007,both width and thickness of waveguides being of 6 μm,the curvature radius in the spiral centre being of 4 mm,and the bending loss coefficient of the designed spiral bent waveguide being of 0.302 3 dB/cm.

  9. A rotational compressible inverse design method for internal flow configurations

    Science.gov (United States)

    Dedoussis, V.; Chaviaropoulos, P.; Papailiou, K. D.

    The development of a rotational inviscid compressible inverse design method for two-dimensional internal flow configurations is described. Rotationality is due to an incoming entropy gradient, while total enthalpy is considered to be constant throughout the flowfield. The method is based on the potential function-streamfunction formulation. A novel procedure based on differential geometry arguments is employed to derive the governing equation for velocity by requiring the curvature of the two-dimensional Euclidean space to be zero. The velocity equation solved in conjunction with a transport equation for a thermal drift function provide the flowfield without any geometry feedback. An auxiliary orthogonal computational grid adapted to the solution is employed. Geometry is determined by integrating Frenet equations of the grid lines. Inverse calculation results are compared with results of direct reproduction calculations.

  10. The optimum design configurations of savonius wind turbines

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ushiyama, I.; Nagai, H.; Mino, M.

    The results of wind tunnel and water channel trials to optimize the Savonius rotor windmill are reported. The design simplicity, omnidirectional wind acceptance, self-starting characteristics, and lack of a need for overspeed control encouraged the tests. The rotor aspect ratio, blade overlap, blade separation gap, the blade cross-section profile, and the guide vane attachment were investigated, together with the flow pattern through the blades. Two-bladed semicircular and Bach type configurations were examined. Every factor was found to significantly affect performance, and the Bach blades with a 30-50% overlap and no blade separation were determined to be effective. Inclusion of separation gap degraded performance. High aspect ratios are favored for high wind velocity regions, while low aspect ratios are preferable in regions with low winds. Guide vanes augmented the power coefficient, which approached 0.35 at 4 m/s.

  11. Lessons Learned in Designing User-configurable Modular Robotics

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Lund, Henrik Hautop

    2013-01-01

    User-configurable robotics allows users to easily configure robotic systems to perform task-fulfilling behaviors as desired by the users. With a user configurable robotic system, the user can easily modify the physical and func-tional aspect in terms of hardware and software components of a robotic...... with the semi-autonomous com-ponents of the user-configurable robotic system in interaction with the given environment. Components constituting such a user-configurable robotic system can be characterized as modules in a modular robotic system. Several factors in the definition and implementation...

  12. District Heating Network Design and Configuration Optimization with Genetic Algorithm

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Li, Hongwei; Svendsen, Svend

    2013-01-01

    and the pipe friction and heat loss formulations are non-linear. In order to find the optimal district heating network configuration, genetic algorithm which handles the mixed integer nonlinear programming problem is chosen. The network configuration is represented with binary and integer encoding...

  13. A divertor plasma configuration design method for tokamaks

    Science.gov (United States)

    Guo, Yong; Xiao, Bing-Jia; Liu, Lei; Yang, Fei; Wang, Yuehang; Qiu, Qinglai

    2016-11-01

    The efficient and safe operation of large fusion devices strongly relies on the plasma configuration inside the vacuum chamber. It is important to construct the proper plasma equilibrium with a desired plasma configuration. In order to construct the target configuration, a shape constraint module has been developed in the tokamak simulation code (TSC), which controls the poloidal flux and the magnetic field at several defined control points. It is used to construct the double null, lower single null, and quasi-snowflake configurations for the required target shape and calculate the required PF coils current. The flexibility and practicability of this method have been verified by the simulated results. Project supported by the National Magnetic Confinement Fusion Research Program of China (Grant Nos. 2014GB103000 and 2014GB110003), the National Natural Science Foundation of China (Grant Nos. 11305216, 11305209, and 11375191), and External Cooperation Program of BIC, Chinese Academy of Sciences (Grant No. GJHZ201303).

  14. Design and Optimisation of Fuel Tanks for BWB Configurations

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Goraj Zdobyslaw

    2016-12-01

    Full Text Available This paper describes assumptions, goals, methods, results and conclusions related to fuel tank arrangement of a flying wing passenger airplane configuration. A short overview of various fuel tank systems in use today of different types of aircraft is treated as a starting point for designing a fuel tank system to be used on very large passenger airplanes. These systems may be used to move fuel around the aircraft to keep the centre of gravity within acceptable limits, to maintain pitch and lateral balance and stability. With increasing aircraft speed, the centre of lift moves aft, and for trimming the elevator or trimmer must be used thereby increasing aircraft drag. To avoid this, the centre of gravity can be shifted by pumping fuel from forward to aft tanks. The lesson learnt from this is applied to minimise trim drag by moving the fuel along the airplane. Such a task can be done within coming days if we know the minimum drag versus CG position and weight value. The main part of the paper is devoted to wing bending moment distribution. A number of arrangements of fuel in airplane tanks are investigated and a scenario of refuelling - minimising the root bending moments - is presented. These results were obtained under the assumption that aircraft is in long range flight (14 hours, CL is constant and equal to 0.279, Specific Fuel Consumption is also constant and that overall fuel consumption is equal to 20 tons per 1 hour. It was found that the average stress level in wing structure is lower if refuelling starts from fuel tanks located closer to longitudinal plane of symmetry. It can influence the rate of fatigue.

  15. Supersonic Aerodynamic Design Improvements of an Arrow-Wing HSCT Configuration Using Nonlinear Point Design Methods

    Science.gov (United States)

    Unger, Eric R.; Hager, James O.; Agrawal, Shreekant

    1999-01-01

    This paper is a discussion of the supersonic nonlinear point design optimization efforts at McDonnell Douglas Aerospace under the High-Speed Research (HSR) program. The baseline for these optimization efforts has been the M2.4-7A configuration which represents an arrow-wing technology for the High-Speed Civil Transport (HSCT). Optimization work on this configuration began in early 1994 and continued into 1996. Initial work focused on optimization of the wing camber and twist on a wing/body configuration and reductions of 3.5 drag counts (Euler) were realized. The next phase of the optimization effort included fuselage camber along with the wing and a drag reduction of 5.0 counts was achieved. Including the effects of the nacelles and diverters into the optimization problem became the next focus where a reduction of 6.6 counts (Euler W/B/N/D) was eventually realized. The final two phases of the effort included a large set of constraints designed to make the final optimized configuration more realistic and they were successful albeit with a loss of performance.

  16. District Heating Network Design and Configuration Optimization with Genetic Algorithm

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Li, Hongwei; Svendsen, Svend

    2011-01-01

    the heating plant location is allowed to vary. The connection between the heat generation plant and the end users can be represented with mixed integer and the pipe friction and heat loss formulations are non-linear. In order to find the optimal DH distribution pipeline configuration, the genetic algorithm...

  17. District Heating Network Design and Configuration Optimization with Genetic Algorithm

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Li, Hongwei; Svendsen, Svend

    2011-01-01

    the heating plant location is allowed to vary. The connection between the heat generation plant and the end users can be represented with mixed integer and the pipe friction and heat loss formulations are non-linear. In order to find the optimal DH distribution pipeline configuration, the genetic algorithm...

  18. Using a Configuration System to Design Toilets and Place Installation Shafts

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Kudsk, Anders; Hvam, Lars; Thuesen, Christian Langhoff

    2013-01-01

    The aim of this research is to discover how configuration systems can support a product's design process when a high degree of variation is required and a very open or endless space exists for possible configurations. The article is based on an industrial case involving a firm that wishes to offer...... a bathroom configurator to architects. The aim of the configurator is to help architects design a bathroom according to relevent requirements and norms. In offering the configurator, the firm aims to enable a design that can be coordinated with a prefabricated installation shaft sold by the firm, and also...... to create customer leads. Four scenarios are developed for how design can be supported by four different types of configuration technologies. The four scenarios are evaluated in relation to a number of functional and technical requirements. The scenarios indicate that a good and varied range...

  19. Systems design analysis applied to launch vehicle configuration

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ryan, R.; Verderaime, V.

    1993-01-01

    As emphasis shifts from optimum-performance aerospace systems to least lift-cycle costs, systems designs must seek, adapt, and innovate cost improvement techniques in design through operations. The systems design process of concept, definition, and design was assessed for the types and flow of total quality management techniques that may be applicable in a launch vehicle systems design analysis. Techniques discussed are task ordering, quality leverage, concurrent engineering, Pareto's principle, robustness, quality function deployment, criteria, and others. These cost oriented techniques are as applicable to aerospace systems design analysis as to any large commercial system.

  20. TECHNOLOGY AND APPLICATION OF PRODUCT EVOLUTIONARY DESIGN BASED ON CONFIGURATION IN MASS CUSTOMIZATION MODE

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    FENG Yixiong; CHENG Jin; TAN Jianrong; ZHENG Bing; WEI Zhe

    2007-01-01

    Product customization has been recognized as an effective means to implement mass customization (MC). A new theory and method for MC-oriented evolutionary design of configuration product is presented based on the study of developing law of evolutionary design in integrated environment, which focuses on the innovation and reuse properties of configuration product. The key technologies for general requirement modeling in quick response to customer requirement, multi-level stepwise configuration optimization driven by customer requirement and evolutionary deduction of product variable structure based on configuration association are thoroughly investigated. The successful application of the presented method in the development of real-life products demonstrates its utility, flexibility and robusticity.

  1. Recent Advances in the Design of Quasi-axisymmetric Stellarator Plasma Configurations

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Reiman, A.; Ku, L.; Monticello, D.; Hirschman, S.; Hudson, S.; Kessel, C. [and others

    2001-01-30

    Strategies for the improvement of quasi-axisymmetric stellarator configurations are explored. Calculations of equilibrium flux surfaces for candidate configurations are also presented. One optimization strategy is found to generate configurations with improved neoclassical confinement, simpler coils with lower current density, and improved flux surface quality relative to previous designs. The flux surface calculations find significant differences in the extent of islands and stochastic regions between candidate configurations. (These calculations do not incorporate the predicted beneficial effects of perturbed bootstrap currents.) A method is demonstrated for removing low-order islands from candidate configurations by relatively small modifications of the configuration. One configuration is identified as having particularly desirable properties for a proposed experiment.

  2. A Case Retrieval Projection Pursuit Model for Configuration Design of a Product Family%A Case Retrieval Projection Pursuit Model for Configuration Design of a Product Family

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    XU Zi-rong; ZHANG Yi-fei

    2011-01-01

    The paper studies on case-based reasoning of uncertain product attributes in configuration design of a product family. Interval numbers characterize uncertain product attributes. By interpolating a number of certain values randomly to replace interval numbers and making projection pursuit analysis on source cases and target cases of expanded numbers, we can get a projection value in the optimal projection direction. Based on projection value, we can construct a case retrieval model of projection pursuit that can handle coexisting certain and uncertain product attributes. The application examples of chainsaw configuration design show that case retrieval is highly sensitive to reliable results.

  3. Novel design configurations for permanent magnet wind generators

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chen, Yicheng

    2004-12-01

    The aim of this research is to search for optimal designs of permanent magnet (PM) wind generators of different topologies. The dissertation deals with the development of analytical design equations and formulas for PM wind generators of different topologies, including equivalent magnetic circuit model for magnets, calculation of leakage flux, influence of d-q axis armature reaction, flux waveform analysis, as well as performance verification. 3-D and simplified 2-D finite element analysis is used to enhance the design precision, by which analytical formulas are modified. A new and improved formula is proposed for lamination loss calculations, based on a large experimental data set provided by steel manufacturers. The temperature stability of NdFeB magnets is analyzed and some proposals for eliminating irreversible demagnetization are presented. Two existing experimental machines are used to validate the design equations. The genetic algorithms are used to investigate the multi-objective design optimization of PM wind generators for a high efficiency and light-weight design. The reasoning behind the selection of the objective functions, design variables and constraints are given as guidance for the PM wind generator optimum design. The implementation of the genetic algorithm is also given. A comparison of PM wind generators of different topologies is presented. Conclusions are drawn for topology selections of PM wind generators. The group of soft magnetic composites (SMC) has recently been expanded by the introduction of new materials with significantly improved frequency properties. This has made SMC a viable alternative to steel laminations for a range of new applications, especially axial-flux wind generators. The isotropic nature of the SMC combined with the unique shaping possibilities opens up new design solutions for axial-flux wind generators. Through careful design, an axial-flux PM wind generator with SMC core is built and tested, demonstrating the

  4. Design of a shock-induced combustion experiment in an axisymmetric configuration with hydrogen injection

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Verreault, J.; DeChamplain, A.; Mayer, A.E.H.J.; Veraar, R.G.; Stowe, R.A.; Farinaccio, R.; Harris, P.G.

    2007-01-01

    This work presents a design for a shock-induced combustion experiment using a two-angle cone configuration. Three injector geometries were considered: a cone surface, a dual stage configuration with rectangular gaps (DSRG) and a cylindrical ramp (CR). Four parameters were investigated: the

  5. Design of a shock-induced combustion experiment in an axisymmetric configuration with hydrogen injection

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Verreault, J.; DeChamplain, A.; Mayer, A.E.H.J.; Veraar, R.G.; Stowe, R.A.; Farinaccio, R.; Harris, P.G.

    2007-01-01

    This work presents a design for a shock-induced combustion experiment using a two-angle cone configuration. Three injector geometries were considered: a cone surface, a dual stage configuration with rectangular gaps (DSRG) and a cylindrical ramp (CR). Four parameters were investigated: the penetrati

  6. Configuration System for Simulation Based Design of Vibratory Bowl Feeders

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Hansson, Michael; Mathiesen, Simon; Ellekilde, Lars-Peter;

    2016-01-01

    Vibratory bowl feeders are still among the most commonly used production equipment for automated part feeding, where parts are correctly oriented for further manipulation by being conveyed through a set of orienting devices. Designing vibratory bowl feeders involves selecting and sequencing a num...

  7. MS S4.03.002 - Adjoint-Based Design for Configuration Shaping

    Science.gov (United States)

    Nemec, Marian; Aftosmis, Michael J.

    2009-01-01

    This slide presentation discusses a method of inverse design for low sonic boom using adjoint-based gradient computations. It outlines a method for shaping a configuration in order to match a prescribed near-field signature.

  8. Global Supply Chain Design : Exploring configurational and coordination factors

    OpenAIRE

    Abid, Muhammad

    2015-01-01

    This thesis addresses the topic of global supply chain design. One major challenge concerns how to manage the tension between separation and integration pertaining to the localization of business activities. In this regard Ferdows (2008) worked to create two new production network models (rooted production network and footloose production network). Earlier studies have highlighted the choices that are involved in the network of facilities but lack in providing a comprehensive picture in terms...

  9. Highly configurable low cost remote laboratory with integrated support for learning – Hardware design

    OpenAIRE

    Dag A. H. Samuelsen; Olaf H. Graven

    2013-01-01

    This paper presents a flexible and low cost design specification for a remote laboratory platform for electronics laboratories. The system utilises a motherboard design and this paper presents both the design of the motherboard, various designs for add on cards and shows how to configure the setup. The design is focused on providing the user with a combination of easy setup and a large freedom in reconfiguration all provided as a low cost solution. The solution is designed to facilitate a nat...

  10. Operational concepts and implementation strategies for the design configuration management process.

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Trauth, Sharon Lee

    2007-05-01

    This report describes operational concepts and implementation strategies for the Design Configuration Management Process (DCMP). It presents a process-based systems engineering model for the successful configuration management of the products generated during the operation of the design organization as a business entity. The DCMP model focuses on Pro/E and associated activities and information. It can serve as the framework for interconnecting all essential aspects of the product design business. A design operation scenario offers a sense of how to do business at a time when DCMP is second nature within the design organization.

  11. Configuration Method Design for Reconfigurable Manufacturing System with the aid of Plant Simulation

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Li, Yang; Zhang, Shuai; Bilberg, Arne

    2014-01-01

    A new Reconfigurable Manufacturing System structure has been recently designed by a large consumer goods manufacturer in Europe, aiming to balance the performance of productivity and flexibility. This article shows an exploratory research on the (re)configuration procedure of the new RMS structure....... Following the procedure which is designed in this paper, the (re)configuration of RMS can be managed as part of the daily operation with the help of computer simulation. Keywords: Plant Simulation, Tecnomatix, Reconfigurable Manufacturing System, modular manufacturing....

  12. Designing with Space Syntax: A configurative approach to architectural layout, proposing a computational methodology

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Nourian, P.; Rezvani, S.; Sariyildiz, I.S.

    2013-01-01

    This paper introduces a design methodology and a toolkit developed as a parametric CAD program for configurative design of architectural plan layouts. Using this toolkit, designers can start plan layout process with sketching the way functional spaces need to connect to each other. A tool draws an i

  13. Mars Rover Sample Return aerocapture configuration design and packaging constraints

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lawson, Shelby J.

    1989-01-01

    This paper discusses the aerodynamics requirements, volume and mass constraints that lead to a biconic aeroshell vehicle design that protects the Mars Rover Sample Return (MRSR) mission elements from launch to Mars landing. The aerodynamic requirements for Mars aerocapture and entry and packaging constraints for the MRSR elements result in a symmetric biconic aeroshell that develops a L/D of 1.0 at 27.0 deg angle of attack. A significant problem in the study is obtaining a cg that provides adequate aerodynamic stability and performance within the mission imposed constraints. Packaging methods that relieve the cg problems include forward placement of aeroshell propellant tanks and incorporating aeroshell structure as lander structure. The MRSR missions developed during the pre-phase A study are discussed with dimensional and mass data included. Further study is needed for some missions to minimize MRSR element volume so that launch mass constraints can be met.

  14. VLSI Architecture for Configurable and Low-Complexity Design of Hard-Decision Viterbi Decoding Algorithm

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Rachmad Vidya Wicaksana Putra

    2016-06-01

    Full Text Available Convolutional encoding and data decoding are fundamental processes in convolutional error correction. One of the most popular error correction methods in decoding is the Viterbi algorithm. It is extensively implemented in many digital communication applications. Its VLSI design challenges are about area, speed, power, complexity and configurability. In this research, we specifically propose a VLSI architecture for a configurable and low-complexity design of a hard-decision Viterbi decoding algorithm. The configurable and low-complexity design is achieved by designing a generic VLSI architecture, optimizing each processing element (PE at the logical operation level and designing a conditional adapter. The proposed design can be configured for any predefined number of trace-backs, only by changing the trace-back parameter value. Its computational process only needs N + 2 clock cycles latency, with N is the number of trace-backs. Its configurability function has been proven for N = 8, N = 16, N = 32 and N = 64. Furthermore, the proposed design was synthesized and evaluated in Xilinx and Altera FPGA target boards for area consumption and speed performance.

  15. Preliminary verification of structure design for CN HCCB TBM with 1 × 4 configuration

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Zhao, Zhou, E-mail: zhaozhou@swip.ac.cn; Zhou, Bing; Wang, Qijie; Cao, Qixiang; Feng, Kaiming; Wang, Xiaoyu; Zhang, Guoshu

    2016-02-15

    Highlights: • A new and simplification structural design scheme with 1 × 4 configuration is proposed for CN HCCB TBM. • The detail conceptual structural design for 1 × 4 TBM is completed. • The preliminary hydraulic analysis, thermo-hydraulic analysis and structural analysis for 1 × 4 TBM had been carried out. - Abstract: Based on the conceptual design of CN HCCB TBM with 1 × 4 configuration, the preliminary hydraulic analysis, thermo-hydraulic analysis and structural analysis had been carried out for it. Hydraulic and thermo-hydraulic analyses show that the coolant manifold system could meet the fluid design requirement preliminarily and the temperature of RAFMs structural parts, Be and Li{sub 4}SiO{sub 4} pebble beds are within the allowable range, and no zone shows a stress higher than the allowable limit in the preliminary structural analysis. These results indicate the design for CN HCCB TBM with 1 × 4 configuration is preliminary reasonable.

  16. A multi-perspective approach for the design of product configuration systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Hvam, Lars; Mortensen, Niels Henrik

    2007-01-01

    This article presents a procedure for building a product configuration system. The procedure includes, at the first phase, an analysis and redesign of the business processes, which are to be supported with product configuration systems. The next phase includes an analysis of the product assortmen......, and the set up of a so-called product variant master. Finally, the product configuration system is designed and implemented using object-oriented modeling. The procedure has been tested at a Danish company making electronic switchboards with positive results.......This article presents a procedure for building a product configuration system. The procedure includes, at the first phase, an analysis and redesign of the business processes, which are to be supported with product configuration systems. The next phase includes an analysis of the product assortment...

  17. A multi-perspective approach for the design of product configuration systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Hvam, Lars; Mortensen, Niels Henrik

    2007-01-01

    This article presents a procedure for building a product configuration system. The procedure includes, at the first phase, an analysis and redesign of the business processes, which are to be supported with product configuration systems. The next phase includes an analysis of the product assortment......, and the set up of a so-called product variant master. Finally, the product configuration system is designed and implemented using object-oriented modeling. The procedure has been tested at a Danish company making electronic switchboards with positive results....

  18. Configraphics: Graph Theoretical Methods for Design and Analysis of Spatial Configurations

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Pirouz Nourian

    2016-09-01

    Full Text Available This dissertation reports a PhD research on mathematical-computational models, methods, and techniques for analysis, synthesis, and evaluation of spatial configurations in architecture and urban design. Spatial configuration is a technical term that refers to the particular way in which a set of spaces are connected to one another as a network. Spatial configuration affects safety, security, and efficiency of functioning of complex buildings by facilitating certain patterns of movement and/or impeding other patterns. In cities and suburban built environments, spatial configuration affects accessibilities and influences travel behavioural patterns, e.g. choosing walking and cycling for short trips instead of travelling by cars. As such, spatial configuration effectively influences the social, economic, and environmental functioning of cities and complex buildings, by conducting human movement patterns.In this research, graph theory is used to mathematically model spatial configurations in order to provide intuitive ways of studying and designing spatial arrangements for architects and urban designers. The methods and tools presented in this dissertation are applicable in:arranging spatial layouts based on configuration graphs, e.g. by using bubble diagrams to ensure certain spatial requirements and qualities in complex buildings; andanalysing the potential effects of decisions on the likely spatial performance of buildings and on mobility patterns in built environments for systematic comparison of designs or plans, e.g. as to their aptitude for pedestrians and cyclists.The dissertation reports two parallel tracks of work on architectural and urban configurations. The core concept of the architectural configuration track is the ‘bubble diagram’ and the core concept of the urban configuration track is the ‘easiest paths’ for walking and cycling. Walking and cycling have been chosen as the foci of this theme as they involve active physical

  19. Design of a miniature electrolyte conductivity probe using ISFETs in a four point configuration

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Volanschi, A.; Olthuis, W.; Bergveld, P.

    1994-01-01

    In this work the design, fabrication and testing of a four point electrode configuration based on ISFETs for the measurement of electrolytic conductivity are presented. The final design uses a distance between the ISFET gates of only 100 ¿m allowing a chip area in contact with the electrolyte of 2.2

  20. Disassemblability modeling technology of configurable product based on disassembly constraint relation weighted design structure matrix(DSM)

    Science.gov (United States)

    Qiu, Lemiao; Liu, Xiaojian; Zhang, Shuyou; Sun, Liangfeng

    2014-05-01

    The current research of configurable product disassemblability focuses on disassemblability evaluation and disassembly sequence planning. Little work has been done on quantitative analysis of configurable product disassemblability. The disassemblability modeling technology for configurable product based on disassembly constraint relation weighted design structure matrix (DSM) is proposed. Major factors affecting the disassemblability of configurable product are analyzed, and the disassembling degrees between components in configurable product are obtained by calculating disassembly entropies such as joint type, joint quantity, disassembly path, disassembly accessibility and material compatibility. The disassembly constraint relation weighted DSM of configurable product is constructed and configuration modules are formed by matrix decomposition and tearing operations. The disassembly constraint relation in configuration modules is strong coupling, and the disassembly constraint relation between modules is weak coupling, and the disassemblability configuration model is constructed based on configuration module. Finally, taking a hydraulic forging press as an example, the decomposed weak coupling components are used as configuration modules alone, components with a strong coupling are aggregated into configuration modules, and the disassembly sequence of components inside configuration modules is optimized by tearing operation. A disassemblability configuration model of the hydraulic forging press is constructed. By researching the disassemblability modeling technology of product configuration design based on disassembly constraint relation weighted DSM, the disassembly property in maintenance, recycling and reuse of configurable product are optimized.

  1. Applying CBR to machine tool product configuration design oriented to customer requirements

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wang, Pengjia; Gong, Yadong; Xie, Hualong; Liu, Yongxian; Nee, Andrew Yehching

    2017-01-01

    Product customization is a trend in the current market-oriented manufacturing environment. However, deduction from customer requirements to design results and evaluation of design alternatives are still heavily reliant on the designer's experience and knowledge. To solve the problem of fuzziness and uncertainty of customer requirements in product configuration, an analysis method based on the grey rough model is presented. The customer requirements can be converted into technical characteristics effectively. In addition, an optimization decision model for product planning is established to help the enterprises select the key technical characteristics under the constraints of cost and time to serve the customer to maximal satisfaction. A new case retrieval approach that combines the self-organizing map and fuzzy similarity priority ratio method is proposed in case-based design. The self-organizing map can reduce the retrieval range and increase the retrieval efficiency, and the fuzzy similarity priority ratio method can evaluate the similarity of cases comprehensively. To ensure that the final case has the best overall performance, an evaluation method of similar cases based on grey correlation analysis is proposed to evaluate similar cases to select the most suitable case. Furthermore, a computer-aided system is developed using MATLAB GUI to assist the product configuration design. The actual example and result on an ETC series machine tool product show that the proposed method is effective, rapid and accurate in the process of product configuration. The proposed methodology provides a detailed instruction for the product configuration design oriented to customer requirements.

  2. Applying CBR to machine tool product configuration design oriented to customer requirements

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wang, Pengjia; Gong, Yadong; Xie, Hualong; Liu, Yongxian; Nee, Andrew Yehching

    2016-03-01

    Product customization is a trend in the current market-oriented manufacturing environment. However, deduction from customer requirements to design results and evaluation of design alternatives are still heavily reliant on the designer's experience and knowledge. To solve the problem of fuzziness and uncertainty of customer requirements in product configuration, an analysis method based on the grey rough model is presented. The customer requirements can be converted into technical characteristics effectively. In addition, an optimization decision model for product planning is established to help the enterprises select the key technical characteristics under the constraints of cost and time to serve the customer to maximal satisfaction. A new case retrieval approach that combines the self-organizing map and fuzzy similarity priority ratio method is proposed in case-based design. The self-organizing map can reduce the retrieval range and increase the retrieval efficiency, and the fuzzy similarity priority ratio method can evaluate the similarity of cases comprehensively. To ensure that the final case has the best overall performance, an evaluation method of similar cases based on grey correlation analysis is proposed to evaluate similar cases to select the most suitable case. Furthermore, a computer-aided system is developed using MATLAB GUI to assist the product configuration design. The actual example and result on an ETC series machine tool product show that the proposed method is effective, rapid and accurate in the process of product configuration. The proposed methodology provides a detailed instruction for the product configuration design oriented to customer requirements.

  3. Economic evaluation of flying-qualities design criteria for a transport configured with relaxed static stability

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sliwa, S. M.

    1980-01-01

    Direct constrained parameter optimization was used to optimally size a medium range transport for minimum direct operating cost. Several stability and control constraints were varied to study the sensitivity of the configuration to specifying the unaugmented flying qualities of transports designed to take maximum advantage of relaxed static stability augmentation systems. Additionally, a number of handling qualities related design constants were studied with respect to their impact on the design.

  4. Satellite Constellation Configuration Design with Rapid Performance Calculation and Ordinal Optimization

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    CUI Hongzheng; HAN Chao

    2011-01-01

    Satellite constellation configuration design is a complicated and time-consuming simulation optimization problem.In this paper,a new method called the rapid method for satellite constellation performance calculation is developed by the Hermite interpolation technique to reduce the computing complication and time.The constellation configuration optimization model is established on the basis of the rapid performance calculation.To reduce the search space and enhance the optimization efficiency,this paper presents a new constellation optimization strategy based on the ordinal optimization(00)theory and expands the algorithm realization for constellation optimization including precise and crude models,ordered performance curves,selection rules and selected subsets.Two experiments about navigation constellation and space based surveillance system(SBSS)are carried out and the analysis of simulation results indicates that the ordinal optimization for satellite constellation configuration design is effective.

  5. Analysis of optimal design configurations for a multiple disk centrifugal blood pump.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Miller, G E; Fink, R

    1999-06-01

    A multiple disk centrifugal pump was analyzed as a blood pump for use in cardiac assistance or as a bridge to transplant device. The original configuration consisted of 6 parallel disks with 0.016 inch spacing between disks. This pump suffered from a degradation of flow with increasing afterload. A study was conducted to analyze flow performance as a function of afterload, preload, and motor speed. Configurations were examined including 4, 5, and 6 disks each with spacings of 0.15, 0.20, and 0.25 inches. Flow rates were examined for variations in afterload from 60-130 mm Hg, in preload from 0-20 mm Hg and for motor speeds of 1,250, 1,500, and 1,750 rpm. Analyses of afterload effects were intended to determine those configurations that produced less flow degradation with increasing afterload. Analyses of motor speed effects were intended to determine any configurations that produced greater flow increases with increasing motor speed. A hemolysis study was also performed. Both plasma free hemoglobin and the index of hemolysis were compared to data reported for other centrifugal blood flow devices. Results indicated that a 5 disk configuration with a 0.15 inch spacing produced optimal flow results with minimal degradation at higher afterloads. No optimal configuration based upon motor speed was indicated. Preload effects on pump performance were minimal. Hemolysis results indicated minimal blood damage with levels below those of many other centrifugal blood pump designs.

  6. Ocean Thermal Energy Conversion (OTEC) platform configuration and integration. Volume II. Conceptual design. Final report

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    None

    1978-06-01

    The purpose of this project is to evaluate six candidate hullforms as candidates for the OTEC commercial plant. This volume is a summary of the conceptual design including facility requirements, cost, schedule, and site sensitivity. Two OTEC commercial plant configurations are considered in this study: the ship and the semi-submersible. Engineering drawings are presented. (WHR)

  7. 49 CFR 232.603 - Design, interoperability, and configuration management requirements.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-10-01

    ... (Continued) FEDERAL RAILROAD ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION BRAKE SYSTEM SAFETY STANDARDS FOR... Pneumatic (ECP) Braking Systems § 232.603 Design, interoperability, and configuration management requirements. (a) General. A freight car or freight train equipped with an ECP brake system shall, at a...

  8. Analysis of the characteristics of slot design affecting resistance to sliding during active archwire configurations

    OpenAIRE

    Nucera, Riccardo; Giudice, Antonino Lo; Matarese, Giovanni; Artemisia, Alessandro; Bramanti, Ennio; Crupi, Paolo; Cordasco, Giancarlo

    2013-01-01

    Background During orthodontic treatment, a low resistance to slide (RS) is desirable when sliding mechanics are used. Many studies showed that several variables affect the RS at the bracket-wire interface; among these, the design of the bracket slot has not been deeply investigated yet. This study aimed to clarify the effect of different slot designs on the RS expressed by five types of low-friction brackets in vertical and horizontal active configurations of the wire. Methods Five low-fricti...

  9. Wing Configuration Impact on Design Optimums for a Subsonic Passenger Transport

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wells, Douglas P.

    2014-01-01

    This study sought to compare four aircraft wing configurations at a conceptual level using a multi-disciplinary optimization (MDO) process. The MDO framework used was created by Georgia Institute of Technology and Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University. They created a multi-disciplinary design and optimization environment that could capture the unique features of the truss-braced wing (TBW) configuration. The four wing configurations selected for the study were a low wing cantilever installation, a high wing cantilever, a strut-braced wing, and a single jury TBW. The mission that was used for this study was a 160 passenger transport aircraft with a design range of 2,875 nautical miles at the design payload, flown at a cruise Mach number of 0.78. This paper includes discussion and optimization results for multiple design objectives. Five design objectives were chosen to illustrate the impact of selected objective on the optimization result: minimum takeoff gross weight (TOGW), minimum operating empty weight, minimum block fuel weight, maximum start of cruise lift-to-drag ratio, and minimum start of cruise drag coefficient. The results show that the design objective selected will impact the characteristics of the optimized aircraft. Although minimum life cycle cost was not one of the objectives, TOGW is often used as a proxy for life cycle cost. The low wing cantilever had the lowest TOGW followed by the strut-braced wing.

  10. Design of 3-dimensional complex airplane configurations with specified pressure distribution via optimization

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kubrynski, Krzysztof

    1991-01-01

    A subcritical panel method applied to flow analysis and aerodynamic design of complex aircraft configurations is presented. The analysis method is based on linearized, compressible, subsonic flow equations and indirect Dirichlet boundary conditions. Quadratic dipol and linear source distribution on flat panels are applied. In the case of aerodynamic design, the geometry which minimizes differences between design and actual pressure distribution is found iteratively, using numerical optimization technique. Geometry modifications are modeled by surface transpiration concept. Constraints in respect to resulting geometry can be specified. A number of complex 3-dimensional design examples are presented. The software is adopted to personal computers, and as result an unexpected low cost of computations is obtained.

  11. Building a design community for sustainable homes through configuration and open innovation

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Thuesen, Christian Langhoff; Jespersen, Kristina Risom

    2009-01-01

    is a configurator where the users based on the produceres templates can design their own home at a selected address visualizing and estimating the energy consumption, total cost, CO2 emission etc. All the designs will be collected and rated in a design space creating transparency over the market and technologies....... Furthermore will an idea space collect and rate ideas from the users. Through a combination of technical and user driven innovation the design community will act as a learning tool for the users and producers and thereby facilitate the development of a market for sustainable homes....

  12. The Modern Design of Experiments for Configuration Aerodynamics: A Case Study

    Science.gov (United States)

    DeLoach, Richard

    2006-01-01

    The effects of slowly varying and persisting covariate effects on the accuracy and precision of experimental result is reviewed, as is the rationale for run-order randomization as a quality assurance tactic employed in the Modern Design of Experiments (MDOE) to defend against such effects. Considerable analytical complexity is introduced by restrictions on randomization in configuration aerodynamics tests because they involve hard-to-change configuration variables that cannot be randomized conveniently. Tradeoffs are examined between quality and productivity associated with varying degrees of rigor in accounting for such randomization restrictions. Certain characteristics of a configuration aerodynamics test are considered that may justify a relaxed accounting for randomization restrictions to achieve a significant reduction in analytical complexity with a comparably negligible adverse impact on the validity of the experimental results.

  13. A multi perspective approach for the design of product configuration systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Hvam, Lars

    2004-01-01

    This article presents a procedure for building product configuration systems. The procedure includes, as the first phase, an analysis and redesign of the business processes, which are to be supported with product configuration systems. The next phase includes an analysis of the product assortment......, and the set up of a so-called product variant master. Finally the product configuration system is designed and implemented using object oriented modeling. The procedure has been tested in several companies. This article includes the experiences from the most recent project, which has been carried out at Demex...... Electric – a Danish company making electronic switchboards. The research has been carried out at the Centre for Product Modelling, Department of Manufacturing Engineering and Management at the Technical University of Denmark....

  14. A multi perspective approach for the design of product configuration systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Hvam, Lars

    2004-01-01

    , and the set up of a so-called product variant master. Finally the product configuration system is designed and implemented using object oriented modeling. The procedure has been tested in several companies. This article includes the experiences from the most recent project, which has been carried out at Demex......This article presents a procedure for building product configuration systems. The procedure includes, as the first phase, an analysis and redesign of the business processes, which are to be supported with product configuration systems. The next phase includes an analysis of the product assortment...... Electric – a Danish company making electronic switchboards. The research has been carried out at the Centre for Product Modelling, Department of Manufacturing Engineering and Management at the Technical University of Denmark....

  15. A configurable process for design of object-oriented software architectures

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    lønvig, Birgitte

    combinations of problems and solutions in a number of different domains. The workflow of how to configure a process for a domain is although applicable for different domains. The software architecture design process is based on a general conceptual framework consisting of domain characteristics, requirements......When we design large complex software systems, such as systems in the telecommunications world, and we follow one of the standard object-oriented methods or processes, we end up with a system that fulfills the requirements of functionality. However, it is difficult to ensure that other requirements......, such as modifiability and reusability, are fulfilled. Furthermore the architecture is not explicitly described and is therefore difficult to comprehend. This Ph. D. dissertation defines a configurable process for design of object-oriented software architectures. The process can be regarded as an extension to standard...

  16. Utilization of design principles for hybrid learning configurations by interprofessional design teams

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Cremers, Petra H.M.; Wals, Arjen E.J.; Wesselink, Renate; Mulder, Martin

    2017-01-01

    Educational design research yields design knowledge, often in the form of design principles or guidelines that provide the rationale or ‘know-why’ for the design of educational interventions. As such, design principles can be utilized by designers in contexts other than the research context in which

  17. Utilization of Design Principles for Hybrid Learning Configurations by Interprofessional Design Teams

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cremers, Petra H. M.; Wals, Arjen E. J.; Wesselink, Renate; Mulder, Martin

    2017-01-01

    Educational design research yields design knowledge, often in the form of design principles or guidelines that provide the rationale or "know-why" for the design of educational interventions. As such, design principles can be utilized by designers in contexts other than the research context in which they were generated. Although research…

  18. Submersible Unmanned Aerial Vehicle: Configuration Design and Analysis Based on Computational Fluid Dynamics

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Wang Qinyang

    2017-01-01

    Full Text Available Submersible aerial vehicle is capable of both flying in the air and submerging in the water. Advanced Research Project Agency (DARPA outlined a challenging set of requirements for a submersible aircraft and solicited innovative research proposals on submersible aircraft since 2008. In this paper, a conceptual configuration design scheme of submersible unmanned aerial vehicle is proposed. This submersible UAV lands on the surface of water, then adjusts its own density to entry water. On the contrary, it emerges from water by adjusting its own density and then takes off from the surface of water. Wing of the UAV is whirling wing. It is set along aircraft’s fuselage while submerging for lift reduction. We analysis aerodynamic and hydrodynamic performance of this UAV by CFD method, especially compare the hydrodynamic performance of the whirling wing configuration and normal configuration. It turns out that whirling wing is beneficial for submerging. This result proves that the configuration design scheme proposed in this paper is feasible and suitable for a submersible unmanned aerial vehicle.

  19. Research on the configuration design method of heterogeneous constellation reconstruction under the multiple objective and multiple constraint

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhao, Shuang; Xu, Yanli; Dai, Huayu

    2017-05-01

    Aiming at the problem of configuration design of heterogeneous constellation reconstruction, a design method of heterogeneous constellation reconstruction based on multi objective and multi constraints is proposed. At first, the concept of heterogeneous constellation is defined. Secondly, the heterogeneous constellation reconstruction methods were analyzed, and then the two typical existing design methods of reconstruction, phase position uniformity method and reconstruction configuration design method based on optimization algorithm are summarized. The advantages and shortcomings of different reconstruction configuration design methods are compared, finally the heterogeneous constellation reconstruction configuration design is currently facing problems are analyzed and put forward the thinking about the reconstruction index system of heterogeneous constellation and the selection of optimal variables and the establishment of constraints in the optimization design of the configuration.

  20. ATM Technology Demonstration-1 Phase II Boeing Configurable Graphical Display (CGD) Software Design Description

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wilber, George F.

    2017-01-01

    This Software Description Document (SDD) captures the design for developing the Flight Interval Management (FIM) system Configurable Graphics Display (CGD) software. Specifically this SDD describes aspects of the Boeing CGD software and the surrounding context and interfaces. It does not describe the Honeywell components of the CGD system. The SDD provides the system overview, architectural design, and detailed design with all the necessary information to implement the Boeing components of the CGD software and integrate them into the CGD subsystem within the larger FIM system. Overall system and CGD system-level requirements are derived from the CGD SRS (in turn derived from the Boeing System Requirements Design Document (SRDD)). Display and look-and-feel requirements are derived from Human Machine Interface (HMI) design documents and working group recommendations. This Boeing CGD SDD is required to support the upcoming Critical Design Review (CDR).

  1. A multi-perspective approach for the design of Product Configuration Systems - an evaluation of industry applications

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Hvam, Lars

    2004-01-01

    This article presents a suggested procedure for modelling and implementation of product configuration systems. The procedure has been applied in several industrial companies. The procedure comprises: • Analysis of the business processes to be supported by a product configuration system. Furthermore......, a de-marcation and definition of the configuration system to be designed. • Analysis and modelling of the part of the company’s product assortment which is to be included in the con-figuration system. • Selection of configuration software and programming of the configuration system. • Implementation...... of the configuration system. • Operations, maintenance and further development of the configuration system. The procedure has been developed on the basis of the general methods for modelling IT-systems (UML) as well as on the theory for modelling technical systems and theory for the development of business processes...

  2. Applications of a direct/iterative design method to complex transonic configurations

    Science.gov (United States)

    Smith, Leigh Ann; Campbell, Richard L.

    1992-01-01

    The current study explores the use of an automated direct/iterative design method for the reduction of drag in transport configurations, including configurations with engine nacelles. The method requires the user to choose a proper target-pressure distribution and then develops a corresponding airfoil section. The method can be applied to two-dimensional airfoil sections or to three-dimensional wings. The three cases that are presented show successful application of the method for reducing drag from various sources. The first two cases demonstrate the use of the method to reduce induced drag by designing to an elliptic span-load distribution and to reduce wave drag by decreasing the shock strength for a given lift. In the second case, a body-mounted nacelle is added and the method is successfully used to eliminate increases in wing drag associated with the nacelle addition by designing to an arbitrary pressure distribution as a result of the redesigning of a wing in combination with a given underwing nacelle to clean-wing, target-pressure distributions. These cases illustrate several possible uses of the method for reducing different types of drag. The magnitude of the obtainable drag reduction varies with the constraints of the problem and the configuration to be modified.

  3. Biomechanical and performance implications of weapon design: comparison of bullpup and conventional configurations.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Stone, Richard T; Moeller, Brandon F; Mayer, Robert R; Rosenquist, Bryce; Van Ryswyk, Darin; Eichorn, Drew

    2014-06-01

    Shooter accuracy and stability were monitored while firing two bullpup and two conventional configuration rifles of the same caliber in order to determine if one style of weapon results in superior performance. Considerable debate exists among police and military professionals regarding the differences between conventional configuration weapons, where the magazine and action are located ahead of the trigger, and bullpup configuration, where they are located behind the trigger (closer to the user). To date, no published research has attempted to evaluate this question from a physical ergonomics standpoint, and the knowledge that one style might improve stability or result in superior performance is of interest to countless military, law enforcement, and industry experts. A live-fire evaluation of both weapon styles was performed using a total of 48 participants. Shooting accuracy and fluctuations in biomechanical stability (center of pressure) were monitored while subjects used the weapons to perform standard drills. The bullpup weapon designs were found to provide a significant advantage in accuracy and shooter stability, while subjects showed considerable preference toward the conventional weapons. Although many mechanical and maintenance issues must be considered before committing to a bullpup or conventional weapon system, it is clear in terms of basic human stability that the bullpup is the more advantageous configuration. Results can be used by competitive shooter, military, law enforcement, and industry experts while outfitting personnel with a weapon system that leads to superior performance.

  4. The Analysis and Design of Low Boom Configurations Using CFD and Numerical Optimization Techniques

    Science.gov (United States)

    Siclari, Michael J.

    1999-01-01

    The use of computational fluid dynamics (CFD) for the analysis of sonic booms generated by aircraft has been shown to increase the accuracy and reliability of predictions. CFD takes into account important three-dimensional and nonlinear effects that are generally neglected by modified linear theory (MLT) methods. Up to the present time, CFD methods have been primarily used for analysis or prediction. Some investigators have used CFD to impact the design of low boom configurations using trial and error methods. One investigator developed a hybrid design method using a combination of Modified Linear Theory (e.g. F-functions) and CFD to provide equivalent area due to lift driven by a numerical optimizer to redesign or modify an existing configuration to achieve a shaped sonic boom signature. A three-dimensional design methodology has not yet been developed that completely uses nonlinear methods or CFD. Constrained numerical optimization techniques have existed for some time. Many of these methods use gradients to search for the minimum of a specified objective function subject to a variety of design variable bounds, linear and nonlinear constraints. Gradient based design optimization methods require the determination of the objective function gradients with respect to each of the design variables. These optimization methods are efficient and work well if the gradients can be obtained analytically. If analytical gradients are not available, the objective gradients or derivatives with respect to the design variables must be obtained numerically. To obtain numerical gradients, say, for 10 design variables, might require anywhere from 10 to 20 objective function evaluations. Typically, 5-10 global iterations of the optimizer are required to minimize the objective function. In terms of using CFD as a design optimization tool, the numerical evaluation of gradients can require anywhere from 100 to 200 CFD computations per design for only 10 design variables. If one CFD

  5. SimArray: a user-friendly and user-configurable microarray design tool

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Meadows Lisa A

    2006-03-01

    Full Text Available Abstract Background Microarrays were first developed to assess gene expression but are now also used to map protein-binding sites and to assess allelic variation between individuals. Regardless of the intended application, efficient production and appropriate array design are key determinants of experimental success. Inefficient production can make larger-scale studies prohibitively expensive, whereas poor array design makes normalisation and data analysis problematic. Results We have developed a user-friendly tool, SimArray, which generates a randomised spot layout, computes a maximum meta-grid area, and estimates the print time, in response to user-specified design decisions. Selected parameters include: the number of probes to be printed; the microtitre plate format; the printing pin configuration, and the achievable spot density. SimArray is compatible with all current robotic spotters that employ 96-, 384- or 1536-well microtitre plates, and can be configured to reflect most production environments. Print time and maximum meta-grid area estimates facilitate evaluation of each array design for its suitability. Randomisation of the spot layout facilitates correction of systematic biases by normalisation. Conclusion SimArray is intended to help both established researchers and those new to the microarray field to develop microarray designs with randomised spot layouts that are compatible with their specific production environment. SimArray is an open-source program and is available from http://www.flychip.org.uk/SimArray/.

  6. Quasi-monopolar stimulation: a novel electrode design configuration for performance optimization of a retinal neuroprosthesis.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Gita Khalili Moghadam

    Full Text Available In retinal neuroprostheses, spatial interaction between electric fields from various electrodes - electric crosstalk - may occur in multielectrode arrays during simultaneous stimulation of the retina. Depending on the electrode design and placement, this crosstalk can either enhance or degrade the functional characteristics of a visual prosthesis. To optimize the device performance, a balance must be satisfied between the constructive interference of crosstalk on dynamic range and power consumption and its negative effect on artificial visual acuity. In the present computational modeling study, we have examined the trade-off in these positive and negative effects using a range of currently available electrode array configurations, compared to a recently proposed stimulation strategy - the quasi monopolar (QMP configuration - in which the return current is shared between local bipolar guards and a distant monopolar electrode. We evaluate the performance of the QMP configuration with respect to the implantation site and electrode geometry parameters. Our simulation results demonstrate that the beneficial effects of QMP are only significant at electrode-to-cell distances greater than the electrode dimensions. Possessing a relatively lower activation threshold, QMP was found to be superior to the bipolar configuration in terms of providing a relatively higher visual acuity. However, the threshold for QMP was more sensitive to the topological location of the electrode in the array, which may need to be considered when programming the manner in which electrode are simultaneously activated. This drawback can be offset with a wider dynamic range and lower power consumption of QMP. Furthermore, the ratio of monopolar return current to total return can be used to adjust the functional performance of QMP for a given implantation site and electrode parameters. We conclude that the QMP configuration can be used to improve visual information

  7. Designing for social configurations: pattern languages to inform the design of ubiquitous computing

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Denef, S.; Opperman, R.; Keyson, D.V.

    2011-01-01

    In this paper we present our approach for informing the design of ubiquitous computing by using pattern languages of human practice. By linking ethnography and design, this approach makes it possible to tackle the social dimension of ubiquitous computing in the design processes. Adding to the existi

  8. Proof of Concept Study of Trade Space Configuration Tool for Spacecraft Design

    Science.gov (United States)

    Glidden, Geoffrey L.

    2009-01-01

    Spacecraft design is a very difficult and time consuming process because requirements and criteria are often changed or modified as the design is refined. Accounting for these adjustments in the design constraints plays a significant role in furthering the overall progress. There are numerous aspects and variables that hold significant influence on various characteristics of the design. This can be especially frustrating when attempting to conduct rapid trade space analysis on system configurations. Currently, the data and designs considered for trade space evaluations can only be displayed by using the traditional interfaces of Excel spreadsheets or CAD (Computer Aided Design) models. While helpful, these methods of analyzing the data from a systems engineering approach can be rather complicated and overwhelming. As a result, a proof of concept was conducted on a dynamic data visualization software called Thinkmap SDK (Software Developer Kit) to allow for better organization and understanding of the relationships between the various aspects that make up an entire design. The Orion Crew Module Aft Bay Subsystem was used as the test case for this study because the design and layout of many of the subsystem components will be significant in ensuring the overall center of gravity of the capsule is correct. A simplified model of this subsystem was created and programmed using Thinkmap SDK to create a preliminary prototype application of a Trade Space Configuration Tool. The completed application ensures that the core requirements for the Tool can be met. Further development is strongly suggested to produce a full prototype application to allow final evaluations and recommendations of the software capabilities.

  9. High-Speed Research: 1994 Sonic Boom Workshop. Configuration, Design, Analysis and Testing

    Science.gov (United States)

    McCurdy, David A. (Editor)

    1999-01-01

    The third High-Speed Research Sonic Boom Workshop was held at NASA Langley Research Center on June 1-3, 1994. The purpose of this workshop was to provide a forum for Government, industry, and university participants to present and discuss progress in their research. The workshop was organized into sessions dealing with atmospheric propagation; acceptability studies; and configuration design, and testing. Attendance at the workshop was by invitation only. The workshop proceedings include papers on design, analysis, and testing of low-boom high-speed civil transport configurations and experimental techniques for measuring sonic booms. Significant progress is noted in these areas in the time since the previous workshop a year earlier. The papers include preliminary results of sonic boom wind tunnel tests conducted during 1993 and 1994 on several low-boom designs. Results of a mission performance analysis of all low-boom designs are also included. Two experimental methods for measuring near-field signatures of airplanes in flight are reported.

  10. Study of advanced composite structural design concepts for an arrow wing supersonic cruise configuration, task 3

    Science.gov (United States)

    1978-01-01

    A structural design study was conducted to assess the relative merits of structural concepts using advanced composite materials for an advanced supersonic aircraft cruising at Mach 2.7. The configuration and structural arrangement developed during Task I and II of the study, was used as the baseline configuration. Allowable stresses and strains were established for boron and advanced graphite fibers based on projected fiber properties available in the next decade. Structural concepts were designed and analyzed using graphite polyimide and boron polyimide, applied to stiffened panels and conventional sandwich panels. The conventional sandwich panels were selected as the structural concept to be used on the wing structure. The upper and lower surface panels of the Task I arrow wing were redesigned using high-strength graphite polyimide sandwich panels over the titanium spars and ribs. The ATLAS computer system was used as the basis for stress analysis and resizing the surface panels using the loads from the Task II study, without adjustment for change in aeroelastic deformation. The flutter analysis indicated a decrease in the flutter speed compared to the baseline titanium wing design. The flutter analysis indicated a decrease in the flutter speed compared to the baseline titanium wing design. The flutter speed was increased to that of the titanium wing, with a weight penalty less than that of the metallic airplane.

  11. Designing for usability of 3D configuration in E-commerce : Interactive design of 3D in web applications

    OpenAIRE

    Axelsson, Alfred

    2017-01-01

    Mass production of consumer products is both wasteful and limit the consumers' power to influence the design of what they are buying. When shopping for a product, the customer must choose between a range of specific products with limited variations. What if the customer could make all the design choices, creating and buying the product according to his or her own needs? A 3D product generator holding a configurable model of a product was created to replace static content in online stores and ...

  12. The space shuttle ascent vehicle aerodynamic challenges configuration design and data base development

    Science.gov (United States)

    Dill, C. C.; Young, J. C.; Roberts, B. B.; Craig, M. K.; Hamilton, J. T.; Boyle, W. W.

    1985-01-01

    The phase B Space Shuttle systems definition studies resulted in a generic configuration consisting of a delta wing orbiter, and two solid rocket boosters (SRB) attached to an external fuel tank (ET). The initial challenge facing the aerodynamic community was aerodynamically optimizing, within limits, this configuration. As the Shuttle program developed and the sensitivities of the vehicle to aerodynamics were better understood the requirements of the aerodynamic data base grew. Adequately characterizing the vehicle to support the various design studies exploded the size of the data base to proportions that created a data modeling/management challenge for the aerodynamicist. The ascent aerodynamic data base originated primarily from wind tunnel test results. The complexity of the configuration rendered conventional analytic methods of little use. Initial wind tunnel tests provided results which included undesirable effects from model support tructure, inadequate element proximity, and inadequate plume simulation. The challenge to improve the quality of test results by determining the extent of these undesirable effects and subsequently develop testing techniques to eliminate them was imposed on the aerodynamic community. The challenges to the ascent aerodynamics community documented are unique due to the aerodynamic complexity of the Shuttle launch. Never before was such a complex vehicle aerodynamically characterized. The challenges were met with innovative engineering analyses/methodology development and wind tunnel testing techniques.

  13. Global Machine Design and Double X-point Equilibrium Configurations for Ignitor*

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bianchi, A.; Parodi, B.; Coppi, B.

    2008-11-01

    The detailed design of the Ignitor machine has been carried out by considering extended limiter plasma configurations that are up-down symmetric and whose outer magnetic surfaces follow closely the cavity of the toroidal magnet over most of the vertical cross section. This provision minimizes the out-of- plane forces produced by the plasma current and acting on the toroidal magnet. When, instead, the adopted plasma equilibrium configuration is of the double X-point type the out-of-plane forces increase, and a complete structural analysis to take this increase into account becomes appropriate. The reference maximum plasma current Ip, in order to maintain an acceptable magnetic safety factor, is reduced from 11 MA in the extended limiter to 9 MA in the double X-point configuration while the magnetic field on axis (R01.32 m) is maintained at BT13 T. The reduced scenario involving Ip6 MA and BT9 T does not present a problem. Both 3D and 2D drawings of each individual machine component are produced using the Dassault Systems CATIA-V software. After their integration into a single 3D CATIA model of the Core (Load Assembly), the electro-fluidic and fluidic lines which supply electrical currents and helium cooling gas to the coils are included and mechanically connected to the main machine components.^*Sponsored in part by ENEA of Italy and by the U.S. D.O.E.

  14. Manipulability measure of dual-arm space robot and its application to design an optimal configuration

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhang, Bo; Liang, Bin; Wang, Xueqian; Li, Gang; Chen, Zhang; Zhu, Xiaojun

    2016-11-01

    Coupling effect exists among different arms and the base in a multi-arm space robot. The manipulability measure of one arm can be affected by the base and the other arms, which has important effects on the configuration optimization, the singularity avoidance and the compliant control. The manipulability measure for a multi-arm space robot is more complex than that of a single-arm space robot. At present, the manipulability measure of a multi-arm space robot has not been studied. In the paper, a new concept of manipulability measure is applied to analyze the manipulability measure for a dual-arm space robot, especially for the manipulability measure of the mission arm subjecting to the influence from coupling effect of auxiliary arm and the base. Based on the manipulability measure of mission arm, a performance index is introduced and used to design and choose an optimization configuration for a dual-arm space robot. Finally, a plane dual-arm space robot is simulated, which is illustrated the influence of joint angles and the base attitude on mission arm's manipulability measure. Simulation results show that the proposed manipulability measure is useful for a multi-arm space robot and optimal configuration can be extended and applied to the coordinated soft rendezvous and docking and the target capture in the field of on-orbit servicing.

  15. Parametric Flutter Analysis of the TCA Configuration and Recommendation for FFM Design and Scaling

    Science.gov (United States)

    Baker, Myles; Lenkey, Peter

    1997-01-01

    The current HSR Aeroelasticity plan to design, build, and test a full span, free flying transonic flutter model in the TDT has many technical obstacles that must be overcome for a successful program. One technical obstacle is the determination of a suitable configuration and point in the sky to use in setting the scaling point for the ASE models program. Determining this configuration and point in the sky requires balancing several conflicting requirements, including model buildability, tunnel test safety, and the ability of the model to represent the flutter mechanisms of interest. As will be discussed in detail in subsequent sections, the current TCA design exhibits several flutter mechanisms of interest. It has been decided that the ASE models program will focus on the low frequency symmetric flutter mechanism, and will make no attempt to investigate high frequency flutter mechanisms. There are several reasons for this choice. First, it is believed that the high frequency flutter mechanisms are similar in nature to classical wing bending/torsion flutter, and therefore there is more confidence that this mechanism can be predicted using current techniques. The low frequency mode, on the other hand, is a highly coupled mechanism involving wing, body, tail, and engine motion which may be very difficult to predict. Second, the high frequency flutter modes result in very small weight penalties (several hundred pounds), while suppression of the low frequency mechanism inside the flight envelope causes thousands of pounds to be added to the structure. In order to successfully test the low frequency flutter mode of interest, a suitable starting configuration and point in the sky must be identified. The configuration and point in the sky must result in a wind tunnel model that (1) represents the low-frequency wing/body/engine/empennage flutter mechanisms that are unique to HSCT configurations, (2) flutters at an acceptably low frequency in the tunnel, (3) flutters at an

  16. Aerodynamic Shape Sensitivity Analysis and Design Optimization of Complex Configurations Using Unstructured Grids

    Science.gov (United States)

    Taylor, Arthur C., III; Newman, James C., III; Barnwell, Richard W.

    1997-01-01

    A three-dimensional unstructured grid approach to aerodynamic shape sensitivity analysis and design optimization has been developed and is extended to model geometrically complex configurations. The advantage of unstructured grids (when compared with a structured-grid approach) is their inherent ability to discretize irregularly shaped domains with greater efficiency and less effort. Hence, this approach is ideally suited for geometrically complex configurations of practical interest. In this work the nonlinear Euler equations are solved using an upwind, cell-centered, finite-volume scheme. The discrete, linearized systems which result from this scheme are solved iteratively by a preconditioned conjugate-gradient-like algorithm known as GMRES for the two-dimensional geometry and a Gauss-Seidel algorithm for the three-dimensional; similar procedures are used to solve the accompanying linear aerodynamic sensitivity equations in incremental iterative form. As shown, this particular form of the sensitivity equation makes large-scale gradient-based aerodynamic optimization possible by taking advantage of memory efficient methods to construct exact Jacobian matrix-vector products. Simple parameterization techniques are utilized for demonstrative purposes. Once the surface has been deformed, the unstructured grid is adapted by considering the mesh as a system of interconnected springs. Grid sensitivities are obtained by differentiating the surface parameterization and the grid adaptation algorithms with ADIFOR (which is an advanced automatic-differentiation software tool). To demonstrate the ability of this procedure to analyze and design complex configurations of practical interest, the sensitivity analysis and shape optimization has been performed for a two-dimensional high-lift multielement airfoil and for a three-dimensional Boeing 747-200 aircraft.

  17. Business model design through a designer's lens: Translating, transferring and transforming cognitive configurations into action

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Simonse, W.L.; Badke-Schaub, P.G.

    2015-01-01

    Strategic managers are challenged to take advantage of digitalisation opportunities related to services of social media and web 2.0 technologies. Business innovations such as crowd sourcing platforms require a new way of integrating business to technology, articulated in a new business model designs

  18. A multi-perspective approach for the design of Product Configuration Systems - an evaluation of industry applications

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Hvam, Lars

    2004-01-01

    This article presents a suggested procedure for modelling and implementation of product configuration systems. The procedure has been applied in several industrial companies. The procedure comprises: • Analysis of the business processes to be supported by a product configuration system. Furthermore......, a de-marcation and definition of the configuration system to be designed. • Analysis and modelling of the part of the company’s product assortment which is to be included in the con-figuration system. • Selection of configuration software and programming of the configuration system. • Implementation....... The procedure or certain parts of the procedure have currently been tested and further developed in cooperation with a number of industrial companies including F.L.Smidth, American Power Conversion (APC), Aalborg industries, NEG-Micon, GEA-Niro and IBM-SMS. This paper presents the experiences gained from 4...

  19. Using Computational Fluid Dynamics and Experiments to Design Sweeping Jets for High Reynolds Number Cruise Configurations

    Science.gov (United States)

    Jones, Gregory S.; Milholen, William E., II; Fell, Jared S.; Webb, Sandy R.; Cagle, C. Mark

    2016-01-01

    The application of a sweeping jet actuator to a circulation control system was initiated by a risk reduction series of experiments to optimize the authority of a single sweeping jet actuator. The sweeping jet design was integrated into the existing Fundamental Aerodynamic Subsonic Transonic- Modular Active Control (FAST-MAC) model by replacing the steady blowing system with an array of thirty-nine sweeping jet cartridges. A constant slot height to wing chord ratio was similar to the steady blowing configuration resulting in each actuator having a unique in size for the sweeping jet configuration. While this paper will describe the scaling and optimization of the actuators for future high Reynolds number applications, the major focus of this effort was to target the transonic flight regime by increasing the amplitude authority of the actuator. This was accomplished by modifying the diffuser of the sweeping jet actuator, and this paper highlights twelve different diffuser designs. The experimental portion of this work was completed in the NASA Langley National Transonic Facility.

  20. DESIGNING THE OPTIMUM CONFIGURATIONS OF CIRCULAR AND SPHERICAL PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS FOR MULTIPLE QUALITY CHARACTERISTICS

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Byung Rae CHO; Michael D. PHILLIPS; Jami KOVACH

    2005-01-01

    As an integral part of tolerance design in the context of design for six sigma, determining optimal product specifications has become the focus of increased activity, as manufacturing industries strive to increase productivity and improve the quality of their products. Although a number of research papers have been reported in the research community, there is room for improvement. Most existing research papers consider determining optimal specification limits for a single quality characteristic. In this paper, we develop the modeling and optimization procedures for optimum circular and spherical configurations by considering multiple quality characteristics. The concepts of multivariate quality loss function and truncated distribution are incorporated. This has never been adequately addressed, nor has been appropriately applied in industry. A numerical example is shown and comparison studies are made.

  1. Application of Optimization Techniques to Design of Unconventional Rocket Nozzle Configurations

    Science.gov (United States)

    Follett, W.; Ketchum, A.; Darian, A.; Hsu, Y.

    1996-01-01

    Several current rocket engine concepts such as the bell-annular tri-propellant engine, and the linear aerospike being proposed for the X-33 require unconventional three dimensional rocket nozzles which must conform to rectangular or sector shaped envelopes to meet integration constraints. These types of nozzles exist outside the current experience database, therefore, the application of efficient design methods for these propulsion concepts is critical to the success of launch vehicle programs. The objective of this work is to optimize several different nozzle configurations, including two- and three-dimensional geometries. Methodology includes coupling computational fluid dynamic (CFD) analysis to genetic algorithms and Taguchi methods as well as implementation of a streamline tracing technique. Results of applications are shown for several geometeries including: three dimensional thruster nozzles with round or super elliptic throats and rectangualar exits, two- and three-dimensional thrusters installed within a bell nozzle, and three dimensional thrusters with round throats and sector shaped exits. Due to the novel designs considered for this study, there is little experience which can be used to guide the effort and limit the design space. With a nearly infinite parameter space to explore, simple parametric design studies cannot possibly search the entire design space within the time frame required to impact the design cycle. For this reason, robust and efficient optimization methods are required to explore and exploit the design space to achieve high performance engine designs. Five case studies which examine the application of various techniques in the engineering environment are presented in this paper.

  2. Hypersonic Separated Flows About "Tick" Configurations With Sensitivity to Model Design

    Science.gov (United States)

    Moss, J. N.; O'Byrne, S.; Gai, S. L.

    2014-01-01

    This paper presents computational results obtained by applying the direct simulation Monte Carlo (DSMC) method for hypersonic nonequilibrium flow about "tick-shaped" model configurations. These test models produces a complex flow where the nonequilibrium and rarefied aspects of the flow are initially enhanced as the flow passes over an expansion surface, and then the flow encounters a compression surface that can induce flow separation. The resulting flow is such that meaningful numerical simulations must have the capability to account for a significant range of rarefaction effects; hence the application of the DSMC method in the current study as the flow spans several flow regimes, including transitional, slip, and continuum. The current focus is to examine the sensitivity of both the model surface response (heating, friction and pressure) and flowfield structure to assumptions regarding surface boundary conditions and more extensively the impact of model design as influenced by leading edge configuration as well as the geometrical features of the expansion and compression surfaces. Numerical results indicate a strong sensitivity to both the extent of the leading edge sharpness and the magnitude of the leading edge bevel angle. Also, the length of the expansion surface for a fixed compression surface has a significant impact on the extent of separated flow.

  3. Optimization of the core configuration design using a hybrid artificial intelligence algorithm for research reactors

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Hedayat, Afshin, E-mail: ahedayat@aut.ac.i [Department of Nuclear Engineering and Physics, Amirkabir University of Technology (Tehran Polytechnic), 424 Hafez Avenue, P.O. Box 15875-4413, Tehran (Iran, Islamic Republic of); Reactor Research and Development School, Nuclear Science and Technology Research Institute (NSTRI), End of North Karegar Street, P.O. Box 14395-836, Tehran (Iran, Islamic Republic of); Davilu, Hadi [Department of Nuclear Engineering and Physics, Amirkabir University of Technology (Tehran Polytechnic), 424 Hafez Avenue, P.O. Box 15875-4413, Tehran (Iran, Islamic Republic of); Barfrosh, Ahmad Abdollahzadeh [Department of Computer Engineering, Amirkabir University of Technology (Tehran Polytechnic), 424 Hafez Avenue, P.O. Box 15875-4413, Tehran (Iran, Islamic Republic of); Sepanloo, Kamran [Reactor Research and Development School, Nuclear Science and Technology Research Institute (NSTRI), End of North Karegar Street, P.O. Box 14395-836, Tehran (Iran, Islamic Republic of)

    2009-12-15

    To successfully carry out material irradiation experiments and radioisotope productions, a high thermal neutron flux at irradiation box over a desired life time of a core configuration is needed. On the other hand, reactor safety and operational constraints must be preserved during core configuration selection. Two main objectives and two safety and operational constraints are suggested to optimize reactor core configuration design. Suggested parameters and conditions are considered as two separate fitness functions composed of two main objectives and two penalty functions. This is a constrained and combinatorial type of a multi-objective optimization problem. In this paper, a fast and effective hybrid artificial intelligence algorithm is introduced and developed to reach a Pareto optimal set. The hybrid algorithm is composed of a fast and elitist multi-objective genetic algorithm (GA) and a fast fitness function evaluating system based on the cascade feed forward artificial neural networks (ANNs). A specific GA representation of core configuration and also special GA operators are introduced and used to overcome the combinatorial constraints of this optimization problem. A software package (Core Pattern Calculator 1) is developed to prepare and reform required data for ANNs training and also to revise the optimization results. Some practical test parameters and conditions are suggested to adjust main parameters of the hybrid algorithm. Results show that introduced ANNs can be trained and estimate selected core parameters of a research reactor very quickly. It improves effectively optimization process. Final optimization results show that a uniform and dense diversity of Pareto fronts are gained over a wide range of fitness function values. To take a more careful selection of Pareto optimal solutions, a revision system is introduced and used. The revision of gained Pareto optimal set is performed by using developed software package. Also some secondary operational

  4. Development and benefit analysis of a sector design algorithm for terminal dynamic airspace configuration

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sciandra, Vincent

    performance of the algorithm generated sectors to the current sectors for a variety of configurations and scenarios, and comparing these results to those of the current sectors. The effect of dynamic airspace configurations will then be tested by observing the effects of update rate on the algorithm generated sector results. Finally, the algorithm will be used with simulated data, whose evaluation would show the ability of the sector design algorithm to meet the objectives of the NextGen system. Upon validation, the algorithm may be successfully incorporated into a larger Terminal Flow Algorithm, developed by our partners at Mosaic ATM, as the final step in the TDAC process.

  5. A Zeeman slower design with permanent magnets in a Halbach configuration.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cheiney, P; Carraz, O; Bartoszek-Bober, D; Faure, S; Vermersch, F; Fabre, C M; Gattobigio, G L; Lahaye, T; Guéry-Odelin, D; Mathevet, R

    2011-06-01

    We describe a simple Zeeman slower design using permanent magnets. Contrary to common wire-wound setups, no electric power and water cooling are required. In addition, the whole system can be assembled and disassembled at will. The magnetic field is however transverse to the atomic motion and an extra repumper laser is necessary. A Halbach configuration of the magnets produces a high quality magnetic field and no further adjustment is needed. After optimization of the laser parameters, the apparatus produces an intense beam of slow and cold (87)Rb atoms. With typical fluxes of (1-5) × 10(10) atoms/s at 30 m s(-1), our apparatus efficiently loads a large magneto-optical trap with more than 10(10) atoms in 1 s, which is an ideal starting point for degenerate quantum gas experiments.

  6. CFD Analysis and Design of Detailed Target Configurations for an Accelerator-Driven Subcritical System

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Kraus, Adam; Merzari, Elia; Sofu, Tanju; Zhong, Zhaopeng; Gohar, Yousry

    2016-08-01

    High-fidelity analysis has been utilized in the design of beam target options for an accelerator driven subcritical system. Designs featuring stacks of plates with square cross section have been investigated for both tungsten and uranium target materials. The presented work includes the first thermal-hydraulic simulations of the full, detailed target geometry. The innovative target cooling manifold design features many regions with complex flow features, including 90 bends and merging jets, which necessitate three-dimensional fluid simulations. These were performed using the commercial computational fluid dynamics code STAR-CCM+. Conjugate heat transfer was modeled between the plates, cladding, manifold structure, and fluid. Steady-state simulations were performed but lacked good residual convergence. Unsteady simulations were then performed, which converged well and demonstrated that flow instability existed in the lower portion of the manifold. It was established that the flow instability had little effect on the peak plate temperatures, which were well below the melting point. The estimated plate surface temperatures and target region pressure were shown to provide sufficient margin to subcooled boiling for standard operating conditions. This demonstrated the safety of both potential target configurations during normal operation.

  7. A knowledge management methodology for the integrated assessment of WWTP configurations during conceptual design.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Garrido-Baserba, M; Reif, R; Rodriguez-Roda, I; Poch, M

    2012-01-01

    The current complexity involved in wastewater management projects is arising as the XXI century sets new challenges leading towards a more integrated plant design. In this context, the growing number of innovative technologies, stricter legislation and the development of new methodological approaches make it difficult to design appropriate flow schemes for new wastewater projects. Thus, new tools are needed for the wastewater treatment plant (WWTP) conceptual design using integrated assessment methods in order to include different types of objectives at the same time i.e. environmental, economical, technical, and legal. Previous experiences used the decision support system (DSS) methodology to handle the specific issues related to wastewater management, for example, the design of treatment facilities for small communities. However, tools developed for addressing the whole treatment process independently of the plant size, capable of integrating knowledge from many different areas, including both conventional and innovative technologies are not available. Therefore, the aim of this paper is to present and describe an innovative knowledge-based methodology that handles the conceptual design of WWTP process flow-diagrams (PFDs), satisfying a vast number of different criteria. This global approach is based on a hierarchy of decisions that uses the information contained in knowledge bases (KBs) with the aim of automating the generation of suitable WWTP configurations for a specific scenario. Expert interviews, legislation, specialized literature and engineering experience have been integrated within the different KBs, which indeed constitute one of the main highlights of this work. Therefore, the methodology is presented as a valuable tool which provides customized PFD for each specific case, taking into account process unit interactions and the user specified requirements and objectives.

  8. Comparison of 2-D Magnetic Designs of Selected Coil Configurations for the Next European Dipole (NED)

    CERN Document Server

    Toral, F; Felice, H; Fessia, Paolo; Loveridge, P W; Regis, Federico; Rochford, J; Sanz, S; Schwerg, Nikolai; Védrine, P; Völlinger, Christine

    2007-01-01

    The Next European Dipole (NED) activity is developing a high-performance Nb3Sn wire (aiming at a non-copper critical current density of 1500 A/mm2 at 4.2 K and 15 T), within the framework of the Coordinated Accelerator Research in Europe (CARE) project. This activity is expected to lead to the fabrication of a large aperture, high field dipole magnet. In preparation for this phase, a Working Group on Magnet Design and Optimization (MDO) has been established to propose an optimal design. Other parallel Work Packages are concentrating on relevant topics, such as quench propagation simulation, innovative insulation techniques, and heat transfer measurements. In a first stage, the MDO Working Group has selected a number of coil configurations to be studied, together with salient parameters and features to be considered during the evaluation: the field quality, the superconductor efficiency, the conductor peak field, the stored magnetic energy, the Lorentz Forces and the fabrication difficulties. 2-D magnetic calc...

  9. Effect of rotor configuration on guyed tower and foundation designs and estimated costs for intermediate site horizontal axis wind turbines

    Science.gov (United States)

    Frederick, G. R.; Winemiller, J. R.; Savino, J. M.

    1982-01-01

    Three designs of a guyed cylindrical tower and its foundation for an intermediate size horizontal axis wind turbine generator are discussed. The primary difference in the three designs is the configuration of the rotor. Two configurations are two-blade rotors with teetering hubs - one with full span pitchable blades, the other with fixed pitch blades. The third configuration is a three-bladed rotor with a rigid hub and fixed pitch blades. In all configurations the diameter of the rotor is 38 meters and the axis of rotation is 30.4 meters above grade, and the power output is 200 kW and 400 kW. For each configuration the design is based upon for the most severe loading condition either operating wind or hurricane conditions. The diameter of the tower is selected to be 1.5 meters (since it was determined that this would provide sufficient space for access ladders within the tower) with guy rods attached at 10.7 meters above grade. Completing a design requires selecting the required thicknesses of the various cylindrical segments, the number and diameter of the guy rods, the number and size of soil anchors, and the size of the central foundation. The lower natural frequencies of vibration are determined for each design to ensure that operation near resonance does not occur. Finally, a cost estimate is prepared for each design. A preliminary design and cost estimate of a cantilever tower (cylindrical and not guyed) and its foundation is also presented for each of the three configurations.

  10. Group divisible designs of four groups and block size five with configuration (1; 1; 1; 2

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Ronald Mwesigwa

    2016-09-01

    Full Text Available We present constructions and results about GDDs with four groups and block size five in which each block has Configuration $(1, 1, 1, 2$, that is, each block has exactly one point from three of the four groups and two points from the fourth group. We provide the necessary conditions of the existence of a GDD$(n, 4, 5; \\lambda_1, \\lambda_2$ with Configuration $(1, 1, 1, 2$, and show that the necessary conditions are sufficient for a GDD$(n, 4, 5; \\lambda_1,$ $\\lambda_2$ with Configuration $(1, 1, 1, 2$ if $n \

  11. Designing A Re-Configurable Fractional Fourier Transform Architecture Using Systolic Array

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Anal Acharya

    2010-11-01

    Full Text Available FRFT (Fractional Fourier Transforms algorithm, which has been derived from DFT, computes the angular domains within the time and frequency domains. This algorithm is increasingly used in the field of signal filtering, quantum mechanics and optical physics. In this paper we develop an efficient, systolic, re-configurable architecture for a particular type of FRFT called MA-CDFRFT (Multi Angle Centered Discrete FRFT. The benefit of this particular type of FRFT is that it computes all the signal components within equally spaced angles. Systolic architecture is used for this computation as it has certain advantages over the other forms like simplicity, regularity, concurrency and computation intensive The resultant product so developed should meet the challenges of today's market like marketable and cheap along with meeting customer demands. This calls for the architecture to be re-configurable. Re-configurable computer consist of a standard processor and an array of re-configurable hardware. The main processor would control the behavior of the re-configurable hardware. The re-configurable hardware would then be tailored to perform a specific task, such as image processing or pattern matching applications, as if it was built to perform this task exclusively.

  12. The General Configuration of CEV1 Electric Vehicle's Electrical System and the Design of Its Control Sequence

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2001-01-01

    The general configuration of CEV1 electric vehicle's electrical system and the design scheme of its control sequence are presented, which are modularized by using VMU as master control unit, PMU as power management unit, BMU as battery management unit. It is a rather advanced and practical general design scheme of electric vehicle, because the division of its module function is definite, which is advantage for research, manufacture and maintenance.

  13. A method for designing configurations of nested monitoring wells near landfills

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hudak, Paul F.

    A method was devised for designing configurations of monitoring wells, consisting of vertically nested intakes in boreholes. The network-design method involves analyzing a subset of potential contaminant plumes emerging from the downgradient margin of a landfill. Plume widths are evaluated along selected equipotential lines and compared to the lengths of those lines. The method was applied to a 32-ha solid-waste landfill in Tarrant County, Texas, USA. Sixtynine potential source nodes were considered. A 15-borehole network devised by the method registered 93 detections in total, detecting all 69 model-generated plumes by at least one borehole. Based on an enumeration procedure, a minimum of 10 boreholes was needed to detect all of the model-generated plumes. However, the less conservative 10-borehole network had little capability for backup detection. An existing monitoring network of seven downgradient wells detected only 38 model-generated plumes. Results of this study illustrate a practical need for structured approaches to designing detection-based groundwater-monitoring configurations. Résumé Une méthode a été développée pour fournir les caractéristiques de puits de surveillance, avec des points de prélèvements superposés en forage. La méthode de réalisation du réseau s'appuie sur l'analyse d'un ensemble de panaches de pollution potentiels provenant du bord en aval d'une décharge. Les largeurs de panache sont estimées le long d'isopièzes sélectionnées et sont comparées à leur longueur. Cette méthode a été appliquée à une décharge de déchets solides couvrant 32ha, dans le canton de Tarrant (Texas, Etats-Unis). 69 noeuds de source potentielle de pollution ont été pris en compte. Un réseau de 15 forages, défini par la méthode, a enregistré au total 93 alarmes, détectant les 69 panaches simulés dans au moins un forage. Une procédure de dénombrement précise qu'un minimum de 10 forages est nécessaire pour détecter tous les

  14. Aircraft conceptual design study of the canard and threesurface unconventional configurations for the purposes of reducing environmental impacts

    Science.gov (United States)

    Desharnais, Olivier

    With a constant increase in the demand for air transport and today's high fuel price, the aerospace industry is actively searching for new operation methods and technologies to improve efficiency and to reduce the impact it has on the environment. Aircraft manufacturers are exploring many different ways of designing and building better airplanes. One of the considered methods is the use of unconventional aircraft configurations. The objective of this research is to study two configurations, the canard and three-surface, by applying them into a typical high-speed jet aircraft using the conceptual design tools for conventional aircraft available at Bombardier Aerospace (some of them have been modified and validated for the two configurations of interest). This included a weight estimation of the foreplane, an extensive validation of the aerodynamic tool, AVL, and a modification of a physics-based tail-sizing tool. The last tool was found necessary for an accurate foreplane/tailplane sizing, aircraft balancing, establishing the CG envelope and for the assessment of all stability and control requirements. Then, a canard aircraft comparable to the Bombardier research platform aircraft was designed. Final solutions were not obtained from a complete optimization because of some limitations in the design process. The preliminary results show an increase of fuel burn of 10%, leading to an increase of the environmental impacts. The theoretical advantage of not generating any download lift is clearly overwhelmed by the poor effectiveness of the high-lift system. The incapacity to reach a level of high-lift performance close to the one of conventional high-speed aircrafts mostly explains why the canard configuration was found to have no true benefits in this application. Even if no final solution of a three-surface aircraft was obtained in this research, this configuration was identified as being better than the canard case according to the information found in the literature

  15. Designing a Configurable Services Platform for Mobile Context-Aware Applications

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Dockhorn Costa, P.; Ferreira Pires, L.; Sinderen, van M.J.; Yang, L.; Merabti, M.; Ma, J.

    2005-01-01

    Context-aware services platforms aim at supporting the handling of contextual information in order to provide better user-tailored services. This paper proposes a novel services platform architecture to support mobile context-aware applications, giving emphasis to the configurability of the platform

  16. Performance monitoring of different module technologies and design configurations of PV system in South Africa

    CSIR Research Space (South Africa)

    Roro, Kittessa T

    2016-06-01

    Full Text Available Performance monitoring of different module technologies and system configurations of Photovoltaic (PV) systems in South Africa is rare, resulting in-few reports based on field results of PV systems installed and operated in South Africa. The goal...

  17. Design of modular coils for a quasi-axisymmetric stellarator with a flexible control of the magnetic field configuration

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Shimizu, A.; Okamura, S.; Isobe, M.; Suzuki, C.; Nishimura, S.; Watari, T.; Matsuoka, K.

    2002-08-01

    A design of the modular coil system for CHS-qa has been made for the plasma configuration '2b32' with the aspect ratio 3.2. The magnetic field strength and the major radius are 1.5 T and 1.5 m, respectively. The normal component of magnetic field produced by the modular coils is minimized on the plasma boundary to obtain the optimum coil design. We put engineering constraint on the distance between adjacent modular coils and the radius of coil curvature. The dependence of the residual normal component of the field on these conditions is examined, and the realistic values for them are selected. Additional coils to control various properties of the magnetic field configuration (the rotational transform, the magnetic well depth, etc.) have been designed and a flexibility of the magnetic field configuration is realized. For the case that the rotational transform crosses the low-order rational value resulting in magnetic islands, the residues of islands are evaluated with which a further improvement of coil design can be made to eliminate magnetic islands. (author)

  18. Implementation of a design and configuration management platform for fusion components on the Tore Supra WEST Project

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Benoît, Fabrice, E-mail: fabrice-2.benoit@cea.fr [CEA, IRFM, F-13108 Saint-Paul-lez-Durance (France); Allegretti, Ludovic [CEA, IRFM, F-13108 Saint-Paul-lez-Durance (France); Aumeunier, Marie-Hélène [OPTIS, ZE de La Farlède, F-83078 Toulon Cedex 9 (France); Bucalossi, Jérôme; Doceul, Louis; Faïsse, Frederic; Firdaouss, Medhi; Geynet, Michel; Houtte, Didier van; Larroque, Sébastien; Magaud, Philippe; Maini, Patrick; Missirlian, Marc; Parrat, Hélène [CEA, IRFM, F-13108 Saint-Paul-lez-Durance (France); Robert, Julien [SOFYNE, F-69800 Saint Priest (France)

    2014-10-15

    Highlights: •A design and configuration management platform is under development for managing fusion components lifecycle at CEA. •Design platform ensures an efficient sharing of the data and provides connections between the different software and databases involved in fusion components design. •Design platform rollout on WEST project is ongoing as part of change control and configuration management implementation. -- Abstract: This paper presents the technical solutions and methodologies that are used and under development for managing the design lifecycle of the WEST project (W – for tungsten – Environment in Steady-state Tokamak, upgrade of Tore Supra's with actively cooled tungsten plasma facing components) fusion components and explains the interfaces that are implemented or in construction to connect together the different tools like documents management system, CAD modeler, or simulation codes around the data management backbone. It describes the methodologies used on the WEST project to optimize the design process by managing the engineering data workflow and ensuring the consistency between the different 3D representations for design or analysis as well as the specification or interfaces documents. Finally it explains how this platform contributes to reach the project targets in terms of performance, cost and schedule.

  19. Design of an Oximeter Based on LED-LED Configuration and FPGA Technology

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Radovan Stojanovic

    2013-01-01

    Full Text Available A fully digital photoplethysmographic (PPG sensor and actuator has been developed. The sensing circuit uses one Light Emitting Diode (LED for emitting light into human tissue and one LED for detecting the reflectance light from human tissue. A Field Programmable Gate Array (FPGA is used to control the LEDs and determine the PPG and Blood Oxygen Saturation (SpO2. The configurations with two LEDs and four LEDs are developed for measuring PPG signal and Blood Oxygen Saturation (SpO2. N-LEDs configuration is proposed for multichannel SpO2 measurements. The approach resulted in better spectral sensitivity, increased and adjustable resolution, reduced noise, small size, low cost and low power consumption.

  20. Low-stress mounting configuration design for large aperture laser transport mirror

    Science.gov (United States)

    Zhang, Zheng; Quan, Xusong; Yao, Chao; Wang, Hui

    2016-10-01

    TM1-6S1 large aperture laser transport mirror is a crucial optical unit of high power solid-state laser in the Inertial Confinement Fusion (ICF) facility. This article focuses on the low-stress and precise mounting method of large-aperture mirror. Based on the engineering practice of SG-III, the state-of-the-art and key problems of current mounting configuration are clarified firstly. Subsequently, a brand new low-stress mounting configuration with flexure supports is proposed. Opto-mechanical model of the mirror under mounting force is built up with elastic mechanics theory. Further, numerical methods and field tests are employed to verify the favorable load uniform capacity and load adjust capacity of flexure supports. With FEM, the relation between the mounting force from new configuration and the mirror surface distortion (wavefront error) is clarified. The novel mounting method of large aperture optics could be not only used on this laser transport mirror, but also on the other transmission optics and large crystals in ICF facilities.

  1. A comprehensive review of microbial electrolysis cells (MEC reactor designs and configurations for sustainable hydrogen gas production

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Abudukeremu Kadier

    2016-03-01

    Full Text Available Hydrogen gas has tremendous potential as an environmentally acceptable energy carrier for vehicles. A cutting edge technology called a microbial electrolysis cell (MEC can achieve sustainable and clean hydrogen production from a wide range of renewable biomass and wastewaters. Enhancing the hydrogen production rate and lowering the energy input are the main challenges of MEC technology. MEC reactor design is one of the crucial factors which directly influence on hydrogen and current production rate in MECs. The rector design is also a key factor to up-scaling. Traditional MEC designs incorporated membranes, but it was recently shown that membrane-free designs can lead to both high hydrogen recoveries and production rates. Since then multiple studies have developed reactors that operate without membranes. This review provides a brief overview of recent advances in research on scalable MEC reactor design and configurations.

  2. Guide for Operational Configuration Management Program including the adjunct programs of design reconstitution and material condition and aging management. Part 2

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    1993-11-01

    This standard presents program criteria and implementation guidance for an operational configuration management program for DOE nuclear and non-nuclear facilities. This Part 2 includes chapters on implementation guidance for operational configuration management, implementation guidance for design reconstitution, and implementation guidance for material condition and aging management. Appendices are included on design control, examples of design information, conduct of walkdowns, and content of design information summaries.

  3. Research of configuration design for sewing machine%平缝机的组态设计方法研究

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    张莉

    2011-01-01

    To improve design efficiency and quality of sewing machine products, configuration product design method was proposed. Product development process based on configuration technology was presented, and componentization design method was analyzed. On the base of analytic hierarchy process and fuzzy comprehensive evaluation, component determination process was described. Then component was design by generation rules and modification rules. Finally, the application in the design of sewing machine shows the feasibility and validity of proposed method.%为了提高平缝机产品的设计效率和质量,提出了一种组态式产品设计方法,并给出了基于组态技术的产品开发流程,分析了组件化设计的方法.在应用层次分析法和模糊综合评判算法的基础上,对组件的确定过程进行了详细阐述,并通过生成性规则和修改性规则两种准则来完成组件的设计.最后,应用该组态设计方法对平缝机进行产品设计开发,验证了该方法的可行性和有效性.

  4. Utilization of Minor Actinides as a Fuel Component for Ultra-Long Life Bhr Configurations: Designs, Advantages and Limitations

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Dr. Pavel V. Tsvetkov

    2009-05-20

    This project assessed the advantages and limitations of using minor actinides as a fuel component to achieve ultra-long life Very High Temperature Reactor (VHTR) configurations. Researchers considered and compared the capabilities of pebble-bed and prismatic core designs with advanced actinide fuels to achieve ultra-long operation without refueling. Since both core designs permit flexibility in component configuration, fuel utilization, and fuel management, it is possible to improve fissile properties of minor actinides by neutron spectrum shifting through configuration adjustments. The project studied advanced actinide fuels, which could reduce the long-term radio-toxicity and heat load of high-level waste sent to a geologic repository and enable recovery of the energy contained in spent fuel. The ultra-long core life autonomous approach may reduce the technical need for additional repositories and is capable to improve marketability of the Generation IV VHTR by allowing worldwide deployment, including remote regions and regions with limited industrial resources. Utilization of minor actinides in nuclear reactors facilitates developments of new fuel cycles towards sustainable nuclear energy scenarios.

  5. Design of a full-dynamic-range balanced detection heterodyne gyroscope with common-path configuration.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lin, Chu-En; Yu, Chih-Jen; Chen, Chii-Chang

    2013-04-22

    In this article, we propose an optical heterodyne common-path gyroscope which has common-path configuration and full-dynamic range. Different from traditional non-common-path optical heterodyne technique such as Mach-Zehnder or Michelson interferometers, we use a two-frequency laser light source (TFLS) which can generate two orthogonally polarized light with a beat frequency has a common-path configuration. By use of phase measurement, this optical heterodyne gyroscope not only has the capability to overcome the drawback of the traditional interferometric fiber optic gyro: lack for full-dynamic range, but also eliminate the total polarization rotation caused by SMFs. Moreover, we also demonstrate the potential of miniaturizing this gyroscope as a chip device. Theoretically, if we assume that the wavelength of the laser light is 1550nm, the SMFs are 250m in length, and the radius of the fiber ring is 3.5cm, the bias stability is 0.872 deg/hr.

  6. Structural Design Exploration of an Electric Powered Multi-Propulsor Wing Configuration

    Science.gov (United States)

    Moore, James B.; Cutright, Steve

    2017-01-01

    Advancements in aircraft electric propulsion may enable an expanded operational envelope for electrically powered vehicles compared to their internal combustion engine counterparts. High aspect ratio wings provide additional lift and drag reduction for a proposed multi-propulsor design, however, the challenge is to reduce the weight of wing structures while maintaining adequate structural and aeroelastic margins. Design exploration using a conventional design-and-build philosophy coupled with a finite element method (FEM)-based design of experiments (DOE) strategy are presented to examine high aspect ratio wing structures that have spanwise distributed electric motors. Multiple leading-edge-mounted engine masses presented a challenge to design a wing within acceptable limits for dynamic and aeroelastic stability. Because the first four primary bending eigenmodes of the proposed wing structure are very sensitive to outboard motor placement, safety-of-flight requirements drove the need for multiple spars, rib attachments, and outboard structural reinforcements in the design. Global aeroelasticity became an increasingly important design constraint during the on-going design process, with outboard motor pod flutter ultimately becoming a primary design constraint. Designers successively generated models to examine stress, dynamics, and aeroelasticity concurrently. This research specifically addressed satisfying multi-disciplinary design criteria to generate fluid-structure interaction solution sets, and produced high aspect ratio primary structure designs for the NASA Scalable Convergent Electric Propulsion Technology and Operations Research (SCEPTOR) project in the Aeronautic Research Mission Directorate at NASA. In this paper, a dynamics-driven, quasi-inverse design methodology is presented to address aerodynamic performance goals and structural challenges encountered for the SCEPTOR demonstrator vehicle. These results are compared with a traditional computer aided

  7. Real-time debugger with bitstream configurator and C language design control for FPGAs

    Science.gov (United States)

    Casselman, Steve; Schewel, John; Wartel, Frank

    2001-07-01

    At the boundary between hardware and software, where FPGAs with 2,000,000 gates is just the beginning, we've found that the tools you have in your toolbox make all the difference. With larger and more feature rich programmable devices such as the VirtexTM Platform FPGA, even minors changes in the design can require hours of compile time. The combination of design complexity and component size is taxing current design entry and implementation tools, making the design cycle loner. The simulation-verification cycle doesn't mean the design will work in the final product. The engineer needs more than ever, to debug designs within the target hardware in real-time. We have built a series of integrated tools aimed at enhancing productivity at the last stages of product design, the final ten percent of the design that takes ninety percent of the time. The tools shown are not meant to replace current tools. These are advanced tools for the FPGA power user. Our goal is creating a set of tools specifically designed to provide better design control, dramatically reduce iteration times and enable real-time In-Circuit debugged in hardware. We have organized this series of tools as The Technology StackTM.

  8. Special ESP configurations designed to test and produce Yemen oil field. [Electric-Submersible Pump

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Wilkie, D.I. (Canadian Occidental Petroleum Ltd., Calgary, Alberta (Canada))

    1993-09-27

    Innovative electric-submersible-pump (ESP) configurations were used in the exploration phase of a Yemen oil field discovered by Canadian Occidental Petroleum Ltd. Because of subnormal reservoir pressure, CanOxy developed the field with ESPs and had to install surface components that could operate at the high, 130 F., ambient temperatures common in Yemen. The field is in a remote area that has seen very little development. The reservoirs produce a medium-to-heavy crude with a low gas/oil ratio, typically less than 20 scf/bbl. Problems faced in evaluating the field included drilling through unconsolidated sands with high flow capacity and subnormal reservoir pressure. CanOxy had to develop the technology to test the wells during the exploration phase, and intends to use new, or at least uncommon technology, for producing the wells. The paper describes testing the wells, the electric generators and variable speed drives, and the use of these pumps on production wells.

  9. Configuring simulation models using CAD techniques : a new approach to warehouse design

    OpenAIRE

    Brito, António Ernesto da Silva Carvalho

    2013-01-01

    The research reported in this thesis is related to the development and use of software tools for supporting warehouse design and management. Computer Aided Design and Simulation techniques are used to develop a software system that forms the basis of a Decision Support System for warehouse design. The current position of simulation software is reviewed. It is investigated how appropriate current simulation software is for warehouse modelling. Special attention is given to Vi...

  10. RotCFD: A Viscous Design Tool for Advanced Configurations Project

    Data.gov (United States)

    National Aeronautics and Space Administration — During initial design studies, parametric variation of vehicle geometry is routine. In addition, rotorcraft engineers traditionally use the wind tunnel to evaluate...

  11. Rational Design of Molecular Hole-Transporting Materials for Perovskite Solar Cells: Direct versus Inverted Device Configurations.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Grisorio, Roberto; Iacobellis, Rosabianca; Listorti, Andrea; De Marco, Luisa; Cipolla, Maria Pia; Manca, Michele; Rizzo, Aurora; Abate, Antonio; Gigli, Giuseppe; Suranna, Gian Paolo

    2017-07-26

    Due to a still limited understanding of the reasons making 2,2',7,7'-tetrakis(N,N-di-p-methoxyphenylamine)-9,9'-spirobifluorene (Spiro-OMeTAD) the state-of-the-art hole-transporting material (HTM) for emerging photovoltaic applications, the molecular tailoring of organic components for perovskite solar cells (PSCs) lacks in solid design criteria. Charge delocalization in radical cationic states can undoubtedly be considered as one of the essential prerequisites for an HTM, but this aspect has been investigated to a relatively minor extent. In marked contrast with the 3-D structure of Spiro-OMeTAD, truxene-based HTMs Trux1 and Trux2 have been employed for the first time in PSCs fabricated with a direct (n-i-p) or inverted (p-i-n) architecture, exhibiting a peculiar behavior with respect to the referential HTM. Notwithstanding the efficient hole extraction from the perovskite layer exhibited by Trux1 and Trux2 in direct configuration devices, their photovoltaic performances were detrimentally affected by their poor hole transport. Conversely, an outstanding improvement of the photovoltaic performances in dopant-free inverted configuration devices compared to Spiro-OMeTAD was recorded, ascribable to the use of thinner HTM layers. The rationalization of the photovoltaic performances exhibited by different configuration devices discussed in this paper can provide new and unexpected prospects for engineering the interface between the active layer of perovskite-based solar cells and the hole transporters.

  12. 1995 NASA High-Speed Research Program Sonic Boom Workshop. Volume 2; Configuration Design, Analysis, and Testing

    Science.gov (United States)

    Baize, Daniel G. (Editor)

    1999-01-01

    The High-Speed Research Program and NASA Langley Research Center sponsored the NASA High-Speed Research Program Sonic Boom Workshop on September 12-13, 1995. The workshop was designed to bring together NASAs scientists and engineers and their counterparts in industry, other Government agencies, and academia working together in the sonic boom element of NASAs High-Speed Research Program. Specific objectives of this workshop were to: (1) report the progress and status of research in sonic boom propagation, acceptability, and design; (2) promote and disseminate this technology within the appropriate technical communities; (3) help promote synergy among the scientists working in the Program; and (4) identify technology pacing, the development C, of viable reduced-boom High-Speed Civil Transport concepts. The Workshop was organized in four sessions: Sessions 1 Sonic Boom Propagation (Theoretical); Session 2 Sonic Boom Propagation (Experimental); Session 3 Acceptability Studies-Human and Animal; and Session 4 - Configuration Design, Analysis, and Testing.

  13. The effect of the configuration and the interior design of a virtual weightless space station on human spatial orientation.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Aoki, Hirofumi; Ohno, Ryuzo; Yamaguchi, Takao

    2005-01-01

    In a virtual weightless environment, subjects' orientation skills were studied to examine what kind of cognitive errors people make when they moved through the interior space of virtual space stations and what kind of visual information effectively decreases those errors. Subjects wearing a head-mounted display moved from one end to the other end in space station-like routes constructed of rectangular and cubical modules, and did Pointing and Modeling tasks. In Experiment 1, configurations of the routes were changed with such variables as the number of bends, the number of embedding planes, and the number of planes with respect to the body posture. The results indicated that spatial orientation ability was relevant to the variables and that orientational errors were explained by two causes. One of these was that the place, the direction, and the sequence of turns were incorrect. The other was that subjects did not recognize the rotation of the frame of reference, especially when they turned in pitch direction rather than in yaw. In Experiment 2, the effect of the interior design was examined by testing three design settings. Wall colors that showed the allocentric frame of reference and the different interior design of vertical and horizontal modules were effective; however, there was a limit to the effectiveness in complicated configurations. c2005 Published by Elsevier Ltd.

  14. RotCFD: A Viscous Design Tool for Advanced Configurations Project

    Data.gov (United States)

    National Aeronautics and Space Administration — The incorporation of viscous analysis in design is vital for a complete understanding of aerodynamic problems. This proposal offers to develop and integrate with...

  15. Study of advanced composite structural design concepts for an arrow wing supersonic cruise configuration

    Science.gov (United States)

    Turner, M. J.; Grande, D. L.

    1978-01-01

    Based on estimated graphite and boron fiber properties, allowable stresses and strains were established for advanced composite materials. Stiffened panel and conventional sandwich panel concepts were designed and analyzed, using graphite/polyimide and boron/polyimide materials. The conventional sandwich panel was elected as the structural concept for the modified wing structure. Upper and lower surface panels of the arrow wing structure were then redesigned, using high strength graphite/polyimide sandwich panels, retaining the titanium spars and ribs from the prior study. The ATLAS integrated analysis and design system was used for stress analysis and automated resizing of surface panels. Flutter analysis of the hybrid structure showed a significant decrease in flutter speed relative to the titanium wing design. The flutter speed was increased to that of the titanium design by selective increase in laminate thickness and by using graphite fibers with properties intermediate between high strength and high modulus values.

  16. Design and Development of a Configurable Fault-Tolerant Processor (CFTP) for Space Applications

    Science.gov (United States)

    2003-06-01

    two central devices, while the remainder of the design was a tabula rasa . The legacy components were SRAM and an FPGA. SRAM provided the CPE’s prin...the most sig- nificant role in the failure of electronic equipment in orbit. There exists a wide range of these circuit-crippling events, including...such, the goals of the CFTP project are the most rigorous constraints applied on the design process, and are what will ensure its future role as an

  17. Design Of Digital Configurable Error Free Frequency Detector Using Strobe Signal.

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Sayannika Banik,

    2014-04-01

    Full Text Available This paper presents a glitch free module using strobe signal which overcomes the limitation of delay mismatch in a wide range of applications. The proposed strobe signal logic can control the occurrence of glitch at both the rising edge and falling edge of the circuit. The theoretical demonstration of the glitch free operation of the proposed strobe signal module is also derived in the paper. The previously proposed digitally controlled delay lines (DCDL has been compared to this technology. Simulation results show the correctness of the module with no delay mismatch with respect to the previously proposed DCDL. As an example application, the strobe signal logic is used in configurable error free frequency detector (a frequency counter which can control the occurrence of glitch during the sudden modulation of the frequency. The employ of the proposed strobe signal can hold the operation of the gate for a specific time until the other gate completes its operation so that there is no delay mismatch.

  18. Aerodynamic Design of Integrated Propulsion-Airframe Configuration of the Hybrid Wing-Body Aircraft

    Science.gov (United States)

    Liou, May-Fun; Kim, Hyoungjin; Lee, B. J.; Liou, Meng-Sing

    2017-01-01

    Hybrid Wing Body (HWB) aircraft is characterized by a flattened and airfoil-shaped body, which produces a substantial portion of the total lift. The body form is composed of distinct and separate wing structures, though the wings are smoothly blended into the body. This concept has been studied widely and results suggest remarkable performance improvements over the conventional tube and wing transport1,2. HWB incorporates design features from both a futuristic fuselage and flying wing design, which houses most of the crew, payload and equipment inside the main centerbody structure.

  19. Optimal design of divertor heat sink with different geometric configurations of sectorial extended surfaces

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Rimza, Sandeep, E-mail: sandeepr@ipr.res.in [Divertor and First Wall Technology Development Division, Institute for Plasma Research (IPR), Bhat – 382428, Gandhinagar, Gujarat (India); Satpathy, Kamalakanta, E-mail: satpathy@ipr.res.in [Divertor and First Wall Technology Development Division, Institute for Plasma Research (IPR), Bhat – 382428, Gandhinagar, Gujarat (India); Khirwadkar, Samir, E-mail: sameer@ipr.res.in [Divertor and First Wall Technology Development Division, Institute for Plasma Research (IPR), Bhat – 382428, Gandhinagar, Gujarat (India); Velusamy, Karupanna, E-mail: kvelu@igcar.gov.in [Mechanics and Hydraulics Division, Indira Gandhi Centre for Atomic Research (IGCAR), Kalpakkam 603102 (India)

    2015-11-15

    Highlights: • Effect of design variables in enhancing heat removal potential with pumping power assessed. • The optimization objective is to minimize the thimble temperature. • Investigation of optimum design parameters for various Reynolds number. • Practicability of the optimum designs is verified through structural analysis. • Benchmark validation of divertor finger mock-up against in-house experiment and good agreement is achieved. - Abstract: Cooling of fusion reactor divertor by helium is widely accepted due to its chemical and neutronic inertness and superior safety aspect. However, its poor thermo physical characteristics need high pressure to remove large heat flux encountered in fusion power plant (DEMO). In the perspective of DEMO, it is desirable to explore efficient cooling technology for divertor that can handle high heat flux. Toward this, a novel sectorial extended surface (SES) was proposed by the authors Rimza et al. (2014) [2]. The present work focuses on design optimization of divertor finger mock-up with SES to enhance the thermal hydraulic performance. The maximum thimble temperature is considered as the vital design constraint. Various non-dimensional design variables, viz., relative pitch, thickness, jet diameter, the ratio of height of SES to jet diameter and circumferential position of the SES are considered for the present optimization study. The effects of design variables on thermal performance of the divertor are evaluated in the Reynolds number (Re) range of 7.5 × 10{sup 4}–1.2 × 10{sup 5}. The analysis reveals that, the heat transfer performance of divertor finger mock-up with SES is improved for two optimum designs having relative pitch and thickness of 0.30 and 0.56, respectively. Also, it is observed that finger mock-up heat sink with SES performs better, when the ratio of SES height to jet diameter, reduces to 0.75 at the cost of marginally higher pumping power. The effects of jet diameter and circumferential

  20. Rapidly Re-Configurable Flight Simulator Tools for Crew Vehicle Integration Research and Design

    Science.gov (United States)

    Pritchett, Amy R.

    2002-01-01

    While simulation is a valuable research and design tool, the time and difficulty required to create new simulations (or re-use existing simulations) often limits their application. This report describes the design of the software architecture for the Reconfigurable Flight Simulator (RFS), which provides a robust simulation framework that allows the simulator to fulfill multiple research and development goals. The core of the architecture provides the interface standards for simulation components, registers and initializes components, and handles the communication between simulation components. The simulation components are each a pre-compiled library 'plugin' module. This modularity allows independent development and sharing of individual simulation components. Additional interfaces can be provided through the use of Object Data/Method Extensions (OD/ME). RFS provides a programmable run-time environment for real-time access and manipulation, and has networking capabilities using the High Level Architecture (HLA).

  1. Strategic Lean Organizational Design: Towards Lean World-Small World Configurations through Discrete Dynamic Organizational Motifs

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Javier Villalba-Diez

    2016-01-01

    Full Text Available Organizations face strong international competition in the global market arena in achieving strategic goals such as high quality of product or service at lower cost while increasing their ability to respond quickly to requirements of the market. These challenges concern strategically designing organizations that can meet global challenges and specialize locally to meet performance constraints. After introducing the concept of organizational functional and structural motifs as small organizational building block, our findings suggest the hypothesis that a strategic organizational design (SOD approach to meet these challenges involves maximizing the number and diversity of functional motifs, while minimizing the repertoire of structural motifs. By detecting characteristic structural motifs, we provide organizational leaders with specific Lean SOD solutions with which to meet local and global challenges simultaneously. As a matter of application, we show the implementation of such an SOD approach in nine US hospitals that form one large health care holding.

  2. Quasi-Monopolar Stimulation: A Novel Electrode Design Configuration for Performance Optimization of a Retinal Neuroprosthesis

    OpenAIRE

    2013-01-01

    In retinal neuroprostheses, spatial interaction between electric fields from various electrodes - electric crosstalk - may occur in multielectrode arrays during simultaneous stimulation of the retina. Depending on the electrode design and placement, this crosstalk can either enhance or degrade the functional characteristics of a visual prosthesis. To optimize the device performance, a balance must be satisfied between the constructive interference of crosstalk on dynamic range and power consu...

  3. Plasma grid design for optimized filter field configuration for the NBI test facility ELISE

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Nocentini, R. [Max-Planck-Institut fuer Plasmaphysik, EURATOM Association, D-85740 Garching (Germany)], E-mail: riccardo.nocentini@ipp.mpg.de; Gutser, R.; Heinemann, B.; Froeschle, M.; Riedl, R. [Max-Planck-Institut fuer Plasmaphysik, EURATOM Association, D-85740 Garching (Germany)

    2009-12-15

    Maintenance-free RF sources for negative hydrogen ions with moderate extraction areas (100-200 cm{sup 2}) have been successfully developed in the last years at IPP Garching in the test facilities BATMAN and MANITU. A facility with larger extraction area (1000 cm{sup 2}), ELISE, is being designed with a 'half-size' ITER-like extraction system, pulsed ion acceleration up to 60 kV for 10 s and plasma generation up to 1 h. Due to the large size of the source, the magnetic filter field (FF) cannot be produced solely by permanent magnets. Therefore, an additional magnetic field produced by current flowing through the plasma grid (PG current) is required. The filter field homogeneity and the interaction with the electron suppression magnetic field have been studied in detail by finite element method (FEM) during the ELISE design phase. Significant improvements regarding the field homogeneity have been introduced compared to the ITER reference design. Also, for the same PG current a 50% higher field in front of the grid has been achieved by optimizing the plasma grid geometry. Hollow spaces have been introduced in the plasma grid for a more homogeneous PG current distribution. The introduction of hollow spaces also allows the insertion of permanent magnets in the plasma grid.

  4. Information configuration?

    OpenAIRE

    Lauro Cesar Araujo; Mamede Lima-Marques

    2016-01-01

    Introduction: The term "configuration information" has emerged in the works of Information Architecture; however, there isn’t a conceptualization of “configuration” within Information Architecture. Objective: The objective is propose a definition for "configuration" and "information configuration" within the Information Architecture discipline, and indicate a teleological corpus from configuration management that can be used as paxis in Information Architecture. Methodolo...

  5. Crisis crowdsourcing framework: designing strategic configurations of crowdsourcing for the emergency management domain

    Science.gov (United States)

    Liu, Sophia B.

    2014-01-01

    Crowdsourcing is not a new practice but it is a concept that has gained significant attention during recent disasters. Drawing from previous work in the crisis informatics, disaster sociology, and computer-supported cooperative work (CSCW) literature, the paper first explains recent conceptualizations of crowdsourcing and how crowdsourcing is a way of leveraging disaster convergence. The CSCW concept of “articulation work” is introduced as an interpretive frame for extracting the salient dimensions of “crisis crowdsourcing.” Then, a series of vignettes are presented to illustrate the evolution of crisis crowdsourcing that spontaneously emerged after the 2010 Haiti earthquake and evolved to more established forms of public engagement during crises. The best practices extracted from the vignettes clarified the efforts to formalize crisis crowdsourcing through the development of innovative interfaces designed to support the articulation work needed to facilitate spontaneous volunteer efforts. Extracting these best practices led to the development of a conceptual framework that unpacks the key dimensions of crisis crowdsourcing. The Crisis Crowdsourcing Framework is a systematic, problem-driven approach to determining the why, who, what, when, where, and how aspects of a crowdsourcing system. The framework also draws attention to the social, technological, organizational, and policy (STOP) interfaces that need to be designed to manage the articulation work involved with reducing the complexity of coordinating across these key dimensions. An example of how to apply the framework to design a crowdsourcing system is offered with with a discussion on the implications for applying this framework as well as the limitations of this framework. Innovation is occurring at the social, technological, organizational, and policy interfaces enabling crowdsourcing to be operationalized and integrated into official products and services.

  6. HLT configuration management system

    CERN Document Server

    Daponte, Vincenzo

    2015-01-01

    The CMS High Level Trigger (HLT) is implemented running a streamlined version of the CMS offline reconstruction software running on thousands of CPUs. The CMS software is written mostly in C++, using Python as its configuration language through an embedded CPython interpreter. The configuration of each process is made up of hundreds of modules, organized in sequences and paths. As an example, the HLT configurations used for 2011 data taking comprised over 2200 different modules, organized in more than 400 independent trigger paths. The complexity of the HLT configurations and the large number of configuration produced require the design of a suitable data management system. The present work describes the designed solution to manage the considerable number of configurations developed and to assist the editing of new configurations. The system is required to be remotely accessible and OS-independent as well as easly maintainable easy to use. To meet these requirements a three-layers architecture has been choose...

  7. Quality by Design approach in the development of a magnetic transducer for biomedical measurements: preliminary results on Design Space configuration

    Science.gov (United States)

    Louzada, D. R.; Monteiro, E. C.; Rivero, A. M.; Fortaleza, L. G. S.; Barbosa, C. R. H.; Velázquez, D. R. T.; Silva, E. C.; Gusmão, L. A. P.

    2016-11-01

    The concept of Quality by Design (QbD) has been widely used by the pharmaceutical industry since 2004, changing the focus on inspections to embrace greater control in the manufacturing process. This new approach contributed to lower production costs and higher quality of medicines. This work discusses the first steps towards the implementation of a QbD approach aimed at ensuring the quality of a biomedical device under development. This device will be applied as a non-magnetic metallic foreign body localization system for surgical removal guidance. It should be highlighted that a new approach was used to define the Design Space, based on fuzzy logic rather than the typical statistical techniques.

  8. 高效气动优化设计方法%Efficient Aerodynamic Design Optimization of Complex Configuration

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    傅林; 左英桃

    2012-01-01

    基于CFD方法开展气动外形优化设计通常计算量较大,采用离散共轭方法计算目标函数梯度,建立了高效的飞机气动优化设计系统.采用NURBS方法对翼剖面几何外形的扰动量进行参数化,避免了对原始外形的拟合,建立了基于NURBS方法的机翼剖面参数化方法.在复杂外形的优化设计中,动网格方法是关键技术之一,采用无限插值方法生成变形后的网格,并提出采用无限插值方法处理部件之间相贯线发生变化的情况.最后开展了翼身组合体+吊舱+挂架等复杂外形的优化设计,成功地减小了阻力,证明了方法的有效性.%Large scales of computations are required in aerodynamic optimization based on CFD methodologies.Efficient aerodynamic design optimization system is built in this paper,and the gradients of object functions are calculated with discrete adjoint method.The geometric perturbations of wing sections are parameterized with NURBS method,furthermore parameterization methodology of wing based on NURBS are built.Moving grid is one of key technologies in aerodynamic optimization design of very complex configuration.Transfinite interpolation methodology is utilized to generate new grid, and a methodology based on transfinite interpolation technology is proposed to deal with the surface grid in the case of junction lines varying.Configurations including wing - body - nacelle - pylon are optimized with the design optimization system.The drag is reduced successfully, which illustrates the effectiveness of the methodology built in this paper.

  9. Conceptual design of the three-dimensional magnetic field configuration relevant to the magnetopause reconnection in the SPERF

    Science.gov (United States)

    Aohua, MAO; Yang, REN; Hantao, JI; Peng, E.; Ke, HAN; Zhibin, WANG; Qingmei, XIAO; Liyi, LI

    2017-03-01

    A new ground-based experimental device, the Space Plasma Environment Research Facility (SPERF), is being designed at Harbin Institute of Technology in China, with Asymmetric REconnection eXperiment-3 Dimensional (AREX-3D) as one of the experimental components to study the asymmetric reconnection dynamics relevant to the interaction between the interplanetary and magnetospheric plasmas. The asymmetry in the designed magnetic reconnection process not only refers to the distinct plasma parameters designed for the two upstream regions across the current sheet, but also refers to the inhomogeneity in the direction along the current sheet resulting from the designed 3D magnetic field geometry. These two asymmetries are fundamental features of the reconnection process at the Earth’s magnetopause. In experiment, the reconnection process is driven by a set of flux cores through coil-current-ramp-up from the ‘magnetosheath-side’ to interact with a dipole magnetic field generated by the Dipole Research EXperiment (DREX) coil on the ‘magnetosphere-side’. The AREX-3D will be able to investigate a range of important reconnection issues in 3D magnetic field geometry that is relevant to the Earth’s magnetopause. A wide range of plasma parameters can be achieved through inductive plasma generation with flux cores on the ‘magnetosheath-side’ and electron cyclotron resonance (ECR) with microwave sources on the ‘magnetosphere-side’, e.g. high (low) plasma density at experimental magnetosheath (dipole) side. Different reconnection regimes and geometries can be produced by adjusting plasma parameters and coil setups as well as coil current waveforms. The three-dimensional magnetic field configurations in the SPERF relevant to the dayside magnetopause reconnection are discussed in detail.

  10. PoE交换机设计与配置管理%Design and Configuration of PoE Switch

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    刘嘉滨

    2012-01-01

    在WLAN业务和安防网络视频监控业务中需部署大量无线AP和IP Camera设备,为解决部署在特殊位置上设备取电问题,可通过PoE技术进行远程供电.结合成熟的网络交换机技术,PoE交换机随之出现.通过介绍PoE交换机设计与配置,进一步加深对PoE技术的认识.这种设计和配置的PoE交换机已在市场上成功应用.%Lots of wireless AP and IP camera devices have to be deployed in WLAN and monitors. In order to provide power supply for devices in special positions, the Power over Ethernet technology can be utilized. In combination with the ripe switch technology, PoE switches appear. By introducing the design and configuration of the PoE switch, the PoE technology can be further understood. And this type of PoE switch has appeared in the market.

  11. Satellite Formation Configuration Design Visible System%卫星编队构型设计可视化系统

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    王传魁; 董云峰; 邓武东; 苏建敏

    2012-01-01

    In order to design satellite formation through nature way, a 3D display configuration scenario was established by using OSG (Open Scene Graph) technology. The usage of virtual reality makes designation process visible, and realizes man-machine interface under virtual environment. Transfer platform based on HLA protocol ensures communication among applications. With the usage of speech recognition, data glove, image recognition and other human-computer interface, new system avoids to be as boring as common keyboard-mouse-interface does, and meets various requirements of them.%为实现更自然的卫星编队构型设计,采用OSG(Open Scene Graph)技术建立了卫星编队飞行轨道构型设计过程三维显示场景。虚拟现实技术使抽象的理论设计可视化,实现了虚拟环境下的人机对话。基于HLA(High Level Architecture)下的RTI(Run Time Infrastructure)通讯协议平台,确保了交互通讯的流畅性。采用语音识别、数据手套、图像识别等多种人机交互模式,解决了鼠标键盘操作的枯燥性,让使用者产生沉浸感,满足了不同使用者的操作要求,降低工作人员的疲倦感。

  12. Design configurations affecting flow pattern and solids accumulation in horizontal free water and subsurface flow constructed wetlands.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Pedescoll, A; Sidrach-Cardona, R; Sánchez, J C; Carretero, J; Garfi, M; Bécares, E

    2013-03-01

    The aim of this study was to evaluate the effect of different horizontal constructed wetland (CW) design parameters on solids distribution, loss of hydraulic conductivity over time and hydraulic behaviour, in order to assess clogging processes in wetlands. For this purpose, an experimental plant with eight CWs was built at mesocosm scale. Each CW presented a different design characteristic, and the most common CW configurations were all represented: free water surface flow (FWS) with different effluent pipe locations, FWS with floating macrophytes and subsurface flow (SSF), and the presence of plants and specific species (Typha angustifolia and Phragmites australis) was also considered. The loss of the hydraulic conductivity of gravel was greatly influenced by the presence of plants and organic load (representing a loss of 20% and c.a. 10% in planted wetlands and an overloaded system, respectively). Cattail seems to have a greater effect on the development of clogging since its below-ground biomass weighed twice as much as that of common reed. Hydraulic behaviour was greatly influenced by the presence of a gravel matrix and the outlet pipe position. In strict SSF CW, the water was forced to cross the gravel and tended to flow diagonally from the top inlet to the bottom outlet (where the inlet and outlet pipes were located). However, when FWS was considered, water preferentially flowed above the gravel, thus losing half the effective volume of the system. Only the presence of plants seemed to help the water flow partially within the gravel matrix. Copyright © 2012 Elsevier Ltd. All rights reserved.

  13. Conceptual design of cost-effective and environmentally-friendly configurations for fuel ethanol production from sugarcane by knowledge-based process synthesis.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Sánchez, Óscar J; Cardona, Carlos A

    2012-01-01

    In this work, the hierarchical decomposition methodology was used to conceptually design the production of fuel ethanol from sugarcane. The decomposition of the process into six levels of analysis was carried out. Several options of technological configurations were assessed in each level considering economic and environmental criteria. The most promising alternatives were chosen rejecting the ones with a least favorable performance. Aspen Plus was employed for simulation of each one of the technological configurations studied. Aspen Icarus was used for economic evaluation of each configuration, and WAR algorithm was utilized for calculation of the environmental criterion. The results obtained showed that the most suitable synthesized flowsheet involves the continuous cultivation of Zymomonas mobilis with cane juice as substrate and including cell recycling and the ethanol dehydration by molecular sieves. The proposed strategy demonstrated to be a powerful tool for conceptual design of biotechnological processes considering both techno-economic and environmental indicators.

  14. Business Model Process Configurations

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Taran, Yariv; Nielsen, Christian; Thomsen, Peter

    2015-01-01

    Purpose – The paper aims: 1) To develop systematically a structural list of various business model process configuration and to group (deductively) these selected configurations in a structured typological categorization list. 2) To facilitate companies in the process of BM innovation......, by developing (inductively) an ontological classification framework, in view of the BM process configurations typology developed. Design/methodology/approach – Given the inconsistencies found in the business model studies (e.g. definitions, configurations, classifications) we adopted the analytical induction...... method of data analysis. Findings - A comprehensive literature review and analysis resulted in a list of business model process configurations systematically organized under five classification groups, namely, revenue model; value proposition; value configuration; target customers, and strategic...

  15. ZEUS-DO: A Design Oriented CFD-Based Unsteady Aerodynamic Capability for Flight Vehicle Multidisciplinary Configuration Shape Optimization Project

    Data.gov (United States)

    National Aeronautics and Space Administration — In practically all air-vehicle MDO studies to date involving configuration shape optimization, dynamic Aeroservoelastic constraints had to be left out. Flutter, gust...

  16. Effect of nitrite, limited reactive settler and plant design configuration on the predicted performance of simultaneous C/N/P removal WWTPs

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Guerrero, Javier; Flores-Alsina, Xavier; Guisasola, Albert

    2013-01-01

    This paper describes a modelling study where five new benchmark plant design configurations for biological nutrient removal (A2/O, UCT, JHB, MUCT and BDP-5 stage) are simulated and evaluated under different model assumptions. The ASM2d including electron dependent decay rates is used as the refer...

  17. Design of a digital interactive configuration, flexible and inexpensive, for monitoring the movements of people in real time

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Enrico Costa

    2014-12-01

    Full Text Available We aim to introduce here the idea and the first results of a still ongoing research regarding the setup of a flexible and inexpensive digital interactive configuration, which has the goal of tracking the position and routes of a certain amount of subjects inside a medium or large closed space. The configuration appears to be adequate especially for the monitoring of museums spaces, exhibitions and showrooms.

  18. The application of design criteria for locating a hub configured supply chain for a restaurant cluster in the Stellenbosch area

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Claudia B. Struwig

    2013-05-01

    Full Text Available Restaurants, in general, utilise numerous suppliers. Normally they deliver on different days in the week and at different times during the day, logistically not an optimum approach. Not only does the current practice cause frequent interruptions, but by segregating the food supply chain unnecessary traffic is generated. This article investigated the need for developing a third party supplier hub, the best positioning of that hub and the most economical routes to the customers. With the aim of providing non-franchised restaurants with the necessary leverage to become market leaders, the hub is planned to only service the restaurants within the vicinity of the Stellenbosch area. In such a hub-configured supply chain, the suppliers would be delivering to the proposed hub, from where once-off deliveries to all the restaurants may be made on days and/or times determined by them. In order to investigate the benefits of providing such a hub structure, a systematic implementation approach was used. The first step was to do market research in order to establish the need for such a hub. That is, the viability of the hub from a restaurant’s perspective was established. The next step entailed the investigation of the design criteria needed in determining a favourable hub location. Four possible hub locations were identified. The Clark and Wright’s savings algorithm was then used to determine the optimal hub location and the feasibility of the results was verified with the aid of a global positioning system (GPS device. The last steps followed involved the determination of an effective hub floor plan that may be utilised, possible products that can be supplied to the restaurants and the necessary assets needed to provide the hub’s service. Finally, by incorporating all these facets, a cost analysis was done to determine the hub’s profitability.

  19. Configuration by Modularisation

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Riitahuhta, Asko; Andreasen, Mogens Myrup

    1998-01-01

    Globally operating companies have realized that locally customized products and services are today the prerequisite for the success. The capability or the paradigm to act locally in global markets is called Mass Customization [Victor 1997]. The prerequisite for Mass Customization is Configuration...... for the creation of a structured product family is presented and examples are given. The concepts of a novel Dynamic Modularisation method, Metrics for Modularisation and Design for Configurability are presented....

  20. Hypertext Configurations

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Finnemann, Niels Ole

    2016-01-01

    , links, interactive processes, and time scalings, and that the hypertext configuration is a major but not sole source of the messiness of big data. The notion of hypertext will be revalidated, placed at the center of the interpretation of networked digital media, and used in the analysis of the fast...

  1. Design, Synthesis and Evaluation of Organic Non-linear Optical Chromophores with Configurationally and Conformationally Locked Polyene Bridges

    Science.gov (United States)

    2007-11-02

    A modular, synthetic scheme was developed for versatile variation of donors, acceptors and polyene bridge length of NLO-chromophores. Configurational...and conformational rigidity of the polyene bridges were realized by making each set of adjacent double and single bond pair part of a fused...cylohexene ring. Substituent effects on the reactions leading to the establishment of the donor, elongation of the fused polyene bridge and the final

  2. Hypertext Configurations

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Finnemann, Niels Ole

    2016-01-01

    , links, interactive processes, and time scalings, and that the hypertext configuration is a major but not sole source of the messiness of big data. The notion of hypertext will be revalidated, placed at the center of the interpretation of networked digital media, and used in the analysis of the fast......The article presents a conceptual framework for distinguishing different sorts of heterogeneous digital materials. The hypothesis is that a wide range of heterogeneous data resources can be characterized and classified due to their particular configurations of hypertext features such as scripts......-growing amounts of heterogeneous digital collections, assemblages, and corpora. The introduction summarizes the wider background of a fast-changing data landscape....

  3. 一种可配置Schmitt trigger IO设计%Design of a configurable Schmitt trigger IO

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    张健; 胥志毅; 邬天凯; 刘文江; 刘斌; 季千惠

    2012-01-01

    The application of electromagnetic environment of electronic devices in national defense equipment is extremely complex because the temperature and the working voltage are always fluctuating. Schmitt trigger 10 performs very well on these anti-noise problems of 10. Noise intensity varies in different application environment. In some cases the noise of high level signal is larger; in other cases the noise of low level signal is larger. A configurable Schmitt trigger 10, whose VIH and VFL can be configured independently, can help a chip to adapt to different noise interference in different environment through configuring different VIH and VIL.%国防设备中使用的各种电子器件通常面临着极其复杂的电磁环境,其特点是温度变化比较大,工作电压波动大.噪声干扰会在很大程度上影响这些器件的工作.Schmitt trigger IO可以有效地解决这种复杂环境中IO的抗噪声问题.不同的应用环境中,相同的IO面临的噪声强度也不相同,有些环境中高电平的噪声大,有些环境中低电平噪声大.因此,一种可配置的、可单独调整VIH和VIL的Schmitt trigger IO可以满足单一芯片在不同应用环境中适应不同噪声干扰的要求.

  4. The LHCb configuration database

    CERN Document Server

    Abadie, Lana; Gaspar, Clara; Jacobsson, Richard; Jost, Beat; Neufeld, Niko

    2005-01-01

    The Experiment Control System (ECS) will handle the monitoring, configuration and operation of all the LHCb experimental equipment. All parameters required to configure electronics equipment under the control of the ECS will reside in a configuration database. The database will contain two kinds of information: 1.\tConfiguration properties about devices such as hardware addresses, geographical location, and operational parameters associated with particular running modes (dynamic properties). 2.\tConnectivity between devices : this consists of describing the output and input connections of a device (static properties). The representation of these data using tables must be complete so that it can provide all the required information to the ECS and must cater for all the subsystems. The design should also guarantee a fast response time, even if a query results in a large volume of data being loaded from the database into the ECS. To fulfil these constraints, we apply the following methodology: Determine from the d...

  5. The LHCb configuration database

    CERN Document Server

    Abadie, L; Van Herwijnen, Eric; Jacobsson, R; Jost, B; Neufeld, N

    2005-01-01

    The aim of the LHCb configuration database is to store information about all the controllable devices of the detector. The experiment's control system (that uses PVSS ) will configure, start up and monitor the detector from the information in the configuration database. The database will contain devices with their properties, connectivity and hierarchy. The ability to store and rapidly retrieve huge amounts of data, and the navigability between devices are important requirements. We have collected use cases to ensure the completeness of the design. Using the entity relationship modelling technique we describe the use cases as classes with attributes and links. We designed the schema for the tables using relational diagrams. This methodology has been applied to the TFC (switches) and DAQ system. Other parts of the detector will follow later. The database has been implemented using Oracle to benefit from central CERN database support. The project also foresees the creation of tools to populate, maintain, and co...

  6. 室内设计构成要素与配置%The Constituent Elements and Configuration of Interior Design

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    陈玲

    2015-01-01

    Stanley Abercrombie, a member of the American Institute of Architect, an honorary member of the American Interior Designer Association and the editor of Interior Design, published writings on architectural design and interior design theory, whose theory and ideas has a profound impact on interior design industry. Starting from Stanley Abercrombie's distinctive opinion of interior design, this article does not focus on the popular design style and trends, but explain the system of the basic principles of interior design and trace its source to highlight the long-term value in design.%史坦利·亚伯克隆比(Stanley Abercrombie),一位美国建筑师协会会员、美国室内设计师协会荣誉会员及《室内设计》杂志主编,出版了建筑设计、室内设计理论等著述,他的理论和思想对室内设计行业有着深远的影响.文章从史坦利·亚伯克隆比对室内设计独特的见解出发,不提倡强调当今流行的设计风格与趋势,而阐释室内设计的基本原则体系,追本溯源,以突出设计中的长久价值所在.

  7. Configuration design and accuracy analysis of a novel magneto rheological finishing machine tool for concave surfaces with small radius of curvature

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Liu, Henan; Chen, Mingjun [Harbin Institute of Technology, Harbin (China); Yu, Bo; Zhen, Fang [China Electronics Technology Group Corporation No.26 Research Institute, Chongqing (China)

    2016-07-15

    Magnetorheological finishing (MRF) is a computer-controlled deterministic polishing technique that is widely used in the production of high-quality optics. In order to overcome the defects of existing MRF processes that are unable to achieve concave surfaces with small radius of curvature, a configuration method of a novel structured MRF machine tool using small ball-end permanent-magnet polishing head is proposed in this paper. The preliminary design focuses on the structural configuration of the machine, which includes the machine body, motion units and accessory equipment, and so on. Structural deformation and fabrication accuracy of the machine are analyzed theoretically, in which the reasonable structure sizes, manufacturing errors and assembly errors of main structural components are given for configuration optimization. Based on the theoretical analysis, a four-axes linkage MRF machine tool is developed. Preliminary experiments of spot polishing are carried out and the results indicate that the proposed MRF process can achieve stable polishing area which meets requirement of deterministic polishing. A typical small-bore complex component is polished on the developed device and fine surface quality is obtained with sphericity of the finished spherical surfaces 1.3 μm and surface roughness Ra less than 0.018 μm.

  8. DNS BIND Server Configuration

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Radu MARSANU

    2011-01-01

    Full Text Available After a brief presentation of the DNS and BIND standard for Unix platforms, the paper presents an application which has a principal objective, the configuring of the DNS BIND 9 server. The general objectives of the application are presented, follow by the description of the details of designing the program.

  9. ZEUS-DO: A Design Oriented CFD-Based Unsteady Aerodynamic Capability for Flight Vehicle Multidisciplinary Configuration Shape Optimization Project

    Data.gov (United States)

    National Aeronautics and Space Administration — CFD-based design-oriented (DO) steady/unsteady aerodynamic analysis tools for Aeroelastic / Aeroservoelastic (AE/ASE) evaluation lag significantly behind other...

  10. Design of HART Configuration Software Based on Windows%基于Windows的HART组态软件设计

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    张夏; 魏文雄; 余淼; 郭江伟

    2012-01-01

    针对PC在Windows操作系统下实时性差和状态机功能不易实现的问题,根据PC自带的性能计数器,构造一个高精度、低开销的定时器,其计数精度可以达到毫秒级以下.采用AES算法对HART控制命令进行加密保护,实验结果证明,HART组态软件具有较好的实时性和安全性,适用于工业控制的现场数据通信.%Under the circumstances of the Windows operating system of personal computer, the function of state machine is not easy to realize. Based on PC's own performance counters, this paper presents a method to make a high-precision and low-overhead timer, which satisfies the strict demands for real time of HART control software. Meanwhile, AES algorithm is applied to protect the HART control commands. Experimental result shows that the HART configuration software has a high degree of real-time and safety, which provides a solution to the data communication in industrial control field.

  11. Electronically configured battery pack

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Kemper, D.

    1997-03-01

    Battery packs for portable equipment must sometimes accommodate conflicting requirements to meet application needs. An electronically configurable battery pack was developed to support two highly different operating modes, one requiring very low power consumption at a low voltage and the other requiring high power consumption at a higher voltage. The configurable battery pack optimizes the lifetime and performance of the system by making the best use of all available energy thus enabling the system to meet its goals of operation, volume, and lifetime. This paper describes the cell chemistry chosen, the battery pack electronics, and tradeoffs made during the evolution of its design.

  12. A Curtain Design on Optimizing Configuration of Savonius Rotor%阻力型垂直轴风力机导风帘的优化设计

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    谢晶; 王亚军; 罗秉东; 宋宁亮

    2012-01-01

    以输出功率100W的阻力型垂直轴型风力机为例,通过优化设计找寻最佳的叶片数目、高径比和折叠率等几何参量,然后加入导风帘装置,给出一个最佳结构方案。运用Fluent求解器中的有限体积法对无导风帘和三种不同长度导风帘设计的叶片周围的流场进行模拟。模拟与最佳优化方式的性能参数的计算结果表明,采用长导风帘设计的阻力型垂直轴风力机具有最好的动力学性能,可以提高运行效率。%This paper mainly studies the configuration of Savonius rotor on the basis of the output power P= 100 W, and the best parameters of the number of blade.aspect ratio and overlap ratio have been found. On this basis, a curtain arrangement has been designed, and the optimum configuration of Savonius rotor has been put forward in this study. Then, the multifarious blades of Savonius wind rotor without or with curtain have been placed in the wind tunnel and simulated by the fluid engineer simulation software Fluent with the finite volume method. And these conclusion combined with the calculation of the aerodynamic performance parameters of the optimum configuration of Savonius rotor verify the design on Savonius rotor with long curtain in the possession of the best dynamic performance. This optimum Savonius rotor in the present study has achieved the improve- ment of the operating efficiency.

  13. Euler Technology Assessment for Preliminary Aircraft Design-Unstructured/Structured Grid NASTD Application for Aerodynamic Analysis of an Advanced Fighter/Tailless Configuration

    Science.gov (United States)

    Michal, Todd R.

    1998-01-01

    This study supports the NASA Langley sponsored project aimed at determining the viability of using Euler technology for preliminary design use. The primary objective of this study was to assess the accuracy and efficiency of the Boeing, St. Louis unstructured grid flow field analysis system, consisting of the MACGS grid generation and NASTD flow solver codes. Euler solutions about the Aero Configuration/Weapons Fighter Technology (ACWFT) 1204 aircraft configuration were generated. Several variations of the geometry were investigated including a standard wing, cambered wing, deflected elevon, and deflected body flap. A wide range of flow conditions, most of which were in the non-linear regimes of the flight envelope, including variations in speed (subsonic, transonic, supersonic), angles of attack, and sideslip were investigated. Several flowfield non-linearities were present in these solutions including shock waves, vortical flows and the resulting interactions. The accuracy of this method was evaluated by comparing solutions with test data and Navier-Stokes solutions. The ability to accurately predict lateral-directional characteristics and control effectiveness was investigated by computing solutions with sideslip, and with deflected control surfaces. Problem set up times and computational resource requirements were documented and used to evaluate the efficiency of this approach for use in the fast paced preliminary design environment.

  14. Experimental design method to the weld bead geometry optimization for hybrid laser-MAG welding in a narrow chamfer configuration

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bidi, Lyes; Le Masson, Philippe; Cicala, Eugen; Primault, Christophe

    2017-03-01

    The work presented in this paper relates to the optimization of operating parameters of the welding by the experimental design approach. The welding process used is the hybrid laser-MAG welding, which consists in combining a laser beam with an MAG torch, to increase the productivity and reliability of the chamfer filling operation in several passes over the entire height of the chamfer. Each pass, providing 2 mm deposited metal and must provide sufficient lateral penetration of about 0.2 mm. The experimental design method has been used in order to estimate the operating parameters effects and their interactions on the lateral penetration on one hand, and to provide a mathematical model that relates the welding parameters of welding to the objective function lateral penetration on the other hand. Furthermore, in this study, we sought to the identification of the set of optimum parameters sufficient to comply with a constraint on the quality of weld bead. This constraint is to simultaneously obtain a total lateral penetration greater than 0.4 mm and an H/L ratio less than 0.6. In order to obtain this condition, the multi-objective optimization (for both response functions) of a weld bead by the implementation of the plans method using two categories of Experiments Plans, on two levels has been used: the first is a complete experimental design (CED) with 32 tests and the second a fractional experimental design (FED) with 8 tests. A comparative analysis of the implementation of both types of experiments plans identified the advantages and disadvantages for each type of plan.

  15. Conceptual design of the 3D magnetic field configuration relevant to the magnetopause reconnection in the SPERF

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mao, Aohua; Ji, Hantao; Ren, Yang; E, Peng; Wang, Zhibin; Xiao, Qingmei; Xiao, Chijie

    2016-10-01

    A new terrella device, the Space Plasma Environment Research Facility (SPERF), is designed and under construction in China, with Asymmetric Reconnection EXperiment (AREX) as one component to study the interaction between the magnetosheath and magnetosphere plasmas. AREX will provide a unique platform for studying asymmetric magnetic reconnection relevant to the magnetopause, via a set of coils for simulating ``solar-wind-side'' magnetosheath field and a dipole field on the ``magnetosphere-side''. Thus it could be able to investigate a range of important issues in the magnetosphere geometry, such as the electron and ion-scale dynamics in the current sheet, particle and energy transfer from magnetosheath to magnetosphere, particle energization/heating during magnetic reconnection, 3D and asymmetric effects in fast reconnection, and so on. The plasma is generated by two flux cores at the ``magnetosheath-side'' and one electron cyclotron resonance source at the ``magnetosphere-side''. Different kinds of coils with specific current driven functions, as well as advanced diagnostics are designed. Motivation, overview of the AREX design and reconnection scenarios will be discussed.

  16. Integrated Design for Marketing and Manufacturing team: An examination of LA-ICP-AES in a mobile configuration. Final report

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    1994-05-01

    The Department of Energy (DOE) has identified the need for field-deployable elemental analysis devices that are safer, faster, and less expensive than the fixed laboratory procedures now used to screen hazardous waste sites. As a response to this need, the Technology Integration Program (TIP) created a mobile, field-deployable laser ablation-inductively coupled plasma-atomic emission spectrometry (LA-ICP-AES) sampling and analysis prototype. Although the elemental. screening prototype has been successfully field-tested, continued marketing and technical development efforts are required to transfer LA-ICP-AES technology to the commercial sector. TIP established and supported a student research and design group called the Integrated Design for Marketing and Manufacturing (IDMM) team to advance the technology transfer of mobile, field-deployable LA-ICP-AES. The IDMM team developed a conceptual design (which is detailed in this report) for a mobile, field-deployable LA-ICP-AES sampling and analysis system, and reports the following findings: Mobile, field-deployable LA-ICP-AES is commercially viable. Eventual regulatory acceptance of field-deployable LA-ICP-AES, while not a simple process, is likely. Further refinement of certain processes and components of LA-ICP-AES will enhance the device`s sensitivity and accuracy.

  17. Optimal Shape Design of Mail-Slot Nacelle on N3-X Hybrid Wing-Body Configuration

    Science.gov (United States)

    Kim, Hyoungjin; Liou, Meng-Sing

    2013-01-01

    System studies show that a N3-X hybrid wing-body aircraft with a turboelectric distributed propulsion system using a mail-slot inlet/nozzle nacelle can meet the environmental and performance goals for N+3 generation transports (three generations beyond the current air transport technology level) set by NASA's Subsonic Fixed Wing Project. In this study, a Navier-Stokes flow simulation of N3-X on hybrid unstructured meshes was conducted, including the mail-slot propulsor. The geometry of the mail-slot propulsor was generated by a CAD (Computer-Aided Design)-free shape parameterization. A novel body force model generation approach was suggested for a more realistic and efficient simulation of the flow turning, pressure rise and loss effects of the fan blades and the inlet-fan interactions. Flow simulation results of the N3-X demonstrates the validity of the present approach. An optimal Shape design of the mail-slot nacelle surface was conducted to reduce strength of shock waves and flow separations on the cowl surface.

  18. Design and Implementation of 2.45 GHz Passive SAW Temperature Sensors with BPSK Coded RFID Configuration.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Fu, Chen; Ke, Yabing; Li, Min; Luo, Jingting; Li, Honglang; Liang, Guangxing; Fan, Ping

    2017-08-10

    A surface acoustic wave based passive temperature sensor capable of multiple access is investigated. Binary Phase Shift Keying (BPSK) codes of eight chips were implemented using a reflective delay line scheme on a Y-Z LiNbO₃ piezoelectric substrate. An accurate simulation based on the combined finite- and boundary element method (FEM/BEM) was performed in order to determine the optimum design parameters. The scaling factor 's' and time delay factor 'τ' were extracted using signal processing techniques based on the wavelet transform of the correlation function, and then evaluated at various ambient temperatures. The scaling factor 's' gave a more stable and reliable response to temperature than the time delay factor 'τ'. Preliminary results show that the sensor response is fast and consistent subject to ambient temperature and it exhibits good linearity of 0.9992 with temperature varying from 0 to 130 °C.

  19. Chiral resolution and absolute configuration of the enantiomers of the psychoactive "designer drug" 3,4-methylenedioxypyrovalerone.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Suzuki, Masaki; Deschamps, Jeffrey R; Jacobson, Arthur E; Rice, Kenner C

    2015-04-01

    Illicit rac-MDPV (3,4-methylenedioxypyrovalerone), manufactured in clandestine labs, has become widely abused for its cocaine-like stimulant properties. It has recently been found as one of the toxic materials in the so-called "bath salts," producing, among other effects, psychosis and tachycardia in humans when introduced by any of the several routes of administration (e.g., intravenous, oral, etc.). The considerable toxicity of this "designer drug" probably resides in one of the enantiomers of the racemate. In order to obtain a sufficient amount of the enantiomers of rac-MDPV to determine their activity, we improved the known synthesis of rac-MDPV and found chemical resolving agents, (+)- and (-)-2'-bromotetranilic acid, that gave the MDPV enantiomers in >96% enantiomeric excess as determined by (1) H nuclear magnetic resonance and chiral high-performance liquid chromatography. The absolute stereochemistry of these enantiomers was determined by single-crystal X-ray diffraction studies.

  20. Design and Implementation of 2.45 GHz Passive SAW Temperature Sensors with BPSK Coded RFID Configuration

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Chen Fu

    2017-08-01

    Full Text Available A surface acoustic wave based passive temperature sensor capable of multiple access is investigated. Binary Phase Shift Keying (BPSK codes of eight chips were implemented using a reflective delay line scheme on a Y-Z LiNbO3 piezoelectric substrate. An accurate simulation based on the combined finite- and boundary element method (FEM/BEM was performed in order to determine the optimum design parameters. The scaling factor ‘s’ and time delay factor ‘τ’ were extracted using signal processing techniques based on the wavelet transform of the correlation function, and then evaluated at various ambient temperatures. The scaling factor ‘s’ gave a more stable and reliable response to temperature than the time delay factor ‘τ’. Preliminary results show that the sensor response is fast and consistent subject to ambient temperature and it exhibits good linearity of 0.9992 with temperature varying from 0 to 130 °C.

  1. Brackish groundwater membrane system design for sustainable irrigation: Optimal configuration selection using analytic hierarchy process and multi-dimension scaling

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Beni eLew

    2014-12-01

    Full Text Available The recent high demands for reuse of salty water for irrigation affected membrane producers to assess new potential technologies for undesirable physical, chemical and biological contaminants removal. This paper studies the assembly options by the analytic hierarchy process (AHP model and the multi-dimension scaling (MDS techniques. A specialized form of MDS (CoPlot software enables presentation of the AHP outcomes in a two dimensional space and the optimal model can be visualized clearly. Four types of 8 membranes were selected: (i Nanofiltration low rejection and high flux (ESNA1-LF-LD, 86% rejection, 10,500gpd; (ii Nanofiltration medium rejection and medium flux (ESNA1-LF2-LD, 91% rejection, 8,200gpd; (iii Reverse Osmosis high rejection and high flux (CPA5-MAX, 99.7 rejection, 12,000gpd ; and (iv Reverse Osmosis medium rejection and extreme high flux (ESPA4-MAX, 99.2 rejection, 13,200gpd. The results indicate that: (i Nanofiltration membrane (High flux and Low rejection can produce water for irrigation with valuable levels of nutrient ions and a reduction in the sodium absorption ratio (SAR, minimizing soil salinity; this is an attractive option for agricultural irrigation and is the optimal solution; and (ii implementing the MDS approach with reference to the variables is consequently useful to characterize membrane system design.

  2. Effect of nitrite, limited reactive settler and plant design configuration on the predicted performance of simultaneous C/N/P removal WWTPs.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Guerrero, Javier; Flores-Alsina, Xavier; Guisasola, Albert; Baeza, Juan A; Gernaey, Krist V

    2013-05-01

    This paper describes a modelling study where five new benchmark plant design configurations for biological nutrient removal (A(2)/O, UCT, JHB, MUCT and BDP-5 stage) are simulated and evaluated under different model assumptions. The ASM2d including electron dependent decay rates is used as the reference model (A1). The second case (A2) adds nitrite as a new state variable, describing nitrification and denitrification as two-step processes. The third set of models (A3 and A4) considers different reactive settlers types (diffusion-limited/non limited). This study analyses the importance of these new model extensions to correctly describe the nitrification behaviour and the carbon source competition between ordinary heterotrophic organisms (OHO) and polyphosphate accumulating organisms (PAO) under certain operation conditions. The economic and environmental aspects when meeting the P discharge limits by adding an external carbon source are also studied.

  3. The Design and Configuration of Live Broadcast Vehicle%实用型广播直播车的功能设计及设备配置

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    刘生远

    2015-01-01

    根据总台广播现场直播车现有的广播设备和条件,结合工作实际,详细介绍广播直播车的功能、设计、分区结构、供电系统、音频设备选用等,该广播直播车具有快速、灵活的特点,能获得理想的听觉效果。%This paper introduces the design of the functionality of the live broadcast vehicle,devices and the configuration of each device such as power supply and audio devices equipped on it,describes the progress of the project along with the author's experiences of many years.

  4. Design for script interpreter virtual machine of embedded configuration software%嵌入式组态软件脚本解释虚拟机的设计

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    廖义奎; 李智; 李为民; 韦卫星; 韦方海

    2012-01-01

    In order to enhance the function of the embedded configuration software, a C-like script is introduced. A compiler is designed to compile the script into Intermediate code, using intermediate code the running speed is improved, and the design difficulty of the script interpreter is reduced. A design of imitation microprocessor architecture is proposed for script virtual machine. Then the intermediate code is explained at run. Virtual machine is mainly composed of the program memory, instruction decoder, arithmetic unit, program counter, controller, and dynamic containers. Among them, the dynamic design of the container is the most critical, which has dynamically allocate memory, automatically release memory, etc. And is suitable for running in the embedded operating system. By experiments and tests show that, the script interpreter virtual machine can satisfy the design requirements for the embedded configuration software.%为了增强嵌入式组态软件的功能,引入一种类似于C语言的脚本.设计一个编译器把该脚本编译成中间代码,采用中间代码的优点是可提高程序运行的速度,也减小了脚本解释程序的设计难度.提出一种仿微处理器结构的脚本虚拟机设计方案,在运行时对中间代码进行解释.虚拟机主要由程序存储器、指令译码器、运算器、程序计数器、控制器以及动态容器组成,其中动态容器的设计是关键,它具有可动态分配内存、自动释放内存等优点,适合于嵌入式操作系统下运行.实验与测试结果表明,该脚本解释虚拟机可满足嵌入式组态软件设计的要求.

  5. Optimization Design of Wings Planform Configuration Based on Kriging Model%基于Kriging模型机翼平面外形气动优化设计

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    于方圆; 高永; 王允良; 韩维

    2013-01-01

    使用基于Kriging模型的优化设计方法,进行了非常规布局机翼的平面外形多目标优化设计。利用CFD技术进行机翼升力系数和阻力系数的气动计算,通过拉丁超立方试验设计生成样本点,建立了Kriging代理模型,结合多目标遗传算法对机翼平面外形进行多点多目标优化设计,最终得到了Pareto最优解集。根据设计需求,从Pa-reto前沿选取一个非劣解作为优化结果。结果表明:Kriging模型与CFD计算误差很小,可信度高;在不同设计状态下,机翼气动性能都得到了提高,表明优化设计方法具有可行性和高效性。%A Kriging-based optimization design system was used and applied to planform parameters optimization design of unconventional configuration. The Latin hypercube method was employed to construct the initial sam-ple points. Lift coefficient and drag coefficient of the wings was calculated by CFD. The combination of the Kriging surrogate model and multi-object genetic algorithms was used to optimize the wings planform configura-tion. The planform optimum result was chosen in the Pareto front according to design requirements. The results indicated that confidence level of the Kriging model was high and the errors between the Kriging model and CFD results were small. With different design conditions, the aerodynamic performance of wings was improved. The optimization design method was feasible and efficient highly.

  6. Aerodynamic Configuration Design of Gliding Extended Range Guided Bomb%滑翔增程制导航弹气动外形设计

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    雷娟棉; 吴甲生

    2011-01-01

    To improve the range of guided bomb, the scheme of aerodynamic configuration of extended range GPS guided bomb was put forward based on the gliding extended range technique. The designed aerodynamic configuration was the tail control configuration having great span-chord ratio up-wing and the tail/rudder with " X " form. By aerodynamic characteristics calculation and analysis, the parameters of configuration geometry were determined. Wind tunnel experiments were conducted for two models of wing stretch-out and wing folded model, respectively. The experiment conditions were as follows. The rolling angles are (ψ)=0(wing is horizontal, tail is" X "form) , 22. 5° and 45. 0°. The Mach number are Ma = 0.6, 0. 8 and 1. 0. The angles of attack are a = 0 ~ 12°. The rudder deflection angles are δz - 0; δs = - 5°, - 10° (pitching control); δy = - 5°, - 10° (yawing control); δX = - 5°, - 10° (rolling control). Experiment results indicate that the designed GPS guided bomb' s longitudinal stability and controllability match well, and the controlling efficiency of tail rudder is very high. The angle of attack being propitious to gliding flight is from 4° to 6° and the maximal lift-drag ratio is greater than 10. From the experiment result, it could be concluded that the effective range of the guided bomb would over 120 km while it is released at 12 km altitude.%为了提高制导航弹的射程,在滑翔增程技术研究基础上提出了远程卫星制导炸弹的气动布局方案,即采取大展弦比上弹翼、“×”形全动尾舵的正常式气动布局,通过计算选择了外形参数.对所提出的外形方案进行了风洞测力实验.实验条件为:滚转角(φ)=0(弹翼水平,尾翼呈“×”形),22.5°,45.0°;马赫数Ma=0.6,0.8,1.0;攻角α=0~12°;舵偏角δ=0,δz=-5°,-10°(俯仰控制),δy=-5°,-10°(偏航控制),δr=-5°,-10°(滚转控制).模型有弹翼张开与折叠两种状态.实验结果表明,所设计的卫星制导炸弹

  7. 基于KingView的MPS组态监控系统设计%Design of MPS configuration monitoring system based on KingView

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    陈天炎

    2012-01-01

    Based on the modular production system of German company FESTO,this paper designs an online real-time monitoring system for automated production line by KingView soft.System uses Siemens S7-300 series PLC as the main control device,designs the automatic control system hardware and software,implements communication between the PLC and PC,completes the development of the monitoring program and the system real-time online monitoring based on industrial configuration software KingView.%以德国FESTO公司的MPS模块化生产加工系统为基础,设计了一种基于Kingview组态王的自动化生产线实时在线监控系统.系统采用西门子S7-300系列PLC作为主要控制设备,完成自动控制系统的硬件和软件设计,实现PLC与上位机之间的通信,并利用工业组态软件KingView完成监控程序的开发,实现对该系统的实时在线监控.

  8. Research Advances in the Key Technology of Bionic Configuration Design of Agricultural Machinery%农机产品仿生配置设计的关键技术研究进展

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    屠立; 裘乐淼

    2012-01-01

    The aim of the configuration design of agricultural machinery was to improve the products design efficiency. The research status a-bout the configuration design technologies both at home and abroad was introduced, and the configuration model and case-based reuse technique of agricultural machineries were summarized, finally its existing problems and future research direction were pointed out. It was concluded that the bionic configuration technology has become a main research direction of machinery design methods, and the technical research framework of the bionic configuration design was presented.%农机产品配置设计的目的是为了提高产品设计效率.介绍了国内外学者对配置设计技术的研究现状,对提出的农机产品配置建模与实例重用技术进行了总结,并指出了现存问题和下一步研究方向.认为仿生配置设计技术已成为目前国内外机具产品设计方法研究的主要趋向,并给出了农机产品的仿生配置设计技术研究框架.

  9. Polysoaps: Configurations and Elasticity

    Science.gov (United States)

    Halperin, A.

    1997-03-01

    Simple polymers are very long, flexible, linear molecules. Amphiphiles, soaps, are small molecules comprising of a part that prefers water over oil and a part that prefers oil over water. By combining the two we arrive at an interesting, little explored, class of materials: Polysoaps. These comprise of a water soluble backbone incorporating, at intervals, covalently bound amphiphilic monomers. In water, the polymerised amphiphiles aggregate into self assembled units known as micelles. This induces a dramatic modification of the spatial configurations of the polymers. What were featureless random coils now exhibit intramolecular, hierachial self organisation. Due to this self organisation it is necessary to modify the paradigms describing the large scale behaviour of these polymers: Their configurations, dimensions and elasticity. Understanding the behaviour of these polymers is of practical interest because of their wide range of industrial applications, ranging from cosmetics to paper coating. It is of fundamental interest because polysoaps are characterised by a rugged free energy landscape that is reminiscent of complex systems such as proteins and glasses. The talk concerns theoretical arguments regarding the following issues: (i) The design parameters that govern the spatial configurations of the polysoaps, (ii) The interaction between polysoaps and free amphiphiles, (iii) The effect of the intramolecular self organisation on the elasticity of the chains.

  10. The ALICE Configuration Tool

    Science.gov (United States)

    Boccioli, M.; Carena, F.; Chapeland, S.; Chibante Barroso, V.; Lechman, M.; Jusko, A.; Pinazza, O.; ALICE Collaboration

    2011-12-01

    ALICE (A Large Ion Collider Experiment) is the heavy-ion detector designed to study the physics of strongly interacting matter and the quark-gluon plasma at the CERN Large Hadron Collider (LHC). It includes 18 different sub-detectors and 5 online systems, each one made of many different components and developed by different teams inside the collaboration. The operation of a large experiment over several years to collect billions of events acquired in well defined conditions requires predictability and repeatability of the experiment configuration. The logistics of the operation is also a major issue and it is mandatory to reduce the size of the shift crew needed to operate the experiment. Appropriate software tools are therefore needed to automate daily operations. This ensures minimizing human errors and maximizing the data taking time. The ALICE Configuration Tool (ACT) is ALICE first step to achieve a high level of automation, implementing automatic configuration and calibration of the sub-detectors and online systems. This presentation describes the goals and architecture of the ACT, the web-based Human Interface and the commissioning performed before the start of the collisions. It also reports on the first experiences with real use in daily operations, and finally it presents the road-map for future developments.

  11. Optimization Design and Simulation Analysis on Configuration of Horizontal Stopper%卧式停止器结构优化设计与仿真分析

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    林巨广; 刘凯; 张军; 程刚

    2012-01-01

    It mainly studied the working principles of horizontal stopper and how to optimize the analysis, modeling and assembly. Firstly, configuration is designed according to structural principle diagram and the initial three-dimensional modeling for single components was finished, and Solidworks Simulation Analysis Software ivas applied for stress analysis on structure of preload after modeling to optimize and determine the modeling size.Secondly combining the engagement between kinematic pair and layout size, same analysis method is applied to analyze stress of linked components successively.Thus the dimensions of each component is determined ultimately,and the design of horizontal stopper could be output. Through the above design and analysis process,α simple design philosophy is put forward, that is to construct the structural principle diagram firstly, then design the prototype of every component based on the diagram, eventually determine the specific sizes of each component by applying the software for pre-load analysis.%主要研究了卧式停止器的工作原理以及如何优化分析和建模组装.首先根据结构原理图设计外形,完成单个构件初步的三维建模,并运用SolidWorks Simulation分析软件针对预加载荷对建模后的结构做简易的受力分析,从而优化并确定建模尺寸.结合运动副和布局尺寸之间的衔接,运用同样的分析方法,依次完成相互连接件的受力分析,最终确定每一个构件的外形尺寸,从而完成卧式停止器的设计输出.通过以上设计和分析过程,提出了一种简单的结构设计理念,即首先构造结构原理图,在结合结构原理图设计出单个构件的雏形,运用软件考虑预加载荷分析构件确定构件具体尺寸.

  12. Configuration graphical interface development under the environment of design and implementation%组态环境下图形界面开发的设计与实现

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    付钊

    2011-01-01

    With the industrial control configuration software industry in the wide application, making configuration environment friendly graphical interface development becomes a difficulty. This paper analyzes the configuration graphical interface system, the water level control through the design of the real-time curves and generates a graphical interface to elaborate the configuration graphical interface development methods.%工控行业中组态软件的广泛应用,使得组态环境下友好图形界面开发成为一个难点.分析了组态图形界面系统,通过设计水位控制的图形界面,生成实时曲线来阐述组态图形界面的开发方法.

  13. Design and Implementation of Protocol Conversion Method for Configuration%可配置协议转换方法的设计与实现

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    聂晓旭; 于凤芹; 钦道理

    2015-01-01

    嵌入式智能网关与感知层设备通信时,需要根据感知层设备不同协议分别开发驱动,灵活性较差。针对此类问题,一种协议可配置的方法被提出,它用于实现智能网关与感知层设备的通信。首先,通过对设备协议进行分析,根据原始协议帧的对象设计该设备的协议模板;然后,驱动引擎解析协议模板并组建设备可识别的通讯的协议帧,智能网关根据新组建的协议帧与感知层设备通讯,并获取数据;最后,目标协议转换程序加载目标协议模板并将采集来的数据封装成目标协议,达到协议可配置和转换的目的。实验结果表明,该方法通过数据建模较好地实现了数据通信和协议转换。%When embedded intelligent gateway communicates with devices of the perceptual layer,it needs to develop different protocols based on the devices and the method is not flexible. For these problems,a method of configuration for protocol conversion is proposed. It is used to communicate between intelligent gateways with perceptual layer devices. First,the protocol template for device needs to be de-signed according to the objects of the original protocol frame through analyzing the device protocol. Then,the drive engine analyzes the protocol template and establishes protocol frame that can be identified by devices. Intelligent gateway communicates with devices of the perceptual layer through the protocol frame be established and obtains the data. Finally,the target protocol conversion program loads the target protocol template and encapsulates the data collected into the target protocol to achieve protocol configuration and protocol conver-sion. The experimental results show that the method preferably realizes data communication and protocol conversion through data model-ing.

  14. Conceptualizing Embedded Configuration

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Oddsson, Gudmundur Valur; Hvam, Lars; Lysgaard, Ole

    2006-01-01

    and services. The general idea can be named embedded configuration. In this article we intend to conceptualize embedded configuration, what it is and is not. The difference between embedded configuration, sales configuration and embedded software is explained. We will look at what is needed to make embedded...... configuration systems. That will include requirements to product modelling techniques. An example with consumer electronics will illuminate the elements of embedded configuration in settings that most can relate to. The question of where embedded configuration would be relevant is discussed, and the current...

  15. Optimized design for the five-finger hand configuration%类人型五指手构型的优化设计

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    樊绍巍; 陈川; 姜力; 曾博; 刘宏; 邱景辉

    2014-01-01

    This paper presents an optimized design method for the five-finger hand configuration based on the form closure theory,considering the multi-point contact grasping characteristics of the human hand. Firstly,the necessa-ry parameters of the optimized design need to be confirmed according to the five-fingers grasping movement require-ments. And then a form-closure status is calculated with the J discriminant function for both the spherical grasp and the cylindrical grasp. Secondly,an interval iterative algorithm was used to achieve the feasible interval maximization of the parameters for the five-fingers on the premise of form closure,with the norm domain width being its parame-ters optimization performance indicator. Finally,the best design result of the most important 5 parameters of the five-finger hand was obtained from an example of the spherical grasp. Simulation results show that the performance indicator after optimization is 17% higher than the previous one,and the grasping stability of the five-finger hand is significantly improved.%针对人手抓握多点接触的特点,提出了一种基于形封闭理论的五指手构型优化设计方法。根据抓握动作要求确定出五指手构型优化设计所需要的参数,并通过 J 判别函数方法判别多参数输入下五指手球形抓取和圆柱形抓取的形封闭性。引入范数域宽作为参数优化性能指标,采用区间迭代算法实现在满足形封闭前提下的五指手构型的可行区间最大化。以球形抓取为例,优化出了拇指指骨长度等5个重要参数的最佳设计结果。抓取仿真试验结果表明,优化后的参数范数域宽至少提高17%,显著提升了五指手稳定抓取的能力。

  16. 一种翼艇式飞行器方案研究%Exploring Effective Configuration Design of a Winged Airship

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    王海峰; 宋笔锋; 钟小平

    2011-01-01

    Aim. The introduction of the full paper discusses existing problems and then proposes our exploration,which is explained in sections 1, 2 and 3. To solve two critical problems for the flight of a winged airship in near space at low speed, section 1 uses rarefied air to produce the lift of a winged airship and balance its weight and the limited solar energy to produce the power needed by the winged airship for long-time flight. Section 2 designs the configuration of the winged airship; its core consists of: ( 1 ) the lift and buoyancy integration mode and the daynight energy saving mode are used for the winged airship; (2) we use the iteration method to calculate the design parameters of the winged airship, the iteration flow chart being given in the block diagram shown in Fig. 3. Section 3 designs the optimal parameters of the winged airship; its core is that we use the NSGA( non-dominated sorting genetic algorithm) to perform the multi-objective optimization of the winged airship; the design results, given in Tables 2 and 3 and Fig. 4, and their analysis show preliminarily that: ( 1 ) the total weight of lithium batteries used at night is much smaller; (2) the volume of winged airship is much smaller; (3) its flight velocity is much greater than that of the airship in near space. Section 4 draws the preliminary conclusions that: ( 1 ) the winged airship is suitable for the payload of Doppler effect such as synthetic aperture radar (SAR); (2) the size of the airship in near space which is obtained by using our design method is close to that of the high-altitude airship published by Lockheed Martin Inc, indicating that our design method for the winged airship is effective.%文章提出了一种翼艇式飞行器方案,较好地解决了以低速在临近空间飞行的两个关键问题:①如何利用临近空间稀薄空气产生升力克服飞行器重量;②如何有效利用有限太阳能产生飞行器长时间飞行的动力.该飞行器采用了升浮一

  17. Design of Configurable Resistance Divider Type DAC-PUF Circuit%可配置电阻分压型DAC-PUF电路设计

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    汪鹏君; 李刚; 钱浩宇

    2016-01-01

    Physical Unclonable Functions (PUF)exploits process variation across same structure and design parameter unit circuits during the manufacturing processes to generate numerous unique,random and unclonable security keys.In this pa-per,a configurable resistance divider type DAC-PUF scheme is proposed,which consists of input register,resistor-string based DAC,voltage comparator and timing control module.After configuring the DAC cell by applying input challenges,the PUF circuit updates keys without physically replacement.In TSMC-LP 65 nm CMOS technology,the layout occupies 72. 4μm × 87. 8μm with custom designing.Experimental results show that the PUF circuit possesses nice statistical characteristic of u-niqueness,high randomness of 99. 1%and high stability of 97. 8%,both with respect to supply voltage variation from 1. 08V to 1. 32V,and temperature variation from -40℃to 125℃.It can be effectively used in information security field.%物理不可克隆函数(Physical Unclonable Function,PUF)电路利用结构和设计参数相同的单元电路在制造过程中存在的随机工艺偏差,产生具有唯一性、随机性和不可克隆性的密钥.通过对电阻失配和数模转换器(Digital to Analogue Conversion,DAC)的研究,提出一种可配置电阻分压型DAC-PUF电路设计方案.该PUF电路由输入寄存器、电阻分压型DAC、电压比较器和时序控制模块构成.通过激励信号配置DAC单元,使该PUF电路无需更换硬件便可实现输出密钥的变化.在TSMC-LP 65 nm CMOS工艺下采用全定制方式进行版图设计,面积为72.4μm ×87.8μm.实验结果表明该PUF电路唯一性高,且在不同温度(-40~125℃)和电压(1.08~1.32V)下随机性和可靠性分别大于99.1%和97.8%,可广泛应用于信息安全领域.

  18. 高性能可配置带隙基准源的设计%Design of a high performance and configurable bandgap reference source

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    尹勇生; 权磊; 邓红辉

    2012-01-01

    A configurable, low temperature coefficient and high power supply rejection ratio bandgap voltage reference is designed for different reference voltages in high performance analog and mixed integrated circuits. Four different reference voltages are generated which are controlled by the digital logic circuit. A Brokaw bandgap reference is employed, and the output voltage is 0.5 V. The whole circuits are simulated by Spectre based on chartered 0.18μm 1P5M 1.8V CMOS technology. It's clear from the simulation result that four different reference voltages are obtained, the temperature coefficient of the bandgap reference core can be reach 9.2 x 10-6/℃ over the military temperature range and the power supply rejection ratio(PSRR) approaches 107.2 dB at low frequency in TT corner, and the proposed circuits meet the design requirements.%为满足高性能模拟及数模混合集成电路中多种基准电压的需求,设计了可配置,低温度系数和高电源抑制比的带隙基准电压源.通过逻辑电路控制,可配置电路使带隙基准源输出4种不同的参考电压;带隙基准源核心电路采用改进的Brokaw结构,输出电压为0.5 V.基于Chartered 0.18μm Mixed Signal 1P5M工艺模型,在电源电压1.8 V下,对设计的电路进行了仿真验证.仿真结果显示,可配置基准电压源可以实现4种不同的参考电压;在TT工艺角下,-40~ 125℃的温度范围内,基准源核心输出电压的温度系数达到9.2×10-6/℃;低频时,电源抑制比为107.2 dB,满足了设计指标要求.

  19. 多学科设计优化在非常规布局飞机总体设计中的应用%Preliminary Design of Unconventional Configuration Aircraft Using Multidisciplinary Design Optimization

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    胡添元; 余雄庆

    2011-01-01

    以飞翼布局飞机总体设计为例,展示如何将多学科设计优化(MDO)方法有效地应用于非常规布局飞机总体设计.基于二级优化方法,提出一种飞机总体MDO实施流程.该流程包括系统级优化、子系统级优化(或评估)和多学科模型生成器3个部分.系统级优化的任务是优化全局设计变量,使系统目标最优.子系统级优化涉及的学科包括气动、隐身、结构、总体布置、重量和性能,其任务是调整局部设计变,满足本学科的设计要求,并使本学科目标最优,或对给定方案进行评估.多学科模型生成器的功能是根据飞机外形几何模型自动生成各学科分析模型,它是实现MDO流程自动化的一个关键环节.根据飞机MDO实施流程,集成各学科的分析模型和优化模型,建立了飞机总体MDO计算环境.应用算例表明:所提出的MDO实施流程能成功解决非常规布局飞机总体设计问题.%This article is aimed at demonstrating how multidisciplinary design optimization (MDO) can be effectively applied to the preliminary design of an unconventional configuration aircraft, using the flying wing configuration aircraft as an example.Based on the two-level optimization method, a procedure is proposed for the implementation of MDO of the aircraft preliminary design, which consists of three main parts: system level optimization, subsystem level optimization (or evaluation) and multidisciplinary model generator.The objective of the system level optimization is to obtain overall optimal performance through the adjustment of the global design variables.The subsystem lever consists of several disciplines, including aerodynamics, stealth, structure, internal layout, mass and performance.The task of the subsystem level optimization is to optimize the design goal of each discipline under the discipline constraints by the adjustment of local shape design variables.A multidisciplinary model generator is used to generate

  20. SIM Configuration Evolution

    Science.gov (United States)

    Aaron, Kim M.

    2000-01-01

    The Space Interferometry Mission (SIM) is a space-based 10 m baseline Michelson interferometer. Planned for launch in 2005 aboard a Delta III launch vehicle, or equivalent, its primary objective is to measure the positions of stars and other celestial objects with an unprecedented accuracy of 4 micro arc seconds. With such an instrument, tremendous advancement can be expected in our understanding of stellar and galactic dynamics. Using triangulation from opposite sides of the orbit around the sun (i.e. by using parallax) one can measure the distance to any observable object in our galaxy. By directly measuring the orbital wobble of nearby stars, the mass and orbit of planets can be determined over a wide range of parameters. The distribution of velocity within nearby galaxies will be measurable. Observations of these and other objects will improve the calibration of distance estimators by more than an order of magnitude. This will permit a much better determination of the Hubble Constant as well as improving our overall understanding of the evolution of the universe. SIM has undergone several transformations, especially over the past year and a half since the start of Phase A. During this phase of a project, it is desirable to perform system-level trade studies, so the substantial evolution of the design that has occurred is quite appropriate. Part of the trade-off process has addressed two major underlying architectures: SIM Classic; and Son of SIM. The difference between these two architectures is related to the overall arrangement of the optical elements and the associated metrology system. Several different configurations have been developed for each architecture. Each configuration is the result of design choices that are influenced by many competing considerations. Some of the more important aspects will be discussed. The Space Interferometry Mission has some extremely challenging goals: millikelvin thermal stability, nanometer stabilization of optics

  1. 基于CMMI的配置管理系统设计与实现%Design and Implementation of a Configuration Management System Based on CMMI

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    刘文红; 吴欣; 董锐

    2011-01-01

    在研究软件配置管理方法的基础上,结合CMMI配置管理要求以及航天测控软件配置管理实际需求,建立配置管理实施框架,实现了一个一体化的配置管理系统.该系统能够辅助开发人员和配置管理人员便捷地制定配置管理计划,进行配置标识、建立和发布基线、跟踪和控制更改、执行配置审核和报告的自动生成,实现了CMMI对软件配置管理的要求,提高了配置管理的自动化管理水平和易用性.%This paper established a CM implementation framework and implemented an integrated CM system based on study of the SCM method, combining the configuration management (CM) requirements of CMMI and the actual demands of the SCM of space tracking and commanding. The system can assist development and configuration management staff to develop configuration management plan easily, configuration identification, establishing and publishing the baseline, tracking and controlling changes, and the implementation of configuration audit and automatically generating reports, to achieve the CMMI requirements for the SCM, improving the management level and the usability of CM.

  2. Superficial Analysis of the Design and Configuration Integrated Technology of Intelligent Substation%浅析智能变电站设计配置一体化技术

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    张锶媛

    2015-01-01

    在智能变电站逐渐取代传统变电站的过程中,智能变电站的设计忽视了设计与配置的相互联系,从而导致一次设计和二次设计中资源不能共享,造成了资源的浪费.与传统变电站相比,设计智能变电站时,虚端子配置与通信组网承担了主要的工作量,这非常考验设计人员的技能水准.深入研究了智能变电站设计配置一体化的工作原理和设计方案,希望能为研究人员提供有价值的参考意见.%In the process of gradually replacing the traditional substation in the smart substation, the design of the smart substation, which neglect the design and configuration of the mutual connection, which leads to a design and the design of the two resources can't be shared, resulting in a waste of resources. Compared with traditional substation design, design of smart substation, the virtual terminal configuration and communication network undertook a major effort, it is the test of skills designer. In this paper, the work principle and design scheme of the integrated design and configuration of smart substation are deeply studied, and it is hoped that it can provide valuable reference for the researchers.

  3. 品牌产品造型设计中形态传承的分析与评价%Analysis and Evaluation of Form Inheritance in Configuration Design of Brand Products

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    高瞩; 吉晓民; 郭魂; 史丽

    2011-01-01

    提出了产品造型设计形态传承度的概念,阐述了产品形态传承的基本思想,并基于感性工学原理从设计语意的量化上确定了形态传承的判据,提出了形态传承的评价与优化方法.该研究为设计师进行品牌产品造型设计提供了概念生成的理论依据,也为品牌产品造型辅助设计系统的开发奠定了理论基础.%A new concept, product configuration design “inheritance degree” was proposed,analyzed and constructed rationally the basic thoughts of product configuration inheritance, based on principles of kansei engineering to ensure the criteria of inheritance from quantizing design semantics.A method of evaluation and optimization of the morphological criteria was put forward. The research provides the theoretical basis of the generation of concepts for designers to exploit brand products and lays a theoretical foundation for the development of brand product configuration design of auxiliary system.

  4. 基于组态设计方法的PLC实验仿真%PLC Experiment Simulation Based on the Designing Method of Configuration

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    丘建雄

    2012-01-01

    通过对组态技术特点进行分析,将组态软件用于PLC的实验中,使PLC实验离开实物也能达到仿真效果.本文以3层电梯控制为例,给出了仿真程序流程图和仿真的界面图,并把传统实物实验与PLC仿真实验进行了对比.%Through the analysis of technological characteristics of configuration, configuration software was put into PLC experiment, so the PLC experiment can reach the simulating results without the material objects. Taking the three lift controls for example, the paper provided the flow chart of artificial procedure and the simulating interface picture, and com-pared the traditional experiment with material object and with the PLC artificial experiment.

  5. Optimization of experimental snowflake configurations on TCV

    OpenAIRE

    Ambrosino, R; Albanese, R.; Coda, S.; Mattei, M.; Moret, J. -M.; Reimerdes, H.

    2014-01-01

    The design of a snowflake (SF) equilibrium requires a strong effort on the poloidal field (PF) currents in terms of MAturns and mechanical loads. This has limited the maximum plasma current in SF configurations on Tokamak a Configuration Variable (TCV) to values well below the intrinsic magnetohydrodynamic limits. In this paper the definition of optimized SF configurations in TCV and their experimental tests are illustrated. The PF current optimization procedure proposed in Albanese et al (20...

  6. Software configuration management

    CERN Document Server

    Keyes, Jessica

    2004-01-01

    Software Configuration Management discusses the framework from a standards viewpoint, using the original DoD MIL-STD-973 and EIA-649 standards to describe the elements of configuration management within a software engineering perspective. Divided into two parts, the first section is composed of 14 chapters that explain every facet of configuration management related to software engineering. The second section consists of 25 appendices that contain many valuable real world CM templates.

  7. Airport Configuration Prediction Project

    Data.gov (United States)

    National Aeronautics and Space Administration — Airport configuration is a primary factor in various airport characteristics such as arrival and departure capacities and terminal area traffic patterns. These...

  8. CONFIGURATION GENERATOR MODEL

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    A. Alsaed

    2004-11-18

    ''The Disposal Criticality Analysis Methodology Topical Report'' prescribes an approach to the methodology for performing postclosure criticality analyses within the monitored geologic repository at Yucca Mountain, Nevada. An essential component of the methodology is the ''Configuration Generator Model for In-Package Criticality'' that provides a tool to evaluate the probabilities of degraded configurations achieving a critical state. The configuration generator model is a risk-informed, performance-based process for evaluating the criticality potential of degraded configurations in the monitored geologic repository. The method uses event tree methods to define configuration classes derived from criticality scenarios and to identify configuration class characteristics (parameters, ranges, etc.). The probabilities of achieving the various configuration classes are derived in part from probability density functions for degradation parameters. The NRC has issued ''Safety Evaluation Report for Disposal Criticality Analysis Methodology Topical Report, Revision 0''. That report contained 28 open items that required resolution through additional documentation. Of the 28 open items, numbers 5, 6, 9, 10, 18, and 19 were concerned with a previously proposed software approach to the configuration generator methodology and, in particular, the k{sub eff} regression analysis associated with the methodology. However, the use of a k{sub eff} regression analysis is not part of the current configuration generator methodology and, thus, the referenced open items are no longer considered applicable and will not be further addressed.

  9. Ansible configuration management

    CERN Document Server

    Hall, Daniel

    2013-01-01

    Ansible Configuration Management"" is a step-by-step tutorial that teaches the use of Ansible for configuring Linux machines.This book is intended for anyone looking to understand the basics of Ansible. It is expected that you will have some experience of how to set up and configure Linux machines. In parts of the book we cover configuration files of BIND, MySQL, and other Linux daemons, therefore a working knowledge of these would be helpful but are certainly not required.

  10. Marking up lattice QCD configurations and ensembles

    CERN Document Server

    Coddington, P; Maynard, C M; Pleiter, D; Yoshié, T

    2007-01-01

    QCDml is an XML-based markup language designed for sharing QCD configurations and ensembles world-wide via the International Lattice Data Grid (ILDG). Based on the latest release, we present key ingredients of the QCDml in order to provide some starting points for colleagues in this community to markup valuable configurations and submit them to the ILDG.

  11. Modelling Configuration Knowledge in Heterogeneous Product Families

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Queva, Matthieu Stéphane Benoit; Männistö, Tomi; Ricci, Laurent

    2011-01-01

    Product configuration systems play an important role in the development of Mass Customisation. The configuration of complex product families may nowadays involve multiple design disciplines, e.g. hardware, software and services. In this paper, we present a conceptual approach for modelling the va...

  12. DESIGNING UNIVERSAL CONFIGURATION MODEL OF POINT DATABASE FOR OVATION CONTROL SYSTEM AND THE SOFTWARE APPLICATION%Ovation控制系统点数据库组态通用模型设计与软件应用

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    张雄; 管宇群

    2012-01-01

    Traditional way of creating point database configuration file based on mail merging and conventional programming has quite a few deficiencies, such as poor universality, lower efficiency, and being hard to keep the synchronous update between 10 list and point database, etc. In this paper, we design a universal configuration model for point database on the basis of flexible software idea, and have developed the application according to this model. This application is able to create configuration file of the point database in one-off way in light of the points in different types and amount, which improves the efficiency and quality of the configuration of point database, and can also keep the consistency of 10 list and point database all the time as well as make the standardisation and normalisation in point database configuration.%传统的基于邮件合并法或常规编程法生成点数据库配置文件的方法有诸多不足之处、如通用性差、效率较低、难以保持IO清单与点数据库同步更新等.基于柔性软件思路,设计点数据库组态通用模型,并根据该模型开发应用程序.该应用程序可以针对不同类型、不同数量的点一次性地生成点数据库配置文件,不仅提高了点数据库组态的效率和质量,还能使IO清单与点数据库始终保持一致,使点数据库组态工作做到标准化和规范化.

  13. PIV Logon Configuration Guidance

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Lee, Glen Alan [Los Alamos National Lab. (LANL), Los Alamos, NM (United States)

    2016-03-04

    This document details the configurations and enhancements implemented to support the usage of federal Personal Identity Verification (PIV) Card for logon on unclassified networks. The guidance is a reference implementation of the configurations and enhancements deployed at the Los Alamos National Laboratory (LANL) by Network and Infrastructure Engineering – Core Services (NIE-CS).

  14. Aerodynamics configuration conceptual design for ATLLAS-M6 analog transport aircraft%类 ATLLAS-M6运输机气动布局分析与设计

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    肖光明; 冯毅; 唐伟; 桂业伟

    2012-01-01

    根据德国宇航中心设计的ATLLAS-M6运输机的气动布局特点,利用基于类型函数和形状函数的CST方法对其进行了参数化建模,并初步计算分析了该外形的主要气动特性,包括配平特性、静/动稳定性以及控制面的控制效率等.研究结果表明,类ATLLAS-M6的气动性能基本满足高超声速运输机的设计要求,其气动布局方案是可以借鉴的.在此基础上,将进一步考虑运输机结构重量、热防护性能等对布局的约束,对其外形进行多学科优化设计.%The aerodynamic configuration study of ATLLAS-M6 transport aircraft proposed by the German Aerospace Center (DLR) is presented and discussed. The ATLLAS-M6 has a turbine-based combined cycle (TBCC) propulsion system, and it's aerodynamic configuration has the following characteristics: double delta-wing with low-aspect ratio, axial vertical tail, high-set horizontal tail and lifting body with high-fineness ratio. In this paper, a parameterized configuration is proposed via the "class function and shape function transformation technique" (CST) method. The aerodynamic characteristics are investigated, such as the trim characteristic, static/dynamic stability and control efficiency of control surfaces. The detail research indicated that the ATLLAS-M6 analog has a high hypersonic lift to drag ratio at the cruise state of low trimming angle of attack. The hypersonic stability derivatives predicted by the " dahlem-buck" method and the "prandtl-meyer" method shown that the transporter is static and dynamic stable in both lateral and directional directions and the proposed configuration is one of the feasible transporter choices. Yet, the aerodynamic configuration conceptual design of the hypersonic transport aircraft is a highly integrated project, several disciplines involved must be considered farther, such as structured materials and thermal protection system. Therefore, the "multidisciplinary design optimization" (MDO) method

  15. Stereoscopic Configurations To Minimize Distortions

    Science.gov (United States)

    Diner, Daniel B.

    1991-01-01

    Proposed television system provides two stereoscopic displays. Two-camera, two-monitor system used in various camera configurations and with stereoscopic images on monitors magnified to various degrees. Designed to satisfy observer's need to perceive spatial relationships accurately throughout workspace or to perceive them at high resolution in small region of workspace. Potential applications include industrial, medical, and entertainment imaging and monitoring and control of telemanipulators, telerobots, and remotely piloted vehicles.

  16. Configuration and Data Management Process and the System Safety Professional

    Science.gov (United States)

    Shivers, Charles Herbert; Parker, Nelson C. (Technical Monitor)

    2001-01-01

    This article presents a discussion of the configuration management (CM) and the Data Management (DM) functions and provides a perspective of the importance of configuration and data management processes to the success of system safety activities. The article addresses the basic requirements of configuration and data management generally based on NASA configuration and data management policies and practices, although the concepts are likely to represent processes of any public or private organization's well-designed configuration and data management program.

  17. Handling qualities requirements for control configured vehicles

    Science.gov (United States)

    Woodcock, R. J.; George, F. L.

    1976-01-01

    The potential effects of fly by wire and control configured vehicle concepts on flying qualities are considered. Failure mode probabilities and consequences, controllability, and dynamics of highly augmented aircraft are among the factors discussed in terms of design criteria.

  18. Global Value Chain Configuration

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Hernandez, Virginia; Pedersen, Torben

    2017-01-01

    This paper reviews the literature on global value chain configuration, providing an overview of this topic. Specifically, we review the literature focusing on the concept of the global value chain and its activities, the decisions involved in its configuration, such as location, the governance...... modes chosen and the different ways of coordinating them. We also examine the outcomes of a global value chain configuration in terms of performance and upgrading. Our aim is to review the state of the art of these issues, identify research gaps and suggest new lines for future research that would...

  19. Software Design Document, Testing, and Deployment and Configuration Management of the UUIS - a Team 1 COMP5541-W10 Project Approach

    CERN Document Server

    Sankaran, Abirami; Attar, Maab; Parham, Mohammad; Zayikina, Olena; Rifai, Omar Jandali; Lepin, Pavel; Hassan, Rana

    2010-01-01

    The document presents a detailed description of the designs for the implementation of the Unified University Inventory System for the Imaginary University of Arctica. The document, through numerous diagrams and UI samples, gives the structure of the system and the functions of its modules. It also gives test cases and reports that support the system's architecture and design.

  20. 民用飞机驾驶舱构型快速设计方法%Rapid cockpit configuration design method research

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    冯昊成; 罗明强; 刘虎; 武哲

    2012-01-01

    In order to improve the efficiency of civil airplane design in conceptual design phase,the design method of civil airplane's cockpit was studied.The functionality was achieved in an open aircraft conceptual/preliminary design system.The coordinate of fuselage was defined.The method of defining eye design position of cockpit was studied.The method of cockpit layout and the parametric design and modeling method of windshield was presented.Based on these methods an interactive rapid design environment of civil airplane's cockpit was constructed.Automatic adjustment for the cockpit was implemented,which was the basis for multidisciplinary design optimization in conceptual design phase.A design instance is given to illustrate the effectiveness of the methods.%为在方案设计阶段提高民用飞机总体方案的设计质量和形成效率,研究了民用飞机驾驶舱构型的设计措施,并在一个开放式的飞机总体设计环境中实现了这一功能.定义了飞机机身坐标系,研究了确定驾驶员设计眼位、驾驶舱布置和风挡参数化设计与模型构建的方法.建立了交互式民机驾驶舱构型二、三维快速设计环境.在此基础上,实现了驾驶舱模型的自动化调整,为总体设计阶段进行多学科设计优化奠定了基础.通过设计实例证明了该方法的有效性.

  1. 参数化可配置IP核浮点运算器的设计与实现%Design and implementation of floating-point unit based on parameterized configurable IP core

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    刘竹松; 陈平华; 陈璟

    2011-01-01

    In this paper, parameterized IP core design method is introduced into the design of floating-point unit, through extracting usable parameters, the floating-point unit can be designed into a parameterized, configurable, reusable IP core. Finally,simulation verified the feasibility and effectiveness of floating-point unit as parameterized IP core.%将参数化可配置IP核的设计方法引入到浮点运算器设计中,通过设计时提取的可用参数,将浮点运算器设计成为参数化、可配置、可重用的IP核.通过仿真验证了实现参数化IP核浮点运算器的可行性和有效性.

  2. Airport Configuration Prediction Project

    Data.gov (United States)

    National Aeronautics and Space Administration — There is presently poor knowledge throughout the National Airspace System (NAS) of the airport configurations currently in use at each airport. There is even less...

  3. Firewall Configuration Errors Revisited

    CERN Document Server

    Wool, Avishai

    2009-01-01

    The first quantitative evaluation of the quality of corporate firewall configurations appeared in 2004, based on Check Point FireWall-1 rule-sets. In general that survey indicated that corporate firewalls were often enforcing poorly written rule-sets, containing many mistakes. The goal of this work is to revisit the first survey. The current study is much larger. Moreover, for the first time, the study includes configurations from two major vendors. The study also introduce a novel "Firewall Complexity" (FC) measure, that applies to both types of firewalls. The findings of the current study indeed validate the 2004 study's main observations: firewalls are (still) poorly configured, and a rule-set's complexity is (still) positively correlated with the number of detected risk items. Thus we can conclude that, for well-configured firewalls, ``small is (still) beautiful''. However, unlike the 2004 study, we see no significant indication that later software versions have fewer errors (for both vendors).

  4. Drupal 8 configuration management

    CERN Document Server

    Borchert, Stefan

    2015-01-01

    Drupal 8 Configuration Management is intended for people who use Drupal 8 to build websites, whether you are a hobbyist using Drupal for the first time, a long-time Drupal site builder, or a professional web developer.

  5. ATLAS DAQ Configuration Databases

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    I.Alexandrov; A.Amorim; 等

    2001-01-01

    The configuration databases are an important part of the Trigger/DAQ system of the future ATLAS experiment .This paper describes their current status giving details of architecture,implementation,test results and plans for future work.

  6. Configuration Management Automation (CMA) -

    Data.gov (United States)

    Department of Transportation — Configuration Management Automation (CMA) will provide an automated, integrated enterprise solution to support CM of FAA NAS and Non-NAS assets and investments. CMA...

  7. Comparison between four dissimilar solar panel configurations

    Science.gov (United States)

    Suleiman, K.; Ali, U. A.; Yusuf, Ibrahim; Koko, A. D.; Bala, S. I.

    2017-03-01

    Several studies on photovoltaic systems focused on how it operates and energy required in operating it. Little attention is paid on its configurations, modeling of mean time to system failure, availability, cost benefit and comparisons of parallel and series-parallel designs. In this research work, four system configurations were studied. Configuration I consists of two sub-components arranged in parallel with 24 V each, configuration II consists of four sub-components arranged logically in parallel with 12 V each, configuration III consists of four sub-components arranged in series-parallel with 8 V each, and configuration IV has six sub-components with 6 V each arranged in series-parallel. Comparative analysis was made using Chapman Kolmogorov's method. The derivation for explicit expression of mean time to system failure, steady state availability and cost benefit analysis were performed, based on the comparison. Ranking method was used to determine the optimal configuration of the systems. The results of analytical and numerical solutions of system availability and mean time to system failure were determined and it was found that configuration I is the optimal configuration.

  8. Configuration Management Process Assessment Strategy

    Science.gov (United States)

    Henry, Thad

    2014-01-01

    Purpose: To propose a strategy for assessing the development and effectiveness of configuration management systems within Programs, Projects, and Design Activities performed by technical organizations and their supporting development contractors. Scope: Various entities CM Systems will be assessed dependent on Project Scope (DDT&E), Support Services and Acquisition Agreements. Approach: Model based structured against assessing organizations CM requirements including best practices maturity criteria. The model is tailored to the entity being assessed dependent on their CM system. The assessment approach provides objective feedback to Engineering and Project Management of the observed CM system maturity state versus the ideal state of the configuration management processes and outcomes(system). center dot Identifies strengths and risks versus audit gotcha's (findings/observations). center dot Used "recursively and iteratively" throughout program lifecycle at select points of need. (Typical assessments timing is Post PDR/Post CDR) center dot Ideal state criteria and maturity targets are reviewed with the assessed entity prior to an assessment (Tailoring) and is dependent on the assessed phase of the CM system. center dot Supports exit success criteria for Preliminary and Critical Design Reviews. center dot Gives a comprehensive CM system assessment which ultimately supports configuration verification activities.*

  9. Mirror Fusion Test Facility-B (MFTF-B) axicell configuration: NbTi magnet system. Design and analysis summary. Volume 1

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Heathman, J.H.; Wohlwend, J.W.

    1985-05-01

    This report summarizes the designs and analyses produced by General Dynamics Convair for the four Axicell magnets (A1 and A20, east and west), the four Transition magnets (T1 and T2, east and west), and the twelve Solenoid magnets (S1 through S6, east and west). Over four million drawings and specifications, in addition to detailed stress analysis, thermal analysis, electrical, instrumentation, and verification test reports were produced as part of the MFTF-B design effort. Significant aspects of the designs, as well as key analysis results, are summarized in this report. In addition, drawing trees and lists off detailed analysis and test reports included in this report define the locations of the detailed design and analysis data.

  10. Configuring Symantec AntiVirus

    CERN Document Server

    Shimonski, Robert

    2003-01-01

    This is the only book that will teach system administrators how to configure, deploy, and troubleshoot Symantec Enterprise Edition in an enterprise network. The book will reflect Symantec''s philosophy of "Centralized Antivirus Management." For the same reasons that Symantec bundled together these previously separate products, the book will provide system administrators with a holistic approach to defending their networks from malicious viruses. This book will also serve as a Study Guide for those pursuing Symantec Product Specialist Certifications.Configuring Symantec AntiVirus Enterprise Edition contains step-by-step instructions on how to Design, implement and leverage the Symantec Suite of products in the enterprise.ØFirst book published on market leading product and fast-growing certification. Despite the popularity of Symantec''s products and Symantec Product Specialist certifications, there are no other books published or announced.ØLess expensive substitute for costly on-sight training. Symantec off...

  11. Configurational Molecular Glue: One Optically Active Polymer Attracts Two Oppositely Configured Optically Active Polymers.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tsuji, Hideto; Noda, Soma; Kimura, Takayuki; Sobue, Tadashi; Arakawa, Yuki

    2017-03-24

    D-configured poly(D-lactic acid) (D-PLA) and poly(D-2-hydroxy-3-methylbutanoic acid) (D-P2H3MB) crystallized separately into their homo-crystallites when crystallized by precipitation or solvent evaporation, whereas incorporation of L-configured poly(L-2-hydroxybutanoic acid) (L-P2HB) in D-configured D-PLA and D-P2H3MB induced co-crystallization or ternary stereocomplex formation between D-configured D-PLA and D-P2H3MB and L-configured L-P2HB. However, incorporation of D-configured poly(D-2-hydroxybutanoic acid) (D-P2HB) in D-configured D-PLA and D-P2H3MB did not cause co-crystallization between D-configured D-PLA and D-P2H3MB and D-configured D-P2HB but separate crystallization of each polymer occurred. These findings strongly suggest that an optically active polymer (L-configured or D-configured polymer) like unsubstituted or substituted optically active poly(lactic acid)s can act as "a configurational or helical molecular glue" for two oppositely configured optically active polymers (two D-configured polymers or two L-configured polymers) to allow their co-crystallization. The increased degree of freedom in polymer combination is expected to assist to pave the way for designing polymeric composites having a wide variety of physical properties, biodegradation rate and behavior in the case of biodegradable polymers.

  12. Reference frame for Product Configuration

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Ladeby, Klaes Rohde; Oddsson, Gudmundur Valur

    2011-01-01

    on configuration systems in the shape of anecdotal reporting on the development of information systems that perhaps support the configuration task – perhaps not. Consequently, the definition of configuration has become ambiguous as different research groups defines configuration differently. This paper propose...... a reference frame for configuration that permits 1) a more precise understanding of a configuration system, 2) a understanding of how the configuration system relate to other systems, and 3) a definition of the basic concepts in configuration. The total configuration system, together with the definition...

  13. Design of a new aerodynamic configuration for increasing aircraft loads%一种提高载重量的新型气动布局设计研究

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    华如豪; 叶林峰; 叶正寅

    2012-01-01

    Heavy aircraft are in favor with some special engineering. However, problems of stiffness and strength such as great deformation or even rupture emerges with the great aerodynamic loads during the design and development of heavy aircraft. To compromise the aerodynamic performance and structural behavior, a new configuration with thick airfoil, which increases the lift of the main wing by means of row-wings under the finite wing span, is designed and developed in this paper. Numerical simulation result indicates that the lift coefficient is able to be increased by 50 percent compared to the traditional single wing configuration. Moreover, with the optimization of setting proper installation angle to the posterior wing and scaling down the chord of the posterior wing, the lift-drag ratio is higher than the traditional configuration using thinner wings. The overall effect shows that the aerodynamic configuration researched in this paper provides valuable reference to the design and development of heavy aircraft.%为了兼顾大载重飞机的气动性能和结构特性,针对刚度特性较好的厚翼型提出和发展了一种新型气动布局形式,在有限的翼展限制下,通过多排翼的设计思路,提高主机翼的升力性能.数值模拟结果表明,采用新的气动布局后,与传统较薄机翼的单翼布局比较,升力特性可普遍提高50%左右.通过加装偏转角、缩小后翼弦长等进一步优化,升阻比性能也优于传统薄翼,从而表明所提出的设计方案对大载重飞机的设计和发展具有重要的参考价值.

  14. Prototype Design of Graphic System Configuration Tool for Intelligent Substation Based on IEC 61850%基于IEC 61850的智能变电站图形化系统配置器原型设计

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    苗斌; 童晓阳; 郑永康; 甄威; 刘明忠

    2013-01-01

    In order to implement the system configuration function based on IEC 61850 and strengthen the description for virtual interactive messages among protection intelligent electronic devices (IEDs), a kind of prototype of graphic system configuration tool based on IEC 61850 for substation is studied. Function modules of the system include the main user interface, extensible markup language (XML) analysis and substation configuration language (SCL) syntax verifying modules, as well as three kinds of interactive information configuration modules, i.e. , internal protection logic relationship in a logical node (LN), the coordination logic relationship among LNs in an IED, the virtual interactive messages among LNs of different IEDs. Some toolboxes that include primary electric wiring diagram and secondary equipment configuration are designed. Implementation methods of the key techniques are described, such as drawing and picking of graphic elements, the storage of graphic files with scalable vector graphics (SVG), the graphic configuration of the virtual interactive messages among different IEDs. The main function of prototype graphic configuration system has been implemented. It provides a reference for the configuration development and system testing of intelligent substation.%为了实现基于IEC 61850的系统配置功能,加强对保护智能电子设备(IED)之间虚拟交互消息等的描述,文中研究了一种基于IEC 61850的变电站图形化系统配置器原型系统.该系统包括配置主界面、可扩展置标语言(XML)解析与变电站配置语言(SCL)语法验证模块,以及3类交互信息(逻辑节点(LN)内部保护逻辑、IED内各LN之间的配合逻辑关系、不同IED中相关LN之间的虚拟交互消息)配置图形化界面等模块.设计了一次接线图、二次设备配置等工具箱,给出了图元绘制与拾取、以可缩放矢量图形(SVG)格式存储图形文件、图形化配置不同IED内相关LN之间虚拟交互消

  15. Satellites formation configuration design and orbit maneuver algorithm optimization%卫星编队构型设计与轨道机动算法优化

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    夏红伟; 李莉; 曲耀斌; 贾大玲; 周利均; 王常虹

    2013-01-01

      卫星编队与轨道机动是完成在轨监视与捕获等空间任务的关键技术。针对追踪航天器在相对目标航天器的绕飞过程中特殊构型的编队飞行问题,提出了三种特殊的编队构型机动方案;针对近距离轨道逼近问题,分析了同平面轨道变轨策略和轨道转移能耗最优化问题,在此基础上给出了三脉冲升降轨机动方法,并可以根据需要将其扩展为 N 脉冲机动。以目标星运行轨道高度780 km 为例进行仿真分析,结果表明平行四边形编队中追踪星在各交点处完成变轨所需的速度脉冲向量分别为0.1172 m/s、0.1843 m/s,而花形编队和菱形编队中追踪星在各交点处完成变轨所需的速度脉冲向量均为0.1978 m/s,从而验证了所提出方法的有效性。%Satellites formation and orbit maneuver are key techniques of the space missions such as orbital monitoring, orbital capture. Aiming at the formation flight problem of special configuration when the tracking spacecraft were flying around the target spacecraft, three special formation configurations were given. To solve the problem of close orbit approximation, the strategy of the plane orbital transfer and the energy consumption optimization problem of the orbital transfer were analyzed. The orbit ascend and descend method of three-pulse on that basis was also given, and it can be extended to N-pulse maneuver. Simulations were made when the orbit altitude of target spacecraft was 780 km, and the results show that the needed speed pulse vectors are 0.1172 m/s and 0.1843 m/s respectively when the tracking spacecraft transfers at the nodes in the parallelogram formation, while the needed speed pulse vector is 0.1978 m/s in the flower shape or diamond formation. The results also verify the effectiveness of the proposed method.

  16. Speeding up Derivative Configuration from Product Platforms

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Ruben Heradio

    2014-06-01

    Full Text Available To compete in the global marketplace, manufacturers try to differentiate their products by focusing on individual customer needs. Fulfilling this goal requires that companies shift from mass production to mass customization. Under this approach, a generic architecture, named product platform, is designed to support the derivation of customized products through a configuration process that determines which components the product comprises. When a customer configures a derivative, typically not every combination of available components is valid. To guarantee that all dependencies and incompatibilities among the derivative constituent components are satisfied, automated configurators are used. Flexible product platforms provide a big number of interrelated components, and so, the configuration of all, but trivial, derivatives involves considerable effort to select which components the derivative should include. Our approach alleviates that effort by speeding up the derivative configuration using a heuristic based on the information theory concept of entropy.

  17. Software Design Document, Testing, Deployment and Configuration Management, and User Manual of the UUIS -- a Team 4 COMP5541-W10 Project Approach

    CERN Document Server

    Sobh, Kanj; Liu, Bing; Mayantz, Max; Zhang, Yu Ming; Alhazmi, Ali; de Bled, Robin; Al-Sharawi, Abdulrahman

    2010-01-01

    This document provides a description of the technical design for Unified University Inventory System - Web Portal. This document's primary purpose is to describe the technical vision for how business requirements will be realized. This document provides an architectural overview of the system to depict different aspects of the system. This document also functions as a foundational reference point for developers.

  18. Configuration Control Office

    CERN Multimedia

    Beltramello, O

    In order to enable Technical Coordination to manage the detector configuration and to be aware of all changes in this configuration, a baseline of the envelopes has been created in April 2001. Fifteen system and multi-system envelope drawings have been approved and baselined. An EDMS file is associated with each approved envelope, which provides a list of the current known unsolved conflicts related to the envelope and a list of remaining drawing inconsistencies to be corrected. The envelope status with the associated drawings and EDMS file can be found on the web at this adress: http://atlasinfo.cern.ch/Atlas/TCOORD/Activities/Installation/Configuration/ Any modification in the baseline has to be requested via the Engineering Change Requests. The procedure can be found under: http://atlasinfo.cern.ch/Atlas/TCOORD/Activities/TcOffice/Quality/ECR/ TC will review all the systems envelopes in the near future and manage conflict resolution with the collaboration of the systems.

  19. Design and implementation of the configuration system of cluster job scheduling policy based on ExtJs%基于ExtJs的集群作业调度策略配置系统的设计与实现

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    王小龙; 刘光明; 赵志威

    2015-01-01

    Based on ExtJs framework, using javabean, jsp and open source database Mysql, this pa-per has designed and implemented a configuration system of cluster job scheduling policy aim at the com-plexity and fallibility of the scheduling policy configuration of PBS in order to reap the cluster perform-ance. This paper sovled the technical problems such as the selection of controls for chosen scheduling policy, the combination of front-end process and back-end process for the input parameters verifica-tion, the generation of scheduling policy combinations in the interface file, user information paged-dis-play , focusing on the implementation of remote configuration and automatic generation of sophisticated job-scheduling policies. The system’ s major modules design idea, the core function and their implementa-tion method are introduced in detail. The running results show that the system improves the efficiency of the scheduling policy configuration work of high performance computing clusters adopting PBS, improve the accuracy of sophisticated job-scheduling policies generated.%为充分发挥集群系统的性能,针对PBS调度模块配置调度策略工作繁复、易于出错的问题,该文基于ExtJs框架,采用javabean、jsp、Mysql等技术设计并实现了一种集群作业调度策略配置系统。该系统解决了针对选定辅助策略的控件选取、输入参数的前后台联合校验、针对接口文件的组合调度策略生成、用户数据的分页显示等技术问题,重点实现了PBS的组合调度策略的远程配置及自动生成的功能。详细介绍了系统主要模块的设计思路、核心功能及实现方法。运行结果表明,该系统能够有效提高使用PBS的高性能计算集群的调度策略配置工作的效率,提高生成的较复杂的调度策略的正确率。

  20. Cold-air performance of a 12.766-centimeter-tip-diameter axial-flow cooled turbine. 1: Design and performance of a solid blade configuration

    Science.gov (United States)

    Haas, J. E.; Kofskey, M. G.

    1975-01-01

    A solid blade version of a single-stage, axial-flow turbine was investigated to determine its performance over a range of speeds from 0 to 105 percent of equivalent design speed and over a range of total to static pressure ratios from 1.62 to 5.07. The results of this investigation will be used as a baseline for comparison with those obtained from a cooled version of this turbine.

  1. The Ragnarok Architectural Software Configuration Management Model

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Christensen, Henrik Bærbak

    1999-01-01

    . This introduces an unfortunate impedance mismatch between the design domain (architecture level) and configuration management domain (file level.) This paper presents a software configuration management model that allows tight version control and configuration management of the architecture of a software system......The architecture is the fundamental framework for designing and implementing large scale software, and the ability to trace and control its evolution is essential. However, many traditional software configuration management tools view 'software' merely as a set of files, not as an architecture....... Essential features of the model have been implemented in a research prototype, Ragnarok. Two years of experience using Ragnarok in three, real, small- to medium sized, projects is reported. The conclusion is that the presented model is viable, feels 'natural' for developers, and provides good support...

  2. Knowing Customers Better: An Experimentation of Twit Marketing in the e-Commerce Industry

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Hamad Al Turki

    2014-06-01

    Full Text Available Internet gives incredible opportunities for companies to learn about their consumers and provides different channels for marketing. Otlobli.com website (an e-commerce company established in Saudi Arabia, uses different channels, such as: Google AdWords, newspaper website banners, official thread on a famous online forum and, Twitter. A marketing tool has been developed to enhance the effectiveness of marketing on Twitter. This research investigates the impact of the developed system. Website access from these various channels was examined, in addition to the number of visitors who have completed an order. Results showed that the tool caused around 49% increase in the number of visits from Twitter, and comparatively, a good percentage of them completed an order.

  3. Reactor assessments of advanced bumpy torus configurations

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Uckan, N.A.; Owen, L.W.; Spong, D.A.; Miller, R.L.; Ard, W.B.; Pipkins, J.F.; Schmitt, R.J.

    1983-01-01

    Recently, several configurational approaches and concept improvement schemes were introduced for enhancing the performance of the basic ELMO Bumpy Torus (EBT) concept and for improving its reactor potential. These configurations include planar racetrack and square geometries, Andreoletti coil systems, and bumpy torus-stellarator hybrids (which include twisted racetrack and helical axis stellarator-snakey torus). Preliminary evaluations of reactor implications of each of these configurations have been carried out based on magnetics (vacuum) calculations, transport and scaling relationships, and stability properties. Results indicate favorable reactor projections with a significant reduction in reactor physical size as compared to conventional EBT reactor designs carried out in the past.

  4. Electromagnetic configurations of rail guns

    Science.gov (United States)

    Fat'yanov, O. V.; Ostashev, V. E.; Lopyrev, A. N.; Ul'Yanov, A. V.

    1993-06-01

    Some problems associated with the electromagnetic acceleration of macrobodies in a rail gun are examined. An approach to the design of rail gun configurations is proposed, and some basic rail gun schemes are synthesized. The alternative rail gun schemes are compared in terms of electrode potential and stability of the electrode gap with respect to parasitic current shunting. The effect of the ohmic resistance of the electrodes and of the additional magnetization field on the spatial structure of the discharge in the rail gun channel is discussed. A classification of rail gun modifications is presented.

  5. Ansible configuration management

    CERN Document Server

    Hall, Daniel

    2015-01-01

    This book is intended for anyone who wants to learn Ansible starting from the basics. Some experience of how to set up and configure Linux machines and a working knowledge of BIND, MySQL, and other Linux daemons is expected.

  6. Inclusive Services Innovation Configuration

    Science.gov (United States)

    Holdheide, Lynn R.; Reschly, Daniel J.

    2011-01-01

    Teacher preparation to deliver inclusive services to students with disabilities is increasingly important because of changes in law and policy emphasizing student access to, and achievement in, the general education curriculum. This innovation configuration identifies the components of inclusive services that should be incorporated in teacher…

  7. Software Design Document, Testing, Deployment and Configuration Management of the IUfA's UUIS -- a Team 3 COMP5541-W10 Project Approach

    CERN Document Server

    Amaiche, Yassine; Daoudi, Ahmed; Diaz, Mariano; Hazan, Gay; Zerkler, David; Nzoukou, William; Toutant, Isabelle; Toutant, René

    2010-01-01

    The purpose of this document is to provide technical specifications concerned to the Design of the University Unified Inventory System - Web Portal, of the UIfA. The Team of Developers used a Feedback Waterfall approach to build up the system, under an Object Oriented paradigm. The architectural model followed was the Model-View-Controller, mixed with a Mapper layer between the database and the Model. Some of the patterns utilized in the developing of the System were the Observer Pattern, the Command Pattern, and the Mapper Pattern.

  8. Configuration of Distributed Message Converter Systems using Performance Modeling

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Aberer, Karl; Risse, Thomas; Wombacher, Andreas

    2001-01-01

    To find a configuration of a distributed system satisfying performance goals is a complex search problem that involves many design parameters, like hardware selection, job distribution and process configuration. Performance models are a powerful tools to analyse potential system configurations, howe

  9. 射电望远镜天线副反射面并联调整机构设计%Configuration Design of the Adjusting Parallel Mechanism for Sub-Reflector of Antenna of Radio Telescope Antenna

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    段艳宾; 李建军; 侯雨雷; 赵永生

    2013-01-01

    According to the specific requirements of the sub-reflector adjustment mechanism when the 65m diameter round movable radio telescope system observes,the Stewart platform as the Shanghai 65m radio telescope antenna sub-reflector adjustment system is proposed.Based on the optimal force of the rods when the main reflector and the sub-reflector is on the whole workspace,the configuration parameters integrated design method about the consideration to the workspace and to avoid interference between the bar and other factors is researched.Configuration parameters met the real requirements are obtained.The workspace is solved under the configuration.And the feasibility of the project is verified compared to the required workspace.The research work has an important significance in the parallel mechanism for engineering practice.%紧密结合上海天文台65m射电望远镜副反射面位姿调整任务要求,提出采用并联式Stewart平台作为副反射面调整机构,基于天线主面和副面全位姿工作状态下各杆受力最优,并兼顾工作空间及避免杆件间干涉等因素,开展副面调整机构构型综合设计,获得了满足预期性能要求的机构构型参数,并求解出该构型下机构的工作空间,验证了构型参数综合设计方法的有效性.面向实际任务进行机构设计,研究内容对并联机构真正应用于工程实践具有重要的指导意义.

  10. Specification and Configuration of Customized Complex Products

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Afsarmanesh, H.; Shafahi, M.

    2013-01-01

    This paper addresses the design of an information system for specification of complex configured products, such as the solar power plants or large intelligent buildings, which by nature are designed, constructed, installed, operated, and maintained through virtual consortium of enterprises. In other

  11. Creative Design of Plant Mural and Its Application in Plant Configuration%植物壁画创意设计与植物配置的应用

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    欧坚泉; 周俊辉; 黄毓筠

    2012-01-01

    Plant mural is a new - style greening art at present. The plant mural may be divided into two types, namely oriental -style plant mural and western - style plant mural. This paper detailedly discussed the western - style plant mural and oriental - style plant mural from the aspects of frame design and the selection of culture substrate, plant species and irrigation system.%植物壁画是一种新型的绿化艺术.该文将植物壁画分为两大类,即东方式植物壁画和西方式植物壁画,分别对西方式植物壁画和东方式植物壁画包括外框设计、栽培基质、植物种类、浇灌系统等选择进行了详细的讨论.

  12. Configurable Radiation Hardened High Speed Isolated Interface ASIC Project

    Data.gov (United States)

    National Aeronautics and Space Administration — NVE Corporation will design and build an innovative, low cost, flexible, configurable, radiation hardened, galvanically isolated, interface ASIC chip set that will...

  13. Design and Implementation of GUI Network Configuration of Wireless Terminal%无线终端网络配置的图形用户界面设计与实现

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    廖勇; 陈徐洪; 彭小秦; 程金波

    2012-01-01

    根据目前宽带无线移动终端的发展所提出的新要求,针对用户较为关心的图形界面系统,提出并设计了一套基于ARMLinux嵌入式系统的网络配置的图形用户界面,旨在配置具有自主知识产权的IEEE 802.11g无线网卡芯片.运行测试表明,该界面具有占用资源少、性能稳定可靠、便于移植等特点.%According to the present development of broadband wireless mobile devices, which raises new requirements, a system is proposed and designed based on embedded ARM Linux network configuration of the graphical user interface (GUI) , aiming to solve the user's concerns upon the GUI system and to configure a wireless card meeting the 802. 11 g agreement in the wireless card chip with independent intellectual property rights. The state of test-running indicates that the interface owns characters of low occupation rate of resources, high performance and reliability, apt migration and so forth.

  14. A Design of Configurable Graphic Transmission System based on FC-AV%一种基于FC-AV的可配置图像传输系统设计

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    杨可

    2016-01-01

    Aiming at the requirment of multiple formats graphic transmission in avionics system, we design a configurable graph-ic transmission sytem based on FC-AV. First analyse the container system of FC-AV, then describe the key technologies of graph-ic transmission. On the basis of analysis and calculation of graphic transmission demand, we introduce the architecture of config-urable graphic transmission system, this provides reference for similar long distance graphic transmission application.%针对航电系统中多种格式图像传输的要求,设计了一种基于FC-AV的可配置图像传输系统。首先分析了FC-AV协议的容器系统,然后描述了图像传输的关键技术。在对图像传输需求进行分析和计算的基础上,介绍了可配置图像传输系统的架构,为同类图像远距离传输应用提供了借鉴的解决方案。

  15. Design on configurations of multi-beam antenna of LEO communication satellite%LEO通信卫星多波束天线构型方案设计

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    赵星惟; 吕源; 刘会杰; 梁旭文

    2011-01-01

    We present systematic analysis and planning of multi-beam antenna based on the features of LEO communication satellite. First, the reasons for adopting multi-beam antenna system are analyzed. Calculations of system parameters within the satellite coverage range are performed based on 7-beam equal-coverage-area scheme. System parameters, like beam width and beam angle, are given. Then, the scheme of array antenna is elaborated and analyzed. Some beamforming and multiplexing schemes are designed and analyzed.%针对低轨道(LEO)通信卫星的特点,进行星载多波束天线的系统级分析和规划.首先,对天线体制选择多波束天线的原因进行了论述.基于卫星覆盖范围的指标,进行了7波束等覆盖面积方案下波束指标的计算,给出了波束宽度、夹角等系统指标.然后对阵列天线方案进行了详细论述.最后对波束形成方案以及复用方案进行了设计和分析.

  16. Modular small hydro configuration

    Science.gov (United States)

    1981-09-01

    Smaller sites (those under 750 kilowatts) which previously were not attractive to develop using equipment intended for application at larger scale sites, were the focal point in the conception of a system which utilizes standard industrial components which are generally available within short procurement times. Such components were integrated into a development scheme for sites having 20 feet to 150 feet of head. The modular small hydro configuration maximizes the use of available components and minimizes modification of existing civil works. A key aspect of the development concept is the use of a vertical turbine multistage pump, used in the reverse mode as a hydraulic turbine. The configuration allows for automated operation and control of the hydroelectric facilities with sufficient flexibility for inclusion of potential hydroelectric sites into dispersed storage and generation (DSG) utility grid systems.

  17. Design and Implementation of General Data Import Based on Configuration File%基于配置文件的通用数据导入设计与实现

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    王春刚

    2011-01-01

    数据导入操作是实现不同系统间数据交换的重要环节,本文利用配置文件实现异构数据的灵活导入,解决面向具体应用的问题.在综合教务管理信息系统中的成功应用验证了该方法的有效性.%Data import is key to data exchange between systems. The design based on configuration file can implicate heterogeneous data import and solve the problems of special application-oriented. The success of applying this method into the comprehensive teaching and administration system proves that it is effective.

  18. 多学科设计优化在空间站太阳翼构型设计中的应用%Application of Multidisciplinary Design Optimization to Solar Array Configuration of Space Station

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    王开强; 张柏楠

    2013-01-01

    This paper carries out an analysis of optimization problem for solar array configuration of space station,in which the design parameters,the restrictions,the optimization objectives as well as the assembling phases are taken into account,and then the coupling relation of the relative disciplines and parameters are analyzed.In addition,a virtual service module of space station is taken as an example,modeling of the optimization for its solar array configuration is discussed,and three single-objective optimization models are gained,including design variables,constraints and objective function.Furthermore,the optimization results are compared and explained,and the rationality and the effectiveness of the optimization are validated.%论述了空间站太阳翼构型的优化问题及应当考虑的设计参数、设计约束、优化目标以及组装建造阶段,分析了优化问题涉及的学科和参数耦合关系;以一个虚拟的空间站服务舱为例,探讨了其太阳翼构型优化建模,给出了3个单目标优化模型,包括设计变量、约束条件和目标函数,比较并说明了优化结果,表明优化合理有效.

  19. 采用低频配置的新型胎压监测系统设计%DESIGN OF A NEW TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM CONFIGURED BY LOW-FREQUENCY TECHNOLOGY

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    李艳华; 肖文光

    2013-01-01

    在分析胎压监测系统工作原理的基础上阐述了手动配置轮胎压力传感器的不足,表现为气压降低、反复充气、效率低等方面。采用高、低频通信技术,设计实现了一种新的直接式胎压监测系统。该系统采用胎压专用传感器SP37和双模无线接收器MC33596分别完成轮胎内部信息的检测、发送和接收,通过低频触发实现各轮胎传感器 ID 的一键自动配置,软件上采用动态随机延时算法和节能策略,降低了多个传感器发生连续数据冲突的概率,延长了系统使用寿命。实际测试表明,该系统安装配置操作方便,跑车接收成功率可达到90%以上,具有很好的市场应用前景。%According to the working principle of tire pressure monitoring system, the lack of manual configuration is elaborated for tire pressure reduced, repeatedly inflated, low efficiency, etc. A kind of new direct tire pressure monitoring system is designed and implemented by using high and low frequency communication technology. In the system, the internal information of tires is detected, transmitted and received by dedicated sensor SP37 and wireless receiver MC33596. The tire sensor ID is automatically configured by low-frequency trigger. In the software design, the dynamic delay algorithm and the energy saving policy not only reduce the probability of continuous data conflict among sensors, but also extend the system life. The actual test result shows that the system can be installed and configured conveniently with high reception success rate up to more than 90%and good market prospects.

  20. 双模战斗部结构正交优化设计%Orthogonal Design Configuration Parameters of Dual Mode Warheads

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    陈奎; 李伟兵; 王晓鸣; 韩玉; 彭正午

    2013-01-01

    应用LS-DYNA仿真软件,结合正交优化设计方法,对弧锥结合形药型罩双模战斗部进行了正交优化设计研究.分析了结构参数(圆弧曲率半径、锥角、药型罩壁厚及装药高度)对双模毁伤元成型性能的影响规律,同时讨论了弧锥结合罩的弧度部分与锥度部分比例的大小对双模成型的影响.数值模拟结果表明:两次优化结果均说明药型罩壁厚是确定头部速度的主要因素,锥角是确定长径比和头尾速度差的主要因素;当第二次优化的各因素水平分别为圆弧曲率半径是0.45倍装药口径,锥角是145°,壁厚是0.04倍装药口径,装药高度是1.0倍装药口径,即弧度部分所占的比例较小时,得到的爆炸成型弹丸(EFP)和聚能杆式侵彻体(JPC)成型效果都较好.%Using LS-DYNA numerical simulation and orthogonal optimizing design method,dual mode warhead with arc-cone liner was optimized. The effects of dual mode warhead structure parameters (curvature radius,cone angle,thickness of arc-cone liner and the height of the explosive charge) were analyzed, and the arc part-cone part-ratio on the formation of explosively formed penetrator (EFP) and jetting projectile charge (JPC) were discussed. The numerical simulation results show that thickness is the main factor to affect tip velocity while cone angle is to determine length-diameter ratio and velocity gradient; both the performances and formation of EFP and JPC are better in the second optimization when the optimum combination,as curvature radius,cone angle,thickness and the height of the explosive charge is 0.45Dk ,145°,0.04Dk and 1. 0Dk respectively,where Dk is shaped charge diameter,that is the arc takes up smaller part.

  1. A Design and Optimization of the AIER-SIDE Configuration System for Wall-mounted Air Conditioner%壁挂式空调送风机系统设计优化

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2012-01-01

      壁挂式空调送风机系统结构紧凑,影响其性能的因素很多,包括蒸发器布置、蜗舌间隙及尺寸以及风道型线等。本文采用送风机相似设计理论和CFD仿真模拟相结合的方法对壁挂式空调送风系统进行优化设计,取得了好的效果,设计精度高,开发周期短,表明该方法是壁挂式空调开发中一种行之有效的方法。%Wall-mounted air conditioner has a complicated configuration. There are a lot of performance factors, including evaporator disposal, tongue and flue. Applying the similar design method and CFD simula-tion, the paper makes a design for wall-mounted air conditioner. Results show the method is very accurate and is very useful for air conditioner design.

  2. Complex configuration analysis at transonic speeds

    Science.gov (United States)

    Boppe, C. W.; Aidala, P. V.

    1980-01-01

    Advanced performance requirements of new combat and transport aircraft together with design time constraints intensify the development and application of three dimensional computational analyses. A computational method which was developed for the specific purpose of providing an engineering analysis of complex aircraft configurations at transonic speeds. Particular attention is given to the recently incorporated wing viscous interaction and canard capabilities. The treatment of fuselage fairings, nacelles, and pylons is reviewed. The means for keeping computing resources at reasonable levels are identified. Three configurations were selected for correlations with experimental data. Taken together, the comparisons illustrate the full extent of current analysis capabilities. The configurations include: (1) a wing fuselage canard fighter; (2) a transport with fuselage fairings, four nacelles, four pylons; and (3) a space vehicle which includes an external fuel tank and rocket boosters (transonic launch configuration).

  3. Automatic Configuration in NTP

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Jiang Zongli(蒋宗礼); Xu Binbin

    2003-01-01

    NTP is nowadays the most widely used distributed network time protocol, which aims at synchronizing the clocks of computers in a network and keeping the accuracy and validation of the time information which is transmitted in the network. Without automatic configuration mechanism, the stability and flexibility of the synchronization network built upon NTP protocol are not satisfying. P2P's resource discovery mechanism is used to look for time sources in a synchronization network, and according to the network environment and node's quality, the synchronization network is constructed dynamically.

  4. Computational methods for stellerator configurations

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Betancourt, O.

    1992-01-01

    This project had two main objectives. The first one was to continue to develop computational methods for the study of three dimensional magnetic confinement configurations. The second one was to collaborate and interact with researchers in the field who can use these techniques to study and design fusion experiments. The first objective has been achieved with the development of the spectral code BETAS and the formulation of a new variational approach for the study of magnetic island formation in a self consistent fashion. The code can compute the correct island width corresponding to the saturated island, a result shown by comparing the computed island with the results of unstable tearing modes in Tokamaks and with experimental results in the IMS Stellarator. In addition to studying three dimensional nonlinear effects in Tokamaks configurations, these self consistent computed island equilibria will be used to study transport effects due to magnetic island formation and to nonlinearly bifurcated equilibria. The second objective was achieved through direct collaboration with Steve Hirshman at Oak Ridge, D. Anderson and R. Talmage at Wisconsin as well as through participation in the Sherwood and APS meetings.

  5. Product Configuration Design Oriented to Satisfaction for Diversity and Green Requirements%面向多样性和绿色性需求满意的产品配置设计

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    鲍宏; 刘光复; 张雷; 王进京

    2012-01-01

    以优化客户对绿色产品的满意程度为目标,在构建绿色产品的客户满意度模型和配置过程模型的基础上,提出一种面向多样性及绿色性需求满意的产品配置设计方法。采用模块化思想和通用物料清单方法建立了绿色产品结构模型,并利用环境化质量功能配置方法实现客户需求、绿色产品特性与绿色模块类特性的映射转化;结合生命周期评价的思路与方法,分析模块类实例生命周期各阶段的绿色特性,在对分析结果进行处理的基础上,建立面向多样性及绿色性需求满意程度最大化的绿色产品配置优化模型。以食品搅拌机为例,验证了所提出方法的可行性和有效性。%On the basis of customer satisfaction model and configuration process model for green products,a design method of product configuration,which was oriented to satisfaction for diversity and green requirements,was proposed with a target on optimizing customer's satisfaction for green products.The model of green product structure was built by the application of modularization and generic bill-of-materials(GBOM).And quality function deployment for environment(QFDE) was applied to the mapping among requirements of customer,characteristics of green products and module class.By analyzing green characteristics of each stage of cases of module class by adopting LCA theory and then on the basis of revising analysis results,an optimized configuration model was established which was oriented to the best satisfaction for diversity and green requirements.Finally a case study of food milling machine was done to illustrate the feasibility and applicability of this method.

  6. 优化设计多模战斗部球缺型药型罩结构%Optimize and Design the Configuration of Hemispherical Liner of Multimode Warhead

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    李慧子; 李文彬; 曾勇; 李伟兵

    2012-01-01

    Through using center initiation and annulus initiation, the configuration of hemispherical liner of multimode warhead was optimized and designed by ANSYS/LS-DYNA software. Choosing numerical simulation project of curvature radius and thickness of hemispherical liner and analyzing the result, the range of configuration parameters of hemispherical liner to form preferable EFP and JPC penetrators was received by three-dimensional chart analysis with matlab.when curvature radius of liner was 0. 7 ~ 0.9 times charge caliber, thickness of liner was 0.40 -0. 56 times charge caliber. The formation of multimode penetrators is accorded with the trial item desire.%运用ANSYS/LS-DYNA仿真软件,采用中心点起爆和环形起爆的方式,对多模战斗部球缺型药型罩进行结构优化设计.选取球缺型药型罩结构参数曲率半径和壁厚仿真进行仿真计算,并对计算结果进行了Matlab三维作图分析.找出了形成多模毁伤元EFP和JPC最优区间所对应的药型罩结构参数范围,其中药型罩曲率半径取0.7 ~0.9倍装药口径.药型罩壁厚取0.40~0.56倍装药口径.进行了多模毁伤元成型试验研究,试验结果与仿真结果较一致,为今后进一步研究多模战斗部提供了参考依据.

  7. 智能仿生玻璃清洁机器人造型设计及功能配置%Modeling Design and Function Configuration of Intelligent Bionic Glass-cleaning Robot

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    邵翌鑫

    2016-01-01

    A type of intelligent bionic glass-cleaning robot, Spider Crab, has been designed to deal with the dangers and difficult operation issues during the aerial glass cleaning work.The overall style design and function configuration are arranged by using the research results of robots and the possible problems occurred during the aerial glass cleaning are analyzed.This robot is equipped with self-charging,cleaning selection,multi-protection and some other functions,it has an extensive application range and high adaptability.%针对高空玻璃清洁作业中存在的危险性高、操作困难的问题,设计了一款智能仿生玻璃清洁机器人Spider Crab.在分析高空玻璃清洁过程中可能出现的问题,借鉴有关机器人研究成果的基础上,进行了机器人整体造型设计及功能配置.该机器人具有自我充电、选择清洁、多重保护等功能,应用范围广,适应性强.

  8. TWRS Configuration management program plan

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Vann, J.M.

    1996-06-03

    The TWRS Configuration Management Program Plan (CMPP) integrates technical and administrative controls to establish and maintain consistency among requirements, product configuration, and product information for TWRS products during all life cycle phases. This CMPP will be used by TWRS management and configuration management personnel to establish and manage the technical and integrated baselines and controls and status changes to those baselines.

  9. Counterintuitive Behaviors in Configuration Mixing

    CERN Document Server

    Yu, Xiaofei; Robinson, Shadow

    2016-01-01

    By starting with a simple configurations of 2 neutrons in a single j shell we hare able to learn the effects of high lying configurations on physical properties such as nuclear magnetic g factors. Some counterintuitive results are found when both high lying spin orbit partners are allowed to admix with the basic configuration.

  10. Control Configuration Selection for Multivariable Nonlinear Systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Shaker, Hamid Reza; Komareji, Mohammad

    2012-01-01

    Control configuration selection is the procedure of choosing the appropriate input and output pairs for the design of SISO (or block) controllers. This step is an important prerequisite for a successful industrial control strategy. In industrial practices, it is often the case that systems, which...

  11. Advanced Multiple Processor Configuration Study. Final Report.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Clymer, S. J.

    This summary of a study on multiple processor configurations includes the objectives, background, approach, and results of research undertaken to provide the Air Force with a generalized model of computer processor combinations for use in the evaluation of proposed flight training simulator computational designs. An analysis of a real-time flight…

  12. Linking Assessment and Instruction Innovation Configuration

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hosp, John L.

    2011-01-01

    This innovation configuration identifies the skills and competencies teachers need to make sound decisions about using assessment information to improve instruction and establishes a framework and justification for effective ways that teachers can collect and use assessment data to make instructional decisions. It is designed to provide a…

  13. Configuring the autism epidemic

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Christensen, Fie Lund Lindegaard; Seeberg, Jens

    2017-01-01

    Autism has been described as an epidemic, but this claim is contested and may point to an awareness epidemic, i.e. changes in the definition of what autism is and more attention being invested in diagnosis leading to a rise in registered cases. The sex ratio of children diagnosed with autism...... is skewed in favour of boys, and girls with autism tend to be diagnosed much later than boys. Building and further developing the notion of ‘configuration’ of epidemics, this article explores the configuration of autism in Denmark, with a particular focus on the health system and social support to families...... with children diagnosed with autism, seen from a parental perspective. The article points to diagnostic dynamics that contribute to explaining why girls with autism are not diagnosed as easily as boys. We unfold these dynamics through the analysis of a case of a Danish family with autism....

  14. 机载预警雷达气动外形及天线构型设计%The Configuration Design of Aerodynamic Shape of Radome and Overall Layout of AEW Radar Antenna

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    雷鸣

    2015-01-01

    预警机在未来战场上所面对目标的 RCS 越来越小,为了获得足够的作用距离,需要增加雷达的功率口径积,在载机功率资源一定的情况下,增大天线口径是最有效的方法。然而机载预警雷达天线口径受雷达罩外形尺寸及飞机总体气动构型等因素的限制,因此需要合理选择预警机总体气动构型并对雷达罩气动外形进行优化;通过合理的结构总体布局设计,有效利用雷达罩的气动外形,保证天线口径的最大化,文中就雷达罩气动外形选择以及雷达结构总体设计的相关问题进行探讨,可为预警机雷达结构总体设计提供参考。%The RCS of target faced by the early warning aircraft is getting smaller and smaller.It is re-quired to augment the power-aperture product for gaining the adequate detection range.It is the most effica-cious way to enlarge the antenna aperture when the power provided by the aircraft is limited.However,the antenna aperture of AEW radar is limited by the outline of the radome as well as the overall aerodynamic con-figuration of the aircraft.On the one hand,it is demanded to choose the overall aerodynamic configuration of the aircraft reasonably and to optimize the outline of the radome and make an effective use.On the other hand,it is demanded to design the overall layout of the equipment of antenna system precisely,so as to ensure the antenna aperture indexes.The related issues about the aerodynamic shape choice of radome and the overall structral design of AEW radar are discussed.

  15. 车身结构阻尼材料减振降噪优化设计%Optimal design of damping material topology configuration to suppress interior noise in vehicle

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    郑玲; 唐重才; 韩志明; 房占鹏

    2015-01-01

    针对某一乘用车车身结构振动引起的声辐射,建立了车身结构、声学空腔以及声固耦合有限元模型,分析了该乘用车车身的声固耦合特性。通过对车身各板件的贡献度分析,确定了对车内噪声贡献度最大的壁板。针对该壁板的阻尼减振降噪优化设计,建立了拓扑优化模型,采用渐进优化算法(ESO),计算了阻尼材料的优化布局。研究结果表明:阻尼材料的优化布局使阻尼材料的使用率大大提高,50%的阻尼材料用量能基本达到全覆盖阻尼材料壁板的降噪效果,阻尼结构优化设计对车内噪声控制具有一定的理论指导意义。%The vehicle interior noise reduction was focused.The acoustic-structure property was analyzed based on white body,acoustic and acoustic-structure FEM models.Those body panels contributing most to interior noise were determined according to acoustic contribution analysis.To reduce the vibration and noise radiation,an optimization topology model was developed and Evolutionary Structural Optimization (ESO)method was introduced to obtain the optimal topology configuration of damping material.The results show that the optimal topology configuration can highly improve the efficiency of damping material.The noise reduction measure which requires 100% damping material coverage in the original design can be achieved by the use of 50% damping material coverage.The optimization design for damping structure supplies theoretical support to the vehicle interior noise reduction.

  16. Configuration Software-Based Coal Mine Transformation Station Control System Design%基于组态软件的煤矿井下变电所监控系统设计

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    石慧瑞; 张智杰

    2011-01-01

    运用组态软件建立友好界面监视系统,为矿山井上井下的信息交互提供了参考。设计中将RS-485网络通过MOXA-De311串口设备联网服务器进行网络协议转换,成为EtherNet(工业以太网),也就是所谓的数据层到应用层的转换,在应用层运用组态软件将数据处理成所需要的动态显示。光纤的运用提高了数据的可靠性,隔爆型信号箱满足了矿山本质安全的要求。该设计考虑了矿山井下变电所的重要性、网络环境、安全方式、矿山生产的即时监控,使企业生产计划可以很好地根据实际情况进行调整,让井下生产与管理从单向汇报,或者单向查询转变为及时的信息交互,也为未来矿山物联网的建设做个基本铺垫。%The establishment of user-friendly interface monitoring system by configuration software for underground mines provides a reference for the information exchange between above and under the mine.In the design RS-485 network will use MOXA-De311 server for network protocol conversion and become EtherNet(Industrial Ethernet),also known as the conversion from the data to application.On the level of application the configuration software is used for processing data into the required dynamic display.The use of optical fiber increases the reliability of data,and the explosion-proof signal box meets the mine's safety requirements.The design takes into account the importance of underground substation of mines and the real-time monitoring of network environment,security methods and mine production.By this the production plan can be well adjusted according to actual situation,so that mine production and management are transformed from the one-way reporting,or one-way inquiry into timely information exchange.It is also a useful reference for the future construction of mine network.

  17. Application of Configurators in Networks

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Malis, Martin; Hvam, Lars

    2003-01-01

    Shorter lead-time, improved quality of product specifications and better communication with customers and suppliers are benefits derived from the application of configurators. Configurators are knowledge-based IT-systems that can be applied to deal with product knowledge and to support different...... processes in a company. Traditionally, configurators have been used as an internal tool. In this paper focus will be on the application of configurators in a network of companies, and a procedure for developing product configurators in a network of companies will be presented. The aim is to present...... a structured guideline, tools and methods on how to successfully develop configurators in a network perspective. Findings presented in this paper are supported by research in a case company. The results from the empirical work show a huge potential for the application of configurators in networks of companies....

  18. Evolutionary algorithm based configuration interaction approach

    CERN Document Server

    Chakraborty, Rahul

    2016-01-01

    A stochastic configuration interaction method based on evolutionary algorithm is designed as an affordable approximation to full configuration interaction (FCI). The algorithm comprises of initiation, propagation and termination steps, where the propagation step is performed with cloning, mutation and cross-over, taking inspiration from genetic algorithm. We have tested its accuracy in 1D Hubbard problem and a molecular system (symmetric bond breaking of water molecule). We have tested two different fitness functions based on energy of the determinants and the CI coefficients of determinants. We find that the absolute value of CI coefficients is a more suitable fitness function when combined with a fixed selection scheme.

  19. Underground Layout Configuration

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    A. Linden

    2003-09-25

    The purpose of this analysis was to develop an underground layout to support the license application (LA) design effort. In addition, the analysis will be used as the technical basis for the underground layout general arrangement drawings.

  20. 支持ModBus协议的组态式人机界面系统的设计∗%Configurable Human Computer Interface System Design Based on ModBus Protocol

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    何鹏飞; 何平; 张琼琼; 赵鸿博

    2015-01-01

    人机界面在工业控制领域得到广泛应用。针对传统人机界面画面固定,通用性差等缺点,采用STM32平台设计了一种基于组态式的,画面可重配置的人机界面系统。通过组态软件设计画面,从而应用到不同的设备或工业控制系统。文章提出一种多层次的有限状态机来实现画面的显示与跳转,从而可以实现复杂画面逻辑。并采用ModBus协议将其应用于多轴控制器中,实现对电机速度、位移、报警信息等参数的显示与修改。对ModBus协议的支持,可以实现连接不同的设备和一个设备网络,从而监控多个设备中的状态参数。%HMI ( Human Machine Interface ) is widely applied in industrial control filed. Traditional HMI have disadvantages of poor universality and fixed pictures. Design a new one with a Feature of pictures reconfiguration based on STM32 platform. Through the configuration software design of the screen, which is applied to different equipment or the industrial control system. Proposed a multi-level finite state machine to implement display and jump functions. And the ModBus protocol has been used in the multi-axis controller to achieve the visualization and modification of motor parameters comprising speed, displacement, alarm in-formation and so forth.

  1. CPAchecker: A Tool for Configurable Software Verification

    CERN Document Server

    Beyer, Dirk

    2009-01-01

    Configurable software verification is a recent concept for expressing different program analysis and model checking approaches in one single formalism. This paper presents CPAchecker, a tool and framework that aims at easy integration of new verification components. Every abstract domain, together with the corresponding operations, is required to implement the interface of configurable program analysis (CPA). The main algorithm is configurable to perform a reachability analysis on arbitrary combinations of existing CPAs. The major design goal during the development was to provide a framework for developers that is flexible and easy to extend. We hope that researchers find it convenient and productive to implement new verification ideas and algorithms using this platform and that it advances the field by making it easier to perform practical experiments. The tool is implemented in Java and runs as command-line tool or as Eclipse plug-in. We evaluate the efficiency of our tool on benchmarks from the software mo...

  2. 自由曲面修形技术在民机翼身组合体上的应用%Freeform deformation and its application to the wing-body configuration design

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    吕培培; 宋文滨; 张淼

    2011-01-01

    The wing-body fairing is very important in the civil aircraft configuration design. To improve the aerodynamic performances, it' s necessary to design appropriate shape to adjust the pressure distribution on the upper surface of the wing and the turbulence flow at the wing body junction. Based on specific engineering requirements related to wing body fairing design, a free form parametric modeling method based on B-spline is proposed and implemented within CATIA; to improve the efficiency of the complete optimization process, a genetic algorithm facilitated by response surface method is applied to the problem. The drag coefficient is reduced by 2. 21% for the design condition, the wing-body aerodynamic performances is improved. Results show that the method proposed can be used in an engineering environment.%翼身结合处的整流在民机气动中有很重要的作用,需要设计合适的外形以调整机翼上表面的压力分布及翼身结合处的气流,达到提高大型民用客机翼身组合体气动性能的目的.基于CATIA的自由曲面修形技术,采用自由曲线B样条的参数化方法,综合考虑工程约束(起落架布局),对民机构型翼身结合处进行了整流设计,并采用求解N-S方程的方法计算样本点,利用基于响应面的遗传算法对其进行优化.设计状态阻力减小了2.21%,达到了提高冀身组合体气动特性的目的.结果显示这种应用于复杂三维曲面的建模方法具有一定的工程应用价值.

  3. Self-Configuring Universal Linear Optical Component

    CERN Document Server

    Miller, David A B

    2013-01-01

    We show how to design an optical device that can perform any linear function or coupling between inputs and outputs. This design method is progressive, requiring no global optimization. We also show how the device can configure itself progressively, avoiding design calculations and allowing the device to stabilize itself against drifts in component properties and to continually adjust itself to changing conditions. This self-configuration operates by training with the desired pairs of orthogonal input and output functions, using sets of detectors and local feedback loops to set individual optical elements within the device, with no global feedback or multiparameter optimization required. Simple mappings, such as spatial mode conversions and polarization control, can be implemented using standard planar integrated optics. In the spirit of a universal machine, we show that other linear operations, including frequency and time mappings, as well as non-reciprocal operation, are possible in principle, even if very...

  4. Efficient Configuration Space Construction and Optimization for Motion Planning

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Jia Pan

    2015-03-01

    Full Text Available The configuration space is a fundamental concept that is widely used in algorithmic robotics. Many applications in robotics, computer-aided design, and related areas can be reduced to computational problems in terms of configuration spaces. In this paper, we survey some of our recent work on solving two important challenges related to configuration spaces: how to efficiently compute an approximate representation of high-dimensional configuration spaces; and how to efficiently perform geometric proximity and motion planning queries in high-dimensional configuration spaces. We present new configuration space construction algorithms based on machine learning and geometric approximation techniques. These algorithms perform collision queries on many configuration samples. The collision query results are used to compute an approximate representation for the configuration space, which quickly converges to the exact configuration space. We also present parallel GPU-based algorithms to accelerate the performance of optimization and search computations in configuration spaces. In particular, we design efficient GPU-based parallel k-nearest neighbor and parallel collision detection algorithms and use these algorithms to accelerate motion planning.

  5. 基于65 nm 工艺的多端口可配置 PUF 电路设计%Design of Multi-port Configurable PUF Circuit Based on 65 nm Technology

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    李刚; 汪鹏君; 张跃军; 钱浩宇

    2016-01-01

    Physical Unclonable Functions (PUF) exploits process variation across the same structure circuits during the manufacturing processes to generate numerous unique, random and unclonable security keys. In this paper, a multi-port configurable PUF scheme is proposed, which is based on random deviation of current mirrors. It consists of input register, deviation-voltage source, multiplexing-net, arbiter array and obfuscation circuit. After configuring deviation-voltage source by applying different input challenges, the PUF circuit updates keys without physically replacement, and it can generate multi-bit keys in a clock cycle. In SMIC 65 nm CMOS technology, the layout of 36 ports configurable PUF occupies 24.8 μm×77.4 μm with custom designing. Experimental results show that the PUF circuit possesses better statistical characteristic of uniqueness and randomness, and it has a high reliability of 97.4% with respect to temperature variation from −40 °C to 125 °C, and supply voltage variation from 1.08 V to 1.32 V. It can be effectively used in information security field.%物理不可克隆函数(Physical Unclonable Function, PUF)电路利用结构完全相同的电路在制造过程中存在的随机工艺偏差,产生具有唯一性、随机性和不可克隆性的密钥。该文通过对共源共栅电流镜的研究,提出一种基于电流镜工艺偏差的多端口可配置 PUF 电路。该 PUF 电路由输入寄存器、偏差电压源、复用网络、判决器阵列和扰乱模块构成,通过激励信号配置偏差电压源,无需更换硬件便可实现输出密钥的变化,且可在一个时钟周期内输出多位密钥。在 SMIC 65 nm CMOS 工艺下,采用全定制方式设计具有36个输出端口的 PUF 电路,版图面积为24.8μm×77.4μm。实验结果表明,该 PUF 电路具有良好的唯一性和随机性,且工作在不同温度(-40~125°C)和电压(1.08~1.32 V)下的可靠性均大于97.4%,可应用于信息安全领域。

  6. Configuration Management at NASA

    Science.gov (United States)

    Doreswamy, Rajiv

    2013-01-01

    NASA programs are characterized by complexity, harsh environments and the fact that we usually have one chance to get it right. Programs last decades and need to accept new hardware and technology as it is developed. We have multiple suppliers and international partners Our challenges are many, our costs are high and our failures are highly visible. CM systems need to be scalable, adaptable to new technology and span the life cycle of the program (30+ years). Multiple Systems, Contractors and Countries added major levels of complexity to the ISS program and CM/DM and Requirements management systems center dot CM Systems need to be designed for long design life center dot Space Station Design started in 1984 center dot Assembly Complete in 2012 center dot Systems were developed on a task basis without an overall system perspective center dot Technology moves faster than a large project office, try to make sure you have a system that can adapt

  7. Backside configured surface plasmonic enhancement

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Gu, Guiru; Lu, Xuejun, E-mail: xuejun-lu@uml.edu [Department of Electrical and Computer Engineering, University of Massachusetts Lowell, One University Avenue, Lowell, MA 01854 (United States); Vaillancourt, Jarrod [Applied NanoFemto Technologies, LLC, 181 Stedman St. 2, Lowell, MA 01851 (United States)

    2014-03-31

    In this work, we fabricated, measured and compared the quantum dots infrared photodetector enhancement by the top- and backside- configured plasmonic structures. The backside configured plasmonic structure can provide much higher device performance enhancement. Furthermore, the excitation of the surface plasmonic waves by the top- and backside- configured plasmonic structures was analyzed. Detailed simulation results of the electric field at different wavelength from top illumination and backside illumination were provided. The stronger electric field from the backside illumination attributed to the higher enhancement.

  8. Typology of Product Configuration Systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Jensen, Klaes Ladeby; Edwards, Kasper; Haug, Anders

    2007-01-01

    Many organisations are moving from mass production to mass customization. Product configuration systems (PCS) are increasingly seen as an interesting option for firms who wish to pursue a strategy with a high degree of product variance while retaining a low cost of specifying the product. To become...... more specific in relation to how product configuration systems can support mass customization, it is necessary to understand how different product configuration systems can be classified, and how these differ. This paper presents a typology of product configuration systems based on the five kinds...

  9. Configuration Database for BaBar On-line

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Salnikov, Andrei

    2003-05-27

    The configuration database is one of the vital systems in the BaBar on-line system. It provides services for the different parts of the data acquisition system and control system, which require run-time parameters. The original design and implementation of the configuration database played a significant role in the successful BaBar operations since the beginning of experiment. Recent additions to the design of the configuration database provide better means for the management of data and add new tools to simplify main configuration tasks. We describe the design of the configuration database, its implementation with the Objectivity/DB object-oriented database, and our experience collected during the years of operation.

  10. Dynamic behavior of the intensified alternative configurations for quaternary distillation

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Ramirez-Marquez, Cesar; Cabrera-Ruiz, Julián; Juan Gabriel Segovia-Hernandez, Juan Gabriel;

    2016-01-01

    Process intensification emerges as an important tool in the synthesis of multicomponent distillation configurations aimed at the reduction of the energy use and capital costs. Operational and fixed costs savings coupled with simplicity and controllability design configurations appear as an essent...

  11. Experiences with Architectural Software Configuration Management in Ragnarok

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Christensen, Henrik Bærbak

    1998-01-01

    emphasises traceability and reproducibility by unifying the concepts version and bound configuration. Experiences with such a model, implemented in a prototype “Ragnarok”, from three real-life, small- to medium-sized, software development projects are reported. The conclusion is that the presented model......This paper describes a model, denoted architectural software configuration management, that minimises the gap between software design and configuration management by allowing developers to do configuration- and version control of the abstractions and hierarchy in a software architecture. The model...... is viable and “feels natural ” for software developers....

  12. A Software Configuration Management Course

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Asklund, U.; Bendix, Lars Gotfred

    2003-01-01

    Software Configuration Management has been a big success in research and creation of tools. There are also many vendors in the market of selling courses to companies. However, in the education sector Software Configuration Management has still not quite made it - at least not into the university...... and contents of such a course....

  13. Heisenberg model and Rigged Configurations

    CERN Document Server

    Giri, Pulak Ranjan

    2015-01-01

    We show a correspondence of all the solutions of the spin-1/2 isotropic Heisenberg model for N=12 to the rigged configurations based on the comparison of the set of Takahashi quantum numbers in lexicographical order with the set of riggings of the rigged configurations in co-lexicographical order.

  14. Configurational entropy of glueball states

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bernardini, Alex E.; Braga, Nelson R. F.; da Rocha, Roldão

    2017-02-01

    The configurational entropy of glueball states is calculated using a holographic description. Glueball states are represented by a supergravity dual picture, consisting of a 5-dimensional graviton-dilaton action of a dynamical holographic AdS/QCD model. The configurational entropy is studied as a function of the glueball spin and of the mass, providing information about the stability of the glueball states.

  15. Application of Configurators in Networks

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Malis, Martin; Hvam, Lars

    2003-01-01

    a structured guideline, tools and methods on how to successfully develop configurators in a network perspective. Findings presented in this paper are supported by research in a case company. The results from the empirical work show a huge potential for the application of configurators in networks of companies....

  16. Configurable software for satellite graphics

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Hartzman, P D

    1977-12-01

    An important goal in interactive computer graphics is to provide users with both quick system responses for basic graphics functions and enough computing power for complex calculations. One solution is to have a distributed graphics system in which a minicomputer and a powerful large computer share the work. The most versatile type of distributed system is an intelligent satellite system in which the minicomputer is programmable by the application user and can do most of the work while the large remote machine is used for difficult computations. At New York University, the hardware was configured from available equipment. The level of system intelligence resulted almost completely from software development. Unlike previous work with intelligent satellites, the resulting system had system control centered in the satellite. It also had the ability to reconfigure software during realtime operation. The design of the system was done at a very high level using set theoretic language. The specification clearly illustrated processor boundaries and interfaces. The high-level specification also produced a compact, machine-independent virtual graphics data structure for picture representation. The software was written in a systems implementation language; thus, only one set of programs was needed for both machines. A user can program both machines in a single language. Tests of the system with an application program indicate that is has very high potential. A major result of this work is the demonstration that a gigantic investment in new hardware is not necessary for computing facilities interested in graphics.

  17. 开闭式反循环钻头的结构设计与工作原理%Configuration Design and Working Principles of Open-closed Reverse Circulation Bit

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    乔慧丽; 陈鱼

    2014-01-01

    Due to the soft and broken characteristics of soft and outburst coal seam, the gas drainage borehole easily collap-ses with low borehole completion rate and the blockage of gas drainage channel, which influence the efficiency of gas extrac-tion.The open-closed reverse circulation bit was designed in order to solve these problems, and its working principle and structure characteristics were also analyzed.The advantages of full screen liner and reverse circulation drilling technology are combined with this bit, by reducing the second damage to the hole wall to improve the borehole completion rate and depth, by sending the full screen liner to the hole bottom to avoid wall collapse and gas drainage channel blockage, the uti-lization rate of the gas drainage borehole is increased.The paper introduces this new bit about its configuration design, working principle and the application.%由于煤层松软和破碎的缘故,松软突出煤层瓦斯抽放孔易垮塌,将导致钻孔成孔率低,瓦斯抽放通道易堵塞,影响了瓦斯抽采效率。为解决这些问题,设计了开闭式反循环钻头,并对其结构特点和工作原理进行分析。这种钻头结合了全程筛管下放和反循环钻进2种工艺的优势。通过降低对孔壁的二次破坏,提高了钻孔成孔率和成孔深度;通过全孔段下放筛管,防止孔壁垮塌堵塞瓦斯通道,提高了瓦斯抽放孔的利用率。介绍了该新型钻头的结构设计、工作原理和应用情况。

  18. A Computational Tool for High Advance Ratio Configurations Project

    Data.gov (United States)

    National Aeronautics and Space Administration — Newer vertical lift configurations consider speed as an important design parameter with forward speeds upwards of 230 Knots, which is well above the acceptable...

  19. CASE-BASED PRODUCT CONFIGURATION AND REUSE IN MASS CUSTOMIZATION

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Wang Shiwei; Tan Jianrong; Zhang Shuyou; Wang Xin; He Chenqi

    2004-01-01

    The increasing complexity and size of configuration knowledge bases requires the provision of advanced methods supporting the development of the actual configuration process and design reuse.A new framework to find a feasible and practical product configuration method is presented in mass customization.The basic idea of the approach is to integrate case-based reasoning (CBR) with a constraint satisfaction problem(CSP).The similarity measure between a crisp and range is also given,which is common in case retrieves.Based on the configuration model,a product platform and customer needs,case adaptation is carried out with the repair-based algorithm.Lastly,the methodology in the elevator configuration design domain is tested.

  20. Rosette Central Configurations, Degenerate central configurations and bifurcations

    CERN Document Server

    Lei, Jinzhi

    2009-01-01

    In this paper we find a class of new degenerate central configurations and bifurcations in the Newtonian $n$-body problem. In particular we analyze the Rosette central configurations, namely a coplanar configuration where $n$ particles of mass $m_1$ lie at the vertices of a regular $n$-gon, $n$ particles of mass $m_2$ lie at the vertices of another $n$-gon concentric with the first, but rotated of an angle $\\pi/n$, and an additional particle of mass $m_0$ lies at the center of mass of the system. This system admits two mass parameters $\\mu=m_0/m_1$ and $\\ep=m_2/m_1$. We show that, as $\\mu$ varies, if $n> 3$, there is a degenerate central configuration and a bifurcation for every $\\ep>0$, while if $n=3$ there is a bifurcations only for some values of $\\epsilon$.

  1. Design of IPv6 Address Auto-configuration for Wireless Sensor Networks%无线传感器网络IPv6地址自动配置方案的研究与设计

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    王晓喃; 高德民

    2011-01-01

    提出一种无线传感器网络IPv6地址自动配置方案,给出全IP通信传感器节点的IPv6地址格式,并将无状态地址分配策略与有状态地址分配策略有机地结合,提出无线传感器网络IPv6地址自动配置方案.本文从重复地址检测开销、地址配置总开销及地址配置总延迟时间3方面对此方案与Strong DAD及MANETConf的性能参数进行比较分析,验证了方案的有效性和高效性.%The paper proposes an IPv6 address auto-configuration scheme for wireless sensor networks. The scheme creates an IPv6 address format for a sensor node and effectively combines the stateless address configuration strategy and the stateful address configuration strategy to propose an IPv6 address auto-configuration scheme for wireless sensor networks. From the perspectives of the duplicate address detection cost, total address configuration cost and total address configuration delay time, the paper analyzes and compares the performance parameters of the proposed scheme and the existing schemes including Strong DAD and MANET-Conf. Analytical results prove the effectiveness and the high efficiency of the proposed scheme.

  2. Optimization under Uncertainty of Site-Specific Turbine Configurations: Preprint

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Quick, Julian; Dykes, Katherine; Graf, Peter; Zahle, Frederik

    2016-11-01

    Uncertainty affects many aspects of wind energy plant performance and cost. In this study, we explore opportunities for site-specific turbine configuration optimization that accounts for uncertainty in the wind resource. As a demonstration, a simple empirical model for wind plant cost of energy is used in an optimization under uncertainty to examine how different risk appetites affect the optimal selection of a turbine configuration for sites of different wind resource profiles. If there is unusually high uncertainty in the site wind resource, the optimal turbine configuration diverges from the deterministic case and a generally more conservative design is obtained with increasing risk aversion on the part of the designer.

  3. Design of an 1 1-Bit Pipelined ADC with Improved OPAMP Sharing Configuration%一种改进运放共享结构的11位流水线ADC设计

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    万富强; 刁盛锡; 林福江

    2016-01-01

    对流水线模数转换器(ADC)的运放共享结构进行了改进,设计了一款应用于超高频RFID系统的11位100 MS/s采样率的流水线ADC.该ADC将采样保持电路和第一级余量增益电路共享同一个运算放大器,从而提高运算放大器的电流效率,进而减小功耗.运算放大器采用两对差分输入一对差分输出的、带增益自举的直筒式结构.通过使用对称栅压自举开关,减小了连接虚地的开关,流过大电流时,注入电荷的失配.采用此运放共享思路设计的11位流水线ADC,在奈奎斯特采样时,有效位数是10.6 bit,SFDR为71.2 dB,SNDR为65.5 dB,功耗为52 mW.%This paper presents the improvement of the OPAMP sharing configuration for the pipelined analog to digital converter (ADC),and designs an 11-bit and 100 MS/s sampling-rate pipeline ADC for a UHF RFID system. The sample and hold circuit shares the same OPAMP with the first-stage residual gain amplifier circuit,so that current efficiency of OPAMP is improved and power consumption is saved.The OPAMP adopts gain-boost telescope structure with two pairs input and one pair output.By using symmetrical bootstrapped switch,the charge inj ection mismatch is reduced,when large current flows into virtual ground.The pipeline ADC achieves an ENOB of 10.6 bits,an SFDR of 71.2 dB,an SNDR of 65.5 dB and power consumption of 52 mW at the Nyquist sampling input frequency.

  4. Configuration Spaces in Fundamental Physics

    CERN Document Server

    Anderson, Edward

    2015-01-01

    I consider configuration spaces for $N$-body problems, gauge theories and for GR in both geometrodynamical and Ashtekar variables forms, including minisuperspace and inhomogeneous perturbations thereabout in the former case. These include many interesting spaces of shapes (with and without whichever of local or global notions of scale). In considering reduced configuration spaces, stratified manifolds arise. Three strategies to deal with these are `excise', `unfold' and `accept'. I show that spaces of triangles arising from various interpretations of 3-body problems already serve as model arena for all three. I furthermore argue in favour of the `accept' strategy on relational grounds. Sheaf methods then become relevant in this case, as does the stratifold construct that pairs some well-behaved stratified manifolds with sheaves. I apply arguing against `excise' and `unfold' to GR's superspace and thin sandwich, and to the removal of collinear configurations in mechanics. Non-redundant configurations are also ...

  5. Configuration entropy of fractal landscapes

    National Research Council Canada - National Science Library

    Rodríguez‐Iturbe, Ignacio; D'Odorico, Paolo; Rinaldo, Andrea

    1998-01-01

    .... The spatial arrangement of two‐dimensional images is found to be an effective way to characterize fractal landscapes and the configurational entropy of these arrangements imposes demanding conditions for models attempting to represent these fields.

  6. SAMI Automated Plug Plate Configuration

    CERN Document Server

    Lorente, Nuria P F; Goodwin, Michael

    2012-01-01

    The Sydney-AAO Multi-object Integral field spectrograph (SAMI) is a prototype wide-field system at the Anglo-Australian Telescope (AAT) which uses a plug-plate to mount its 13 x 61-core imaging fibre bundles (hexabundles) in the optical path at the telescope's prime focus. In this paper we describe the process of determining the positions of the plug-plate holes, where plates contain three or more stacked observation configurations. The process, which up until now has involved several separate processes and has required significant manual configuration and checking, is now being automated to increase efficiency and reduce error. This is carried out by means of a thin Java controller layer which drives the configuration cycle. This layer controls the user interface and the C++ algorithm layer where the plate configuration and optimisation is carried out. Additionally, through the Aladin display package, it provides visualisation and facilitates user verification of the resulting plates.

  7. Configured fuel briquet and method

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Peters, S.M.

    1985-01-29

    A charcoal briquet of any selected shape is configured to provide a preselected ignition time and total burning time response. A method of constructing such a briquet for any desired combustion response includes empirically deriving expressions for ignition time as a function of briquet volume, surface area and density, and for burn time as a function of volume and density, and configuring any selected shape briquet in accordance with the parameters found to provide such selected performance.

  8. Study on Resource Configuration on Cloud Manufacturing

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Yanlong Cao

    2015-01-01

    Full Text Available The purpose of manufacturing is to realize the requirement of customer. In manufacturing process of cloud system, there exist a lot of resource services which have similar functional characteristics to realize the requirement. It makes the manufacturing process more diverse. To develop the quality and reduce cost, a resource configuration model on cloud-manufacturing platform is put forward in this paper. According to the generalized six-point location principle, a growth design from the requirement of customers to entities with geometric constraints is proposed. By the requirement growing up to product, a configuration process is used to match the entities with the instances which the resources in the database could supply. Different from most existing studies, this paper studies the tolerance design with multiple candidate resource suppliers on cloud manufacturing to make the market play a two-level game considering the benefit of customers and the profit of resources to give an optimal result. A numerical case study is used to illustrate the proposed model and configuration process. The performance and advantage of the proposed method are discussed at the end.

  9. Configuration management in nuclear power plants

    CERN Document Server

    2003-01-01

    Configuration management (CM) is the process of identifying and documenting the characteristics of a facility's structures, systems and components of a facility, and of ensuring that changes to these characteristics are properly developed, assessed, approved, issued, implemented, verified, recorded and incorporated into the facility documentation. The need for a CM system is a result of the long term operation of any nuclear power plant. The main challenges are caused particularly by ageing plant technology, plant modifications, the application of new safety and operational requirements, and in general by human factors arising from migration of plant personnel and possible human failures. The IAEA Incident Reporting System (IRS) shows that on average 25% of recorded events could be caused by configuration errors or deficiencies. CM processes correctly applied ensure that the construction, operation, maintenance and testing of a physical facility are in accordance with design requirements as expressed in the d...

  10. Configuration space representation for micro-mechanism function

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Sacks, E. [Purdue Univ., Lafayette, IN (United States). Computer Science Dept.; Allen, J. [Sandia National Labs., Albuquerque, NM (United States). Intelligent Micromachine Dept.

    1998-11-01

    This paper describes the configuration space representation of mechanical function and shows how it supports the design of micro-mechanisms. The domain characteristics of curved geometry, joint play, and custom joints render traditional design tools inappropriate, but configuration spaces can model these characteristics. They represent the quantitative and the qualitative aspects of kinematic function in a concise geometric format that helps designers visualize system function under a range of operating conditions, find and correct design flaws, study joint play, and optimize performance. The approach is demonstrated on a surface micromachined counter meshing gear discrimination device developed at Sandia National Laboratories.

  11. Automatization of hardware configuration for plasma diagnostic system

    Science.gov (United States)

    Wojenski, A.; Pozniak, K. T.; Kasprowicz, G.; Kolasinski, P.; Krawczyk, R. D.; Zabolotny, W.; Linczuk, P.; Chernyshova, M.; Czarski, T.; Malinowski, K.

    2016-09-01

    Soft X-ray plasma measurement systems are mostly multi-channel, high performance systems. In case of the modular construction it is necessary to perform sophisticated system discovery in parallel with automatic system configuration. In the paper the structure of the modular system designed for tokamak plasma soft X-ray measurements is described. The concept of the system discovery and further automatic configuration is also presented. FCS application (FMC/ FPGA Configuration Software) is used for running sophisticated system setup with automatic verification of proper configuration. In order to provide flexibility of further system configurations (e.g. user setup), common communication interface is also described. The approach presented here is related to the automatic system firmware building presented in previous papers. Modular construction and multichannel measurements are key requirement in term of SXR diagnostics with use of GEM detectors.

  12. The Research of Platform-Based Product Configuration Model

    Science.gov (United States)

    Yan, Huiqiang; Guan, Qunsheng; Li, Qinghai; Lu, Fei; Wang, Xiujuan

    Product configuration system, being a knowledge intensive system, plays an important role in order to realize Mass Customization. The Platform-based generic product configuration tool(PB-GPCT) being developed by Institute of Design for Innovation, Hebei University of Technology. PB-GPCT is a structure-based and domain independent configuration tool. For the realization of PB-GPCT, UML is chosen to construct the configuration model and OCL(Object Constraint Language) to express constraints. In order to manage the constraints of product easily, the approach of checking consistency of configuration model is presented. The theory of constraints hierarchies is introduced into the system of PB-GPCT in order to express customer requirements of different levels.

  13. BAYESIAN IMAGE RESTORATION, USING CONFIGURATIONS

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Thordis Linda Thorarinsdottir

    2011-05-01

    Full Text Available In this paper, we develop a Bayesian procedure for removing noise from images that can be viewed as noisy realisations of random sets in the plane. The procedure utilises recent advances in configuration theory for noise free random sets, where the probabilities of observing the different boundary configurations are expressed in terms of the mean normal measure of the random set. These probabilities are used as prior probabilities in a Bayesian image restoration approach. Estimation of the remaining parameters in the model is outlined for salt and pepper noise. The inference in the model is discussed in detail for 3 X 3 and 5 X 5 configurations and examples of the performance of the procedure are given.

  14. Ringed accretion disks: equilibrium configurations

    CERN Document Server

    Pugliese, D

    2015-01-01

    We investigate a model of ringed accretion disk, made up by several rings rotating around a supermassive Kerr black hole attractor. Each toroid of the ringed disk is governed by the General Relativity hydrodynamic Boyer condition of equilibrium configurations of rotating perfect fluids. Properties of the tori can be then determined by an appropriately defined effective potential reflecting the background Kerr geometry and the centrifugal effects. The ringed disks could be created in various regimes during the evolution of matter configurations around supermassive black holes. Therefore, both corotating and counterrotating rings have to be considered as being a constituent of the ringed disk. We provide constraints on the model parameters for the existence and stability of various ringed configurations and discuss occurrence of accretion onto the Kerr black hole and possible launching of jets from the ringed disk. We demonstrate that various ringed disks can be characterized by a maximum number of rings. We pr...

  15. Experiment Configurations for the DAST

    Science.gov (United States)

    1978-01-01

    This image shows three vehicle configurations considered for the Drones for Aerodynamic and Structural Testing (DAST) program, conducted at NASA's Dryden Flight Research Center between 1977 and 1983. The DAST project planned for three wing configurations. These were the Instrumented Standard Wing (ISW), the Aeroelastic Research Wing-1 (ARW-1), and the ARW-2. After the DAST-1 crash, project personnel fitted a second Firebee II with a rebuilt ARW-1 wing. Due to the project's ending, it never flew the ARW-2 wing. These are the image contact sheets for each image resolution of the NASA Dryden Drones for Aerodynamic and Structural Testing (DAST) Photo Gallery. From 1977 to 1983, the Dryden Flight Research Center, Edwards, California, (under two different names) conducted the DAST Program as a high-risk flight experiment using a ground-controlled, pilotless aircraft. Described by NASA engineers as a 'wind tunnel in the sky,' the DAST was a specially modified Teledyne-Ryan BQM-34E/F Firebee II supersonic target drone that was flown to validate theoretical predictions under actual flight conditions in a joint project with the Langley Research Center, Hampton, Virginia. The DAST Program merged advances in electronic remote control systems with advances in airplane design. Drones (remotely controlled, missile-like vehicles initially developed to serve as gunnery targets) had been deployed successfully during the Vietnamese conflict as reconnaissance aircraft. After the war, the energy crisis of the 1970s led NASA to seek new ways to cut fuel use and improve airplane efficiency. The DAST Program's drones provided an economical, fuel-conscious method for conducting in-flight experiments from a remote ground site. DAST explored the technology required to build wing structures with less than normal stiffness. This was done because stiffness requires structural weight but ensures freedom from flutter-an uncontrolled, divergent oscillation of the structure, driven by aerodynamic

  16. Electronic Configuration of Yb Compounds

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Temmerman, W.M.; Szotek, Z. [Daresbury Laboratory, Daresbury, Warrington, WA4 4AD, Cheshire (United Kingdom); Svane, A. [Institute of Physics and Astronomy, University of Aarhus, DK-8000 Aarhus C (Denmark); Strange, P. [Physics Department, Keele University, Keele, Staffordshire, ST5 5BG (United Kingdom); Winter, H. [INFP, Forschungszentrum Karlsruhe GmbH, Postfach 3640, D-76021 Karlsruhe (Germany); Delin, A.; Johansson, B.; Eriksson, O.; Fast, L. [Condensed Matter Theory Group, Department of Physics, University of Uppsala, Box 530, 75121 Uppsala (Sweden); Wills, J.M. [Center of Materials Science and Theoretical Division, Los Alamos National Laboratory, Los Alamos, New Mexico 87544 (United States)

    1999-11-01

    The total energy differences between divalent and trivalent configurations of Yb ions in a number of Yb compounds are studied. Two different band theoretical methods, which differ in the treatment of the localized f electrons, are used. The results show that in all Yb compounds the valence energy differences are equal to the energy needed to localize an f electron. These valence energy differences correlate with the number of f electrons hybridizing with the conduction bands in the trivalent configuration. For divalent YbS, the pressure induced f -electron delocalization implies an intermediate valency, as also indicated by experiment. {copyright} {ital 1999} {ital The American Physical Society }

  17. Product Configuration Systems and Productivity

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Pedersen, Jørgen Lindgaard; Edwards, Kasper

    2004-01-01

    Twelve companies have been interviewed with the purpose to get information about technical, economic and organisational matters in respect of Product Configuration Systems (PCS).Combinations of qualitative interviews and quantitative scoring have been used in ranking expected and realized results...... from implementing PCS. The three highest aggregated scoring expected benefits are: 1)improved quality in specifications, 2)lower turnaround time, 3)less resource intensity.......Twelve companies have been interviewed with the purpose to get information about technical, economic and organisational matters in respect of Product Configuration Systems (PCS).Combinations of qualitative interviews and quantitative scoring have been used in ranking expected and realized results...

  18. Instance-specific algorithm configuration

    CERN Document Server

    Malitsky, Yuri

    2014-01-01

    This book presents a modular and expandable technique in the rapidly emerging research area of automatic configuration and selection of the best algorithm for the instance at hand. The author presents the basic model behind ISAC and then details a number of modifications and practical applications. In particular, he addresses automated feature generation, offline algorithm configuration for portfolio generation, algorithm selection, adaptive solvers, online tuning, and parallelization.    The author's related thesis was honorably mentioned (runner-up) for the ACP Dissertation Award in 2014,

  19. Network sensitivity to geographical configuration

    CERN Document Server

    Searle, A C; McClelland, D E; Searle, Antony C; Scott, Susan M; Clelland, David E Mc

    2002-01-01

    Gravitational wave astronomy will require the coordinated analysis of data from the global network of gravitational wave observatories. Questions of how to optimally configure the global network naturally arise in this context. We propose a formalism to compare different configurations of the network, using both the coincident network analysis method and the coherent network analysis method, and construct a model to compute a figure-of-merit based on the detection rate for a population of standard-candle binary inspirals. We find that this measure of network quality is very sensitive to the geographic location of component detectors under a coincident network analysis, but comparatively insensitive under a coherent network analysis.

  20. Redundant Array Configurations for 21 cm Cosmology

    CERN Document Server

    Dillon, Joshua S

    2016-01-01

    Realizing the potential of 21 cm tomography to statistically probe the intergalactic medium before and during the Epoch of Reionization requires large telescopes and precise control of systematics. Next-generation telescopes are now being designed and built to meet these challenges, drawing lessons from first-generation experiments that showed the benefits of densely packed, highly redundant arrays--in which the same mode on the sky is sampled by many antenna pairs--for achieving high sensitivity, precise calibration, and robust foreground mitigation. In this work, we focus on the Hydrogen Epoch of Reionization Array (HERA) as an interferometer with a dense, redundant core designed following these lessons to be optimized for 21 cm cosmology. We show how modestly supplementing or modifying a compact design like HERA's can still deliver high sensitivity while enhancing strategies for calibration and foreground mitigation. In particular, we compare the imaging capability of several array configurations, both ins...

  1. Fixed-Point Configurable Hardware Components

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Rocher Romuald

    2006-01-01

    Full Text Available To reduce the gap between the VLSI technology capability and the designer productivity, design reuse based on IP (intellectual properties is commonly used. In terms of arithmetic accuracy, the generated architecture can generally only be configured through the input and output word lengths. In this paper, a new kind of method to optimize fixed-point arithmetic IP has been proposed. The architecture cost is minimized under accuracy constraints defined by the user. Our approach allows exploring the fixed-point search space and the algorithm-level search space to select the optimized structure and fixed-point specification. To significantly reduce the optimization and design times, analytical models are used for the fixed-point optimization process.

  2. EMMA: A New Paradigm in Configurable Software

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Nogiec, J. M. [Fermilab; Trombly-Freytag, K. [Fermilab

    2016-10-05

    EMMA is a framework designed to create a family of configurable software systems, with emphasis on extensibility and flexibility. It is based on a loosely coupled, event driven architecture. The EMMA framework has been built upon the premise of composing software systems from independent components. It opens up opportunities for reuse of components and their functionality and composing them together in many different ways. It provides the developer of test and measurement applications with a lightweight alternative to microservices, while sharing their various advantages, including composability, loose coupling, encapsulation, and reuse.

  3. Bayesian image restoration, using configurations

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Thorarinsdottir, Thordis

    configurations are expressed in terms of the mean normal measure of the random set. These probabilities are used as prior probabilities in a Bayesian image restoration approach. Estimation of the remaining parameters in the model is outlined for salt and pepper noise. The inference in the model is discussed...

  4. Bayesian image restoration, using configurations

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Thorarinsdottir, Thordis Linda

    2006-01-01

    configurations are expressed in terms of the mean normal measure of the random set. These probabilities are used as prior probabilities in a Bayesian image restoration approach. Estimation of the remaining parameters in the model is outlined for the salt and pepper noise. The inference in the model is discussed...

  5. Auralization of novel aircraft configurations

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Arntzen, M.; Bertsch, E.L.; Simons, D.G.

    2015-01-01

    A joint initiative of NLR, DLR, and TU Delft has been initiated to streamline the process of generating audible impressions of novel aircraft configurations. The integrated approach adds to the value of the individual tools and allows predicting the sound of future aircraft before they actually fly.

  6. NCCDS configuration management process improvement

    Science.gov (United States)

    Shay, Kathy

    1993-01-01

    By concentrating on defining and improving specific Configuration Management (CM) functions, processes, procedures, personnel selection/development, and tools, internal and external customers received improved CM services. Job performance within the section increased in both satisfaction and output. Participation in achieving major improvements has led to the delivery of consistent quality CM products as well as significant decreases in every measured CM metrics category.

  7. Warehouse Simulation Through Model Configuration

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Verriet, J.H.; Hamberg, R.; Caarls, J.; Wijngaarden, B. van

    2013-01-01

    The pre-build development of warehouse systems leads from a specific customer request to a specific customer quotation. This involves a process of configuring a warehouse system using a sequence of steps that contain increasingly more details. Simulation is a helpful tool in analyzing warehouse desi

  8. Kramers Pairs in configuration interaction

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Avery, John Scales; Avery, James Emil

    2003-01-01

    The theory of symmetry-preserving Kramers pair creation operators is reviewed and formulas for applying these operators to configuration interaction calculations are derived. A new and more general type of symmetry-preserving pair creation operator is proposed and shown to commute with the total...

  9. GEODSS Present Configuration and Potential

    Science.gov (United States)

    2014-06-28

    1. REPORT DATE 28 JUN 2014 2. REPORT TYPE 3. DATES COVERED 00-00-2014 to 00-00-2014 4. TITLE AND SUBTITLE GEODSS Present Configuration and...provides improved resolution and radiometric throughput at low elevation angles versus a single fisheye optical strategy. Both optical systems are

  10. Cost benefit analysis on different configurations of berthing structure

    Science.gov (United States)

    Rajesh, G.; Saravanan, R.; Ravichandran, Vijaya; Parameswara Pandian, S.; Ramani Sujatha, Evangelin

    2017-07-01

    Port and harbors are essential for handling of the imports/exports of good transported through shipping. This paper discusses the different configuration of berthing structure, their design with respect to the site conditions and suitability. The analysis includes detailed load calculations conforming to the various codal provisions and design of the structure. The configuration of berthing structure considered are analyzed and designed using STAAD Pro for different combination of loads as per IS 4651. Bill of Quantities are prepared and final cost of construction is calculated. Factors affecting the construction and maintenance such as land availability, soil conditions, hydrodynamics of the site, dredging requirements, design ship size etc. are considered to finalize the configuration of the berthing structure. Result of the study shows that Diaphragm wall type of berthing structure is economic for Ennore port.

  11. Conceptual Configuration of Pharmaceutical Plants in 3D

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Ladeby, Klaes Rohde; Larsen, Bent Dalgaard; Gjøl, Mikkel

    2007-01-01

    In the conceptual design phase of pharmaceutical plants as much as 80%-90% of the total cost of a project is committed. It is therefore essential that the chosen concept is viable. Configuration and 3D models can help validate the decisions made in the conceptual design process. Designing 3D mode...... is a complex task and requires skilled users. We demonstrate that a simple 2D/3D configuration tool can support conceptualizing of pharmaceutical plants. Present paper reports on preliminary results from a full scale implementation project at a Danish engineering company....

  12. A Vertical Differential Configuration in GPR prospecting

    Science.gov (United States)

    Persico, Raffaele; Pochanin, Gennadiy; Varianytsia-Roshchupkina, Liudmyla; Catapano, Ilaria; Gennarelli, Gianluca; Soldovieri, Francesco

    2015-04-01

    small objects and interfaces. This configuration can be labeled as a vertical differential configuration. At the conference, the reconstruction capabilities of this differential GPR configuration system will be discussed by means of an analysis of the problem based on a properly designed microwave tomographic inversion approach. The proposed approach exploits the Born approximation and faces the imaging as the solution of a linear inverse scattering problem. In this way, the problem of the local minima is avoided [7] and it is possible to impose some regularization to the problem in an easy way problem [8-9]. At the conference, a theoretical analysis of the mathematical propserties of the scattering operator under the vertical differential configuration will be presented showing that, with respect to the horizontal differential configuration, the vertical one allows to reject the direct coupling between the antennas but not the coupling of the antennas occurring through the air-soil interface. On the other hand, the filtering properties of the operator at hand con be considered, let say, less severe in some cases. At the conference, both some numerical and experimental results will be shown. References [1] R. Persico, F. Soldovieri, "Effects of the background removal in linear inverse scattering", IEEE Trans. Geosci. Remote Sens, vol. 46, pp. 1104-1114, April 2008. [2] L. Gurel, U. Oguz, "Three-Dimensional FDTD modeling of a ground penetrating radar", IEEE Trans. Geosci. Remote Sens, vol. 38, pp. 1513-1521, July 2000. [3] L. Gurel, U. Oguz, "Optimization of the transmitter-receiver separation in the ground penetrating radar", IEEE Trans. Antennas and Propag., vol. 51, no 3, pp. 362-370, March 2003. [4] R. Persico, F. Soldovieri, "A microwave tomography approach for a differential configuration in GPR prospecting", IEEE Trans. Antennas and Propag., vol. 54, pp. 3541 - 3548, 2006. [5] Y.A. Kopylov, S.A. Masalov, G.P. Pochanin, "The way of isolation between transmitting

  13. Collaborative Product Configuration Model in Networked Manufacturing Based on Semantic Web%投稿须知

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2012-01-01

    Aim at the requirements of collaborative product configuration design in networked manufacturing, a collaborative product configuration model based on semantic web was exploredA semantic web-based structure of the collaborative product configuration model was proposedAnd a product configuration design workflow model was constructedThe collaborative product configuration ontology was constructed by definition of semantic-based metadata of collaborative product configuration information. The ontology was used for semantic annotation of information that dispersed in the network.So the product configuration information can shared between collaborative enterprises in networked manufacturing.And the efficiency of distribute information exchange and the collaborative product development level can be improved,The validity of the model was verified by applying the model into a networked collaborative design platform.

  14. Network sensitivity to geographical configuration

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Searle, Antony C; Scott, Susan M; McClelland, David E [Department of Physics and Theoretical Physics, Faculty of Science, Australian National University, Canberra, ACT 0200 (Australia)

    2002-04-07

    Gravitational wave astronomy will require the coordinated analysis of data from the global network of gravitational wave observatories. Questions of how to optimally configure the global network arise in this context. We have elsewhere proposed a formalism which is employed here to compare different configurations of the network, using both the coincident network analysis method and the coherent network analysis method. We have constructed a network model to compute a figure-of-merit based on the detection rate for a population of standard-candle binary inspirals. We find that this measure of network quality is very sensitive to the geographic location of component detectors under a coincident network analysis, but comparatively insensitive under a coherent network analysis.

  15. Experiment Simulation Configurations Used in DUNE CDR

    CERN Document Server

    Alion, T; Bashyal, A; Bass, M; Bishai, M; Cherdack, D; Diwan, M; Djurcic, Z; Evans, J; Fernandez-Martinez, E; Fields, L; Fleming, B; Gran, R; Guenette, R; Hewes, J; Hogan, M; Hylen, J; Junk, T; Kohn, S; LeBrun, P; Lundberg, B; Marchionni, A; Morris, C; Papadimitriou, V; Rameika, R; Rucinski, R; Soldner-Rembold, S; Sorel, M; Urheim, J; Viren, B; Whitehead, L; Wilson, R; Worcester, E; Zeller, G

    2016-01-01

    The LBNF/DUNE CDR describes the proposed physics program and experimental design at the conceptual design phase. Volume 2, entitled The Physics Program for DUNE at LBNF, outlines the scientific objectives and describes the physics studies that the DUNE collaboration will perform to address these objectives. The long-baseline physics sensitivity calculations presented in the DUNE CDR rely upon simulation of the neutrino beam line, simulation of neutrino interactions in the far detector, and a parameterized analysis of detector performance and systematic uncertainty. The purpose of this posting is to provide the results of these simulations to the community to facilitate phenomenological studies of long-baseline oscillation at LBNF/DUNE. Additionally, this posting includes GDML of the DUNE single-phase far detector for use in simulations. DUNE welcomes those interested in performing this work as members of the collaboration, but also recognizes the benefit of making these configurations readily available to the...

  16. Millimeter-wave antennas configurations and applications

    CERN Document Server

    du Preez, Jaco

    2016-01-01

    This book comprehensively reviews the state of the art in millimeter-wave antennas, traces important recent developments and provides information on a wide range of antenna configurations and applications. While fundamental theoretical aspects are discussed whenever necessary, the book primarily focuses on design principles and concepts, manufacture, measurement techniques, and practical results. Each of the various antenna types scalable to millimeter-wave dimensions is considered individually, with coverage of leaky-wave and surface-wave antennas, printed antennas, integrated antennas, and reflector and lens systems. The final two chapters address the subject from a systems perspective, providing an overview of supporting circuitry and examining in detail diverse millimeter-wave applications, including high-speed wireless communications, radio astronomy, and radar. The vast amount of information now available on millimeter-wave systems can be daunting for researchers and designers entering the field. This b...

  17. Drupal 7 Multi Sites Configuration

    CERN Document Server

    Butcher, Matt

    2012-01-01

    Follow the creation of a multi-site instance with Drupal. The practical examples and accompanying screenshots will help you to get multiple Drupal sites set up in no time. This book is for Drupal site builders. It is assumed that readers are familiar with Drupal already, with a basic grasp of its concepts and components. System administration concepts, such as configuring Apache, MySQL, and Vagrant are covered but no previous knowledge of these tools is required.

  18. Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager

    CERN Document Server

    Sandbu, Marius

    2013-01-01

    This book is a step-by-step tutorial that guides you through the key steps in implementing best solutions for high availability and performance tuning. It is split into two distinct approaches: client and site side HA and optimization.Microsoft SCCM High Availability and Performance Tuning is for IT professionals and consultants working with Configuration Manager who wish to learn the skills to deploy a redundant and scalable solution.

  19. Discretized configurations and partial partitions

    CERN Document Server

    Abrams, Aaron; Hower, Valerie

    2010-01-01

    We show that the discretized configuration space of $k$ points in the $n$-simplex is homotopy equivalent to a wedge of spheres of dimension $n-k+1$. This space is homeomorphic to the order complex of the poset of ordered partial partitions of $\\{1,\\...,n+1\\}$ with exactly $k$ parts. We also compute the Euler characteristic in two different ways, thereby obtaining a topological proof of a combinatorial recurrence satisfied by the Stirling numbers of the second kind.

  20. Product Configuration Systems and Productivity

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Pedersen, Jørgen Lindgaard; Edwards, Kasper

    2004-01-01

    Twelve companies have been interviewed with the purpose to get information about technical, economic and organisational matters in respect of Product Configuration Systems (PCS).Combinations of qualitative interviews and quantitative scoring have been used in ranking expected and realized results...... from implementing PCS. The three highest aggregated scoring expected benefits are: 1)improved quality in specifications, 2)lower turnaround time, 3)less resource intensity....

  1. RINGED ACCRETION DISKS: EQUILIBRIUM CONFIGURATIONS

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Pugliese, D.; Stuchlík, Z., E-mail: d.pugliese.physics@gmail.com, E-mail: zdenek.stuchlik@physics.cz [Institute of Physics and Research Centre of Theoretical Physics and Astrophysics, Faculty of Philosophy and Science, Silesian University in Opava, Bezručovo náměstí 13, CZ-74601 Opava (Czech Republic)

    2015-12-15

    We investigate a model of a ringed accretion disk, made up by several rings rotating around a supermassive Kerr black hole attractor. Each toroid of the ringed disk is governed by the general relativity hydrodynamic Boyer condition of equilibrium configurations of rotating perfect fluids. Properties of the tori can then be determined by an appropriately defined effective potential reflecting the background Kerr geometry and the centrifugal effects. The ringed disks could be created in various regimes during the evolution of matter configurations around supermassive black holes. Therefore, both corotating and counterrotating rings have to be considered as being a constituent of the ringed disk. We provide constraints on the model parameters for the existence and stability of various ringed configurations and discuss occurrence of accretion onto the Kerr black hole and possible launching of jets from the ringed disk. We demonstrate that various ringed disks can be characterized by a maximum number of rings. We present also a perturbation analysis based on evolution of the oscillating components of the ringed disk. The dynamics of the unstable phases of the ringed disk evolution seems to be promising in relation to high-energy phenomena demonstrated in active galactic nuclei.

  2. Dynamic configuring of the metastructure

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Katarzyna Grzybowska

    2012-06-01

    Full Text Available Background: A trend to create groups of enterprises can be observed; whose model of operation makes use of assets of large, small and medium sized companies. It is a higher level of organisational changes. This trend is described as network organisation. It is based on the so called supply chain. The Authors of this paper proposed authors' analysis dynamic configuration of the supply chain and presents an example. The supply chain is a metastructure. It is an intermediate form between a single enterprise (microstructure/microsystem and the global economy (macrostructure/macrosystem. The metastructure is characterized by a dynamic holarchy of mutually cooperating holons (enterprises. Methods: After a brief discussion of the nature of supply chain (metrastructure and configuration of metastructures, authors present variable supply chains in the light of morphological analysis and presents an example.   Results: The key benefits of this approach are: identifying the characteristics of a supply network and modeling the flow in the entire own supply chain metastructure and possible quick adaptations to new situations. Conclusions: Configuration of a supply chain with the use of a morphological analysis is a basic action, if its goal is to optimally model the flow of goods and implementation of quick adaptation to new situations.     

  3. Optimal Value Algorithm Design of Frame Configuration Parameters in DVB-T2%DVB-T2标准中帧配置参数的最优值算法设计

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    王昭婧; 于鸿洋; 张萍

    2012-01-01

    The frame structure and relevant parameters are introduced briefly. In view of the question that some frame configuration parameters are not given a definite value in DVB-T2, such as L, Nn and /VbLOcsf. together with the selection principle of the above-motioned parameters provided by the standard, an algorithm of solving the optimal value of them is proposed under the conditions of the system input is a signal TS and the combination of the corresponding mode configuration parameters. Meanwhile the simulation and verification are also given based on MATLAB. The correctness of the algorithm is verified by analyzing the simulation results and comparing with the reference value provided by DVB-T2 standard.%简要介绍了DVB-T2标准中的帧结构及相关参数.针对DVB-T2标准中对于LF,Nn和NSLOCK_IF等帧配置参数并未给出确定值的问题,结合标准中提供的上述参数最优值的选择原则,设计了一种在单输入流条件下和相应的模式配置参数组合下的求解帧配置参数最优值的算法,并通过MATLAB对其进行了仿真验证.通过仿真结果分析和与标准中提供的参考值对比,验证了该算法的正确性.

  4. Knowledge Based Product Configuration - a documentatio tool for configuration projects

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Hvam, Lars; Malis, Martin

    2003-01-01

    How can complex product models be documented in a formalised way that consider both development and maintenance? The need for an effective documentation tool has emerged in order to document the development of product models. The product models have become more and more complex and comprehensive....... A lot of knowledge isput into these systems and many domain experts are involved. This calls for an effective documentation system in order to structure this knowledge in a way that fits to the systems. Standard configuration systems do not support this kind of documentation. The chapter deals...

  5. Software control and system configuration management - A process that works

    Science.gov (United States)

    Petersen, K. L.; Flores, C., Jr.

    1983-01-01

    A comprehensive software control and system configuration management process for flight-crucial digital control systems of advanced aircraft has been developed and refined to insure efficient flight system development and safe flight operations. Because of the highly complex interactions among the hardware, software, and system elements of state-of-the-art digital flight control system designs, a systems-wide approach to configuration control and management has been used. Specific procedures are implemented to govern discrepancy reporting and reconciliation, software and hardware change control, systems verification and validation testing, and formal documentation requirements. An active and knowledgeable configuration control board reviews and approves all flight system configuration modifications and revalidation tests. This flexible process has proved effective during the development and flight testing of several research aircraft and remotely piloted research vehicles with digital flight control systems that ranged from relatively simple to highly complex, integrated mechanizations.

  6. Observation-Driven Configuration of Complex Software Systems

    CERN Document Server

    Sage, Aled

    2010-01-01

    The ever-increasing complexity of software systems makes them hard to comprehend, predict and tune due to emergent properties and non-deterministic behaviour. Complexity arises from the size of software systems and the wide variety of possible operating environments: the increasing choice of platforms and communication policies leads to ever more complex performance characteristics. In addition, software systems exhibit different behaviour under different workloads. Many software systems are designed to be configurable so that policies can be chosen to meet the needs of various stakeholders. For complex software systems it can be difficult to accurately predict the effects of a change and to know which configuration is most appropriate. This thesis demonstrates that it is useful to run automated experiments that measure a selection of system configurations. Experiments can find configurations that meet the stakeholders' needs, find interesting behavioural characteristics, and help produce predictive models of...

  7. Stopped nucleons in configuration space

    CERN Document Server

    Bialas, Andrzej; Koch, Volker

    2016-01-01

    In this note, using the colour string model, we study the configuration space distribution of stopped nucleons in heavy-ion collisions. We find that the stopped nucleons from the target and the projectile end up separated from each other by the distance increasing with the collision energy. In consequence, for the center of mass energies larger than 6 or 10 GeV (depending on the details of the model) it appears that the system created is not in thermal and chemical equilibrium, and the net baryon density reached is likely not much higher than that already present in the colliding nuclei.

  8. Laser photography system: hardware configuration

    Science.gov (United States)

    Piszczek, Marek; Rutyna, Krzysztof; Kowalski, Marcin; Zyczkowski, Marek

    2012-06-01

    Solution presented in this article is a system using image acquisition time gating method. The time-spatial framing method developed by authors was used to build Laser Photography System (LPS). An active vision system for open space monitoring and terrorist threats detection is being built as an effect of recent work lead in the Institute of Optoelectronics, MUT. The device is destined to prevent and recognize possible terrorist threats in important land and marine areas. The aim of this article is to discuss the properties and hardware configuration of the Laser Photography System.

  9. Numerical simulation of nuclear pebble bed configurations

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Shams, A., E-mail: shams@nrg.eu [Nuclear Research and Consultancy Group (NRG), Petten (Netherlands); Roelofs, F., E-mail: roelofs@nrg.eu [Nuclear Research and Consultancy Group (NRG), Petten (Netherlands); Komen, E.M.J., E-mail: komen@nrg.eu [Nuclear Research and Consultancy Group (NRG), Petten (Netherlands); Baglietto, E., E-mail: emiliob@MIT.EDU [Massachusetts Institute of Technology (MIT) (United States)

    2015-08-15

    Highlights: • Numerical simulations of a single face cubic centred pebble bed are performed. • Wide range of turbulence modelling techniques are used to perform these calculations. • The methods include 1-DNS, 1-LES, 3-Hybrid (RANS/LES) and 3-RANS models, respectively. • The obtained results are extensively compared to provide guidelines for such flow regimes. • These guidelines are used to perform reference LES for a limited sized random pebble bed. - Abstract: High Temperature Reactors (HTRs) are being considered all over the world. An HTR uses helium gas as a coolant, while the moderator function is taken up by graphite. The fuel is embedded in the graphite moderator. A particular inherent safety advantage of HTR designs is that the graphite can withstand very high temperatures, that the fuel inside will stay inside the graphite pebble and cannot escape to the surroundings even in the event of loss of cooling. Generally, the core can be designed using a graphite pebble bed. Some experimental and demonstration reactors have been operated using a pebble bed design. The test reactors have shown safe and efficient operation, however questions have been raised about possible occurrence of local hot spots in the pebble bed which may affect the pebble integrity. Analysis of the fuel integrity requires detailed evaluation of local heat transport phenomena in a pebble bed, and since such phenomena cannot easily be modelled experimentally, numerical simulations are a useful tool. As a part of a European project, named Thermal Hydraulics of Innovative Nuclear Systems (THINS), a benchmarking quasi-direct numerical simulation (q-DNS) of a well-defined pebble bed configuration has been performed. This q-DNS will serve as a reference database in order to evaluate the prediction capabilities of different turbulence modelling approaches. A wide range of numerical simulations based on different available turbulence modelling approaches are performed and compared with

  10. Design

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Volf, Mette

    This publication is unique in its demystification and operationalization of the complex and elusive nature of the design process. The publication portrays the designer’s daily work and the creative process, which the designer is a part of. Apart from displaying the designer’s work methods...... and design parameters, the publication shows examples from renowned Danish design firms. Through these examples the reader gets an insight into the designer’s reality....

  11. Magnetic configuration control of ITER plasmas

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Albanese, R.; Mattei, M. [Assoc. Euratom-ENEA-CREATE, Univ. Mediterranea RC, Loc. Feo di Vito I-89060, RC (Italy); Portone, A. [EFDA-CSU, Max Planck Institute for Plasmaphysics, Boltzmannstrasse 2, D-85748 Garching (Germany)], E-mail: alfredo.portone@tech.efda.org; Ambrosino, G. [Assoc. Euratom-ENEA-CREATE, University Napoli Federico II, Via Claudio 21, I-80125 Naples (Italy); Artaserse, G. [Assoc. Euratom-ENEA-CREATE, Univ. Mediterranea RC, Loc. Feo di Vito I-89060, RC (Italy); Crisanti, F. [Associazione EURATOM-ENEA sulla Fusione, Frascati, C.P. 65, 00044-Frascati (Italy); De Tommasi, G. [Assoc. Euratom-ENEA-CREATE, University Napoli Federico II, Via Claudio 21, I-80125 Naples (Italy); Fresa, R. [DIFA, University della Basilicata, Contrada Macchia Romana I-85100, PZ (Italy); Sartori, F. [Euratom/UKAEA Fusion Assoc., Culham Science Centre, Abingdon, Oxon OX14 3DB (United Kingdom); Villone, F. [Assoc. Euratom-ENEA-CREATE, University Cassino, Via Di Biasio 43, I-03043 Cassino (Italy)

    2007-10-15

    The aim of this paper is to present some new tools used to review the capability of the ITER Poloidal Field (PF) system in controlling the broad range of plasma configurations presently forecasted during ITER operation. The attention is focused on the axi-symmetric aspects of plasma magnetic configuration control since they pose the greatest challenges in terms of control power and they have the largest impact on machine capital cost. Some preliminary results obtained during ongoing activities in collaboration between ENEA/CREATE and EFDA are presented. The paper is divided in two main parts devoted, respectively, to the presentation of a procedure for the PF current optimisation during the scenario, and of a software environment for the study of the PF system capabilities using the plasma linearized response. The proposed PF current optimisation procedure is then used to assess Scenario 2 design, also taking into account the presence of axisymmetric eddy currents and possible variations of poloidal beta and internal inductance. The numerical linear model based tool derived from the JET oriented eXtreme Shape Controller (XSC) tools is finally used to obtain results on the strike point sweeping in ITER.

  12. Sensitivity Analysis and Optimization of Aerodynamic Configurations with Blend Surfaces

    Science.gov (United States)

    Thomas, A. M.; Tiwari, S. N.

    1997-01-01

    A novel (geometrical) parametrization procedure using solutions to a suitably chosen fourth order partial differential equation is used to define a class of airplane configurations. Inclusive in this definition are surface grids, volume grids, and grid sensitivity. The general airplane configuration has wing, fuselage, vertical tail and horizontal tail. The design variables are incorporated into the boundary conditions, and the solution is expressed as a Fourier series. The fuselage has circular cross section, and the radius is an algebraic function of four design parameters and an independent computational variable. Volume grids are obtained through an application of the Control Point Form method. A graphic interface software is developed which dynamically changes the surface of the airplane configuration with the change in input design variable. The software is made user friendly and is targeted towards the initial conceptual development of any aerodynamic configurations. Grid sensitivity with respect to surface design parameters and aerodynamic sensitivity coefficients based on potential flow is obtained using an Automatic Differentiation precompiler software tool ADIFOR. Aerodynamic shape optimization of the complete aircraft with twenty four design variables is performed. Unstructured and structured volume grids and Euler solutions are obtained with standard software to demonstrate the feasibility of the new surface definition.

  13. Automatic configuration of modular vault walls

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Grković Vladan

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available Products such as modular partition walls of vault rooms (with or without vault doors are made at the request of the client who chooses the safety degree and provides the available dimensions of the wall that should be made. Modular construction of vault walls is the system of construction of industrially made elements which are composed in situ, which allows design of products adjusted to individual requirements of clients. Since the vault wall modules repeat in every new project and since they differ only by their number and dimensions, the use of modern CA (Computer Aided tools and the possibility of application of parameter and variant design shorten design time and eliminate possible errors in the process of design of modular vault walls, which reduces the costs of production and increases the level of product quality. The paper presents the procedure for calculation of parameters of parts, modules and the entire vault wall in Microsoft Excel based on which the 3D model of a modular vault wall is automatically configured and developed in software package Autodesk Inventor. [Projekat Ministarstva nauke Republike Srbije, br. TR37020

  14. Near-term hybrid vehicle program, phase 1. Appendix B: Design trade-off studies. [various hybrid/electric power train configurations and electrical and mechanical drive-line components

    Science.gov (United States)

    1979-01-01

    The relative attractiveness of various hybrid/electric power train configurations and electrical and mechanical drive-line components was studied. The initial screening was concerned primarily with total vehicle weight and economic factors and identified the hybrid power train combinations which warranted detailed evaluation over various driving cycles. This was done using a second-by-second vehicle simulation program which permitted the calculations of fuel economy, electricity usage, and emissions as a function of distance traveled in urban and highway driving. Power train arrangement possibilities were examined in terms of their effect on vehicle handling, safety, serviceability, and passenger comfort. A dc electric drive system utilizing a separately excited motor with field control and battery switching was selected for the near term hybrid vehicle. Hybrid vehicle simulations showed that for the first 30 mi (the electric range of the vehicle) in urban driving, the fuel economy was 80 mpg using a gasoline engine and 100 mpg using a diesel engine. In urban driving the hybrid would save about 75% of the fuel used by the conventional vehicle and in combined urban/highway driving the fuel saving is about 50%.

  15. Configurational diffusion of coal macromolecules

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Guin, J.A.; Curtis, C.W.; Tarrer, A.R.; Kim, S.; Hwang, D.; Chen, C.C.; Chiou, Z.

    1991-01-01

    The objective of our research was to obtain fundamental information regarding the functional dependence of the diffusion coefficient of coal molecules on the ratio of molecule to pore diameter. That is, the objective of our study was to examine the effect of molecule size and configuration on hindered diffusion of coal macromolecules through as porous medium. To best accomplish this task, we circumvented the complexities of an actual porous catalyst by using a well defined porous matrix with uniform capillaric pores, i.e., a track-etched membrane. In this way, useful information was obtained regarding the relationship of molecular size and configuration on the diffusion rate of coal derived macromolecules through a pore structure with known geometry. Similar studies were performed using a pellet formed of porous alumina, to provide a link between the idealized membranes and the actual complex pore structure of real catalyst extrudates. The fundamental information from our study will be useful toward the tailoring of catalysts to minimize diffusional influences and thereby increase coal conversion and selectivity for desirable products. (VC)

  16. Dark energy stars: Stable configurations

    CERN Document Server

    Bhar, Piyali; Rahaman, Farook; Banerjee, Ayan

    2016-01-01

    In present paper a spherically symmetric stellar configuration has been analyzed by assuming the matter distribution of the stellar configuration is anisotropic in nature and compared with the realistic objects, namely, the low mass X-ray binaries (LMXBs) and X-ray pulsars. The analytic solution has been obtained by utilizing the dark energy equation of state for the interior solution corresponding to the Schwarzschild exterior vacuum solution at the junction interface. Several physical properties like energy conditions, stability, mass-radius ratio, and surface redshift are described through mathematical calculations as well as graphical plots. It is found that obtained mass-radius ration of the compact stars candidates like 4U 1820-30, PSR J 1614-2230, Vela X-1 and Cen X-3 are very much consistent with the observed data by Gangopadhyay et al. (Mon. Not. R. Astron. Soc. 431, 3216 (2013)). So our proposed model would be useful in the investigation of the possible clustering of dark energy.

  17. Tooling system configuration in FMSs

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Grieco, A. [Universita degli Studi di Lecce (Italy); Semeraro, Q.; Tolio, T. [Facolta di Ingegneria, Milano (Italy)

    1996-12-31

    The increasing competition has led to product differentiation, life cycle shortening and rapid changes in the demand. One of the possible technological answer to these productive problems is represented by flexible automation and particularly by flexible manufacturing systems, that thanks to their flexibility give the possibility to answer to the variability in the product demand with reduced production costs and with limited flow times. With the advent of computerized manufacturing facilities, in particular FMS, it has become clear that tooling is a major constraint which could potentially prevent these systems from exploiting their full flexibility. Indeed the productivity of a flexible manufacturing system highly depends on the occurrence of conflicts regarding tool usage. This is the reason why tool management has become in the last decade an area of increased research activity. In this paper we present an analytical formulation for the tooling configuration problem in a flexible manufacturing system. The formulation determines the copies number for each tool type in the system minimizing the average lack of time in the machining centers for lack of the necessary tool, under the constraint of an assigned total number of tools. The results of the proposed method have been compared with two models of configuration of the tooling system proposed in literature by means of simulations experiments. The results of the simulations have underlined a meaningful increase of the performance of the system for the proposed model.

  18. Knowledge Based Product Configuration - a documentatio tool for configuration projects

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Hvam, Lars; Malis, Martin

    2003-01-01

    How can complex product models be documented in a formalised way that consider both development and maintenance? The need for an effective documentation tool has emerged in order to document the development of product models. The product models have become more and more complex and comprehensive....... with the development of a Lotus Notes application that serves as a knowledge based documentation tool for configuration projects. A prototype has been developed and tested empirically in an industrial case-company. It has proved to be a succes.......How can complex product models be documented in a formalised way that consider both development and maintenance? The need for an effective documentation tool has emerged in order to document the development of product models. The product models have become more and more complex and comprehensive...

  19. UCTM: A User friendly Configurable Trigger, scaler and delay Module for nuclear and particle physics

    CERN Document Server

    Bourrion, O; Derome, L

    2011-01-01

    A configurable trigger scaler and delay NIM module has been designed to equip nuclear physics experiments and lab teaching classes. It is configurable through a Graphical User Interface (GUI) and provides a large number of possible trigger conditions without any Hardware Description Language (HDL) required knowledge. The design, performances and typical applications are presented.

  20. OPTIMISING PROCESSES OF IT ORGANISATION THROUGH SOFTWARE PRODUCTS’ CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Ion BULIGIU

    2009-01-01

    Full Text Available The present paper is focused on the efficiency of processes within IT firmswhich design software products, by finding optimum management solutionsfor these types of activities. In order to achieve this, we focus on softwareproducts configuration management, with specific objectives in documentingand ensuring visibility to the product’s configuration and of the stage ofachieving its physical and functional characteristics. Through configurationmanagement, technical and administrative rules are established and appliedfor designing, developing, producing and supporting the elements of theproduct’s configuration, in each stage of its lifecycle. The conclusions of thisresearch are focused on evaluating economic effects obtained byimplementing the quality management system, according to the ISO9001:2000 quality standard, while developing software products, at the levelof IT firm.

  1. Development of a prototype self-configuring building block

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lin, Hung-Yu; Tsui, Chi-Leung; Wu, Wen-Jong; Wang, Wei-Chih

    2011-04-01

    The paper presents the concept and construction of a prototype self-configuring building block for potential application in smart dynamic structure. The design contains several modular self-configuring blocks with integrated controllers, gear trains, extending arms and magnetic latches. The structure could be reconfigured via the connection and disconnection of magnetic latch between the modules. Through the coordination of the individual cubes themselves, the entire structure can reassemble via pushing and pulling the individual components into almost any desired shape. Information as to the current location or the next necessary movement could be passed from cube to cube by a physical connection between the cubes or remotely through broadcast signals. To provide the hardware strategy, we present the mechanical design of the self-configure modules and their latch mechanism of Halbach array. In the end, we will discuss our proposed application in dynamic building structure and storage management.

  2. The configuration category of a product

    OpenAIRE

    de Brito, Pedro Boavida; Weiss, Michael S.

    2017-01-01

    A construction related to the Boardman-Vogt tensor product of operads allows us to describe the configuration category of a product manifold $M\\times N$ in terms of the configuration categories of the factors $M$ and $N$.

  3. Nonequilibrium Candidate Monte Carlo Simulations with Configurational Freezing Schemes.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Giovannelli, Edoardo; Gellini, Cristina; Pietraperzia, Giangaetano; Cardini, Gianni; Chelli, Riccardo

    2014-10-14

    Nonequilibrium Candidate Monte Carlo simulation [Nilmeier et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 2011, 108, E1009-E1018] is a tool devised to design Monte Carlo moves with high acceptance probabilities that connect uncorrelated configurations. Such moves are generated through nonequilibrium driven dynamics, producing candidate configurations accepted with a Monte Carlo-like criterion that preserves the equilibrium distribution. The probability of accepting a candidate configuration as the next sample in the Markov chain basically depends on the work performed on the system during the nonequilibrium trajectory and increases with decreasing such a work. It is thus strategically relevant to find ways of producing nonequilibrium moves with low work, namely moves where dissipation is as low as possible. This is the goal of our methodology, in which we combine Nonequilibrium Candidate Monte Carlo with Configurational Freezing schemes developed by Nicolini et al. (J. Chem. Theory Comput. 2011, 7, 582-593). The idea is to limit the configurational sampling to particles of a well-established region of the simulation sample, namely the region where dissipation occurs, while leaving fixed the other particles. This allows to make the system relaxation faster around the region perturbed by the finite-time switching move and hence to reduce the dissipated work, eventually enhancing the probability of accepting the generated move. Our combined approach enhances significantly configurational sampling, as shown by the case of a bistable dimer immersed in a dense fluid.

  4. Reactor assessments of advanced bumpy torus configurations

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Uckan, N.A.; Owen, L.W.; Spong, D.A.; Miller, R.L.; Ard, W.B.; Pipkins, J.F.; Schmitt, R.J.

    1984-02-01

    Recently, several innovative approaches were introduced for enhancing the performance of the basic ELMO Bumpy Torus (EBT) concept and for improving its reactor potential. These include planar racetrack and square geometries, Andreoletti coil systems, and bumpy torus-stellarator hybrids (which include twisted racetrack and helical axis stellarator - snakey torus). Preliminary evaluations of reactor implications of each approach have been carried out based on magnetics (vacuum) calculations, transport and scaling relationships, and stability properties deduced from provisional configurations that implement the approach but are not necessarily optimized. Further optimization is needed in all cases to evaluate the full potential of each approach. Results of these studies indicate favorable reactor projections with a significant reduction in reactor physical size as compared to conventional EBT reactor designs carried out in the past.

  5. The Configurable Aperture Space Telescope (CAST)

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ennico, Kimberly; Bendek, Eduardo A.; Lynch, Dana H.; Vassigh, Kenny K.; Young, Zion

    2016-07-01

    The Configurable Aperture Space Telescope, CAST, is a concept that provides access to a UV/visible-infrared wavelength sub-arcsecond imaging platform from space, something that will be in high demand after the retirement of the astronomy workhorse, the 2.4 meter diameter Hubble Space Telescope. CAST allows building large aperture telescopes based on small, compatible and low-cost segments mounted on autonomous cube-sized satellites. The concept merges existing technology (segmented telescope architecture) with emerging technology (smartly interconnected modular spacecraft, active optics, deployable structures). Requiring identical mirror segments, CAST's optical design is a spherical primary and secondary mirror telescope with modular multi-mirror correctors placed at the system focal plane. The design enables wide fields of view, up to as much as three degrees, while maintaining aperture growth and image performance requirements. We present a point design for the CAST concept based on a 0.6 meter diameter (3 x 3 segments) growing to a 2.6 meter diameter (13 x 13 segments) primary, with a fixed Rp=13,000 and Rs=8,750 mm curvature, f/22.4 and f/5.6, respectively. Its diffraction limited design uses a two arcminute field of view corrector with a 7.4 arcsec/mm platescale, and can support a range of platescales as fine as 0.01 arcsec/mm. Our paper summarizes CAST, presents a strawman optical design and requirements for the underlying modular spacecraft, highlights design flexibilities, and illustrates applications enabled by this new method in building space observatories.

  6. Design of the Modern Agriculture Greenhouse Based on PLC and Configuration Technology%基于PLC和组态技术现代农业温室控制系统设计

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    付焕森; 赵振江

    2013-01-01

    泰州作为江苏省农业大市,在2012年提出5年内实现“现代化农业发展走在全省前列”,打造产品特色,质量和产量上有所突破。对于现代化农业,温室控制技术是关键。传统农业温室控制是根据农民种植经验,人工调节温度、湿度和二氧化碳浓度等影响农作物生长的参数,存在反应时间慢、浪费资源和产量低下等缺点。利用PLC技术、组态技术以及无线通信技术,实现PLC、组态触摸屏和GSM 报警器的通讯,实时显示当前参数,自动执行机构动作,远程发送故障报警信息,从而减轻农民负担,提高农作物生长的质量和产量。系统应用于泰州草莓生产基地,相比以往种植,草莓不仅在口味上有所改善,而且产量提高30%。试验结果证明,系统稳定可靠,界面操作方便,具有很好的推广价值。%Taizhou as an agricultural big city of Jiangsu province , proposed in 2012 in five years to achieve modernization of the agricultural development to go in complete province front row , to create the product features , quality and yield breakthrough .For the modernization of agriculture , greenhouse control technology is the key , traditional agriculture greenhouse control is based on the farmers planting experience , artificial regulation of temperature , humidity and the con-centration of carbon dioxide for crop growth parameters , reaction time is slow , resource waste , low yield .Using PLC technology , configuration technology and wireless communication technology , PLC, configuration of touch screen and GSM alarm communication , real-time display the current parameters , automatic action of the actuator , a remote trans-mission fault alarm information , so as to reduce farmer burden , raise crop growth quality and yield .In the system used in Taizhou strawberry production base , compared to previous plant , not only in the taste of strawberry were improved , and

  7. Interactive Cost Configuration Over Decision Diagrams

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Andersen, Henrik Reif; Hadzic, Tarik; Pisinger, David

    2010-01-01

    then discuss interactive configuration in the presence of multiple cost functions. We prove that even in its simplest form, multiple-cost configuration is NP-hard in the input MDD. However, for solving two-cost configuration we develop a pseudo-polynomial scheme and a fully polynomial approximation scheme...

  8. Interactive Cost Configuration Over Decision Diagrams

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Andersen, Henrik Reif; Hadzic, Tarik; Pisinger, David

    2010-01-01

    then discuss interactive configuration in the presence of multiple cost functions. We prove that even in its simplest form, multiple-cost configuration is NP-hard in the input MDD. However, for solving two-cost configuration we develop a pseudo-polynomial scheme and a fully polynomial approximation scheme...

  9. Offshore Vendors’ Software Development Team Configurations

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Chakraborty, Suranjan; Sarker, Saonee; Rai, Sudhanshu

    2012-01-01

    This research uses configuration theory and data collected from a major IT vendor organization to examine primary configurations of distributed teams in a global off-shoring context. The study indicates that off-shoring vendor organizations typically deploy three different types of configurations...

  10. Transistor bonding pad configuration for uniform injection and low inductance

    Science.gov (United States)

    Jacobson, D. S.

    1970-01-01

    Modification of process for fabricating transistors, which comprises a metallization-pattern design for emitter and base areas together with a double bonding configuration for each emitter and base-bonding lead, improves uniformity of carrier injection in transistors and of reducing lead inductances at base-emitter terminals.

  11. Knowledge Engineering for Embedded Configuration

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Oddsson, Gudmundur Valur

    2008-01-01

    . Simplifications of the internal workings are both due to hardware- and application-induced configuration taking place both within the overall system and in each subsystem. By relating parameters in such a way, the number of user inputs or decision variables should decrease drastically, thus increasing the overall......, and predefined relation types are suggested. The models are stringent and thought out so they can be implemented in software. They should allow both import and export of product knowledge from the knowledge-based system. The purpose of this work is to simplify the installation process of product systems...... that have been treated with extreme postponement, meaning that variance is given with variables while installing. Variables here can be both software- and hardware-like in nature. These variables are defined as decision variables, and it is the reduction of these variables that is the overall goal. The next...

  12. Code Organization and Configuration Management

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    J.P.Wellisch; I.Osborne; 等

    2001-01-01

    Industry experts are increasingly focusing on team productivity on team productivity as the key to success,the base of the team effort is the four-fold structure of software in terms of logical organisation,physical organisation,managerial organisation,and dynamical structure.We describe the ideas put into action within the CMS software for organising software into sub-systems and packages,and to establish configuration management in a multiproject environment.We use a structure that allows to maximise the independence of soft ware development in individual areas,and at the same time emphasises the overwhelming importance of the interdependencies between the packages and components in the system.We comment on release procedures,and describe the inter-relationship between release,development,integration,and testing.

  13. New configuration of a lens for a 35-mm cinema projector.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mittal, M K; Gupta, B N; Sharma, K D

    1990-06-01

    A new lens system configuration having seven uncemented elements made of Indian optical glasses has been developed. It has focal length of 75 mm, relative aperture of f/1.4 and is to be used in a 35-mm cinema projector objective. To compare the performance of this lens system, a commonly used design of seven uncemented elements based on double-Gauss configuration was also developed. The performance of the designs was evaluated by plotting aberration curves, energy distribution curves, and the geometrical MTF curves. The proposed new configuration gives better performance compared with the double-Gauss configuration being used currently.

  14. LDA optical setup using holographic imaging configuration

    Science.gov (United States)

    Ghosh, Abhijit; Nirala, A. K.

    2015-11-01

    This paper describes one of the possible ways for improving fringe quality at LDA measuring volume using a holographic imaging configuration consisting of a single hololens. For its comparative study with a conventional imaging configuration, a complete characterization of fringes formed at the measurement volume by both the configuration is presented. Results indicate the qualitative as well as quantitative improvement of the fringes formed at measurement volume by the holographic imaging configuration. Hence it is concluded that use of holographic imaging configuration for making LDA optical setup is a better choice than the conventional one.

  15. Using Low-Level Architectural Features for Configuration InfoSec in a General-Purpose Self-Configurable System

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Nicholas J. Macias

    2009-12-01

    Full Text Available Unique characteristics of biological systems are described, and similarities are made to certain computing architectures. The security challenges posed by these characteristics are discussed. A method of securely isolating portions of a design using introspective capabilities of a fine-grain self-configurable device is presented. Experimental results are discussed, and plans for future work are given.

  16. Supply chain configuration concepts, solutions, and applications

    CERN Document Server

    Chandra, Charu

    2016-01-01

    This book discusses the models and tools available for solving configuration problems, emphasizes the value of model integration to obtain comprehensive and robust configuration decisions, proposes solutions for supply chain configuration in the presence of stochastic and dynamic factors, and illustrates application of the techniques discussed in applied studies. It is divided into four parts, which are devoted to defining the supply chain configuration problem and identifying key issues, describing solutions to various problems identified, proposing technologies for enabling supply chain confirmations, and discussing applied supply chain configuration problems. Its distinguishing features are: an explicit focus on the configuration problem an in-depth coverage of configuration models an emphasis on model integration and application of information modeling techniques in decision-making New to this edition is Part II: Technologies, which introduces readers to various technologies being utilized for supply chai...

  17. Energy barrier for configurational transformation of graphene nanoribbon on nanotube

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Qifang Yin

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available A graphene nanoribbon (GNR has two basic configurations when winding on the outer surface of a carbon nanotube (CNT: helix and scroll. Here the transformation between the two configurations is studied utilizing molecular dynamics simulations. The energy barrier during the transformation as well as its relationship with the interfacial energy and the radius of CNT are investigated. Our work offers further insights into the formation of desirable helix/scroll of GNR winding on nanotubes or nanowires, and thus can enable novel design of potential graphene-based electronics.

  18. Configuring Product Modularity and Service Modularity for Mass Customization Strategies

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Bask, Anu; Hsuan, Juliana; Rajahonka, Mervi

    Service modularity is an emerging field of research, and there has been a growing interest on how it can contribute to service design and operations management. In this study we develop a framework to assess configurations of the bundling of products and services through modularization strategies......, and how such configurations become the foundations for mass customization strategies. As a result we identify critical characteristics that are relevant for both product and services, and suggest a conceptual framework consisting of twelve dynamic mass customization strategies with paired product...... and service modularity. Case examples are used for illustration of different strategies....

  19. IBS simulation with different RF configurations in RHIC

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Liu, C. [Brookhaven National Lab. (BNL), Upton, NY (United States); Fedotov, A. [Brookhaven National Lab. (BNL), Upton, NY (United States); Minty, M. [Brookhaven National Lab. (BNL), Upton, NY (United States); Ptitsyn, V. [Brookhaven National Lab. (BNL), Upton, NY (United States)

    2016-11-07

    It is a crucial task to understand the beam emittance growth during RHIC cycle and the underlying causes. One would benefit not just for the current operation of RHIC, also for the design of eRHIC. This report focuses on the Intra-Beam Scattering (IBS) contribution to the emittance growth of the proton beam with two different configurations of RF system. The answers to these questions will be given in the end of the report; can IBS explain the emittance growth all alone? What’s the difference of IBS growth rates for different RF configurations?

  20. Rippled disc electrostatic generator/motor configurations utilizing magnetic insulation

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Post, Richard F

    2017-04-04

    Electrostatic generators/motors designs are provided that generally may include a first rippled stator centered about a longitudinal axis; a second rippled stator centered about the axis, a first rippled rotor centered about the axis and located between the first rippled stator and the second rippled stator. A magnetic field having field lines about parallel with the average plane of at least one of the first rippled stator or the second rippled stator is provided with either a Halbach array configuration or a conductor array configuration.

  1. Configuring Product Modularity and Service Modularity for Mass Customization Strategies

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Bask, Anu; Hsuan, Juliana; Rajahonka, Mervi

    , and how such configurations become the foundations for mass customization strategies. As a result we identify critical characteristics that are relevant for both product and services, and suggest a conceptual framework consisting of twelve dynamic mass customization strategies with paired product......Service modularity is an emerging field of research, and there has been a growing interest on how it can contribute to service design and operations management. In this study we develop a framework to assess configurations of the bundling of products and services through modularization strategies...... and service modularity. Case examples are used for illustration of different strategies....

  2. Training to Support Standardization and Improvement of Configuration Management Activities

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Dauber, V.; Scheffer, N.; Schoenfelder, C.

    2015-07-01

    In recent years AREVA has conducted several measures to enhance the effectiveness and efficiency of configuration management-related activities within a nuclear power plant (NPP) new build as well as modernization projects, thereby further strengthening its commitment to achieving the highest level of safety in nuclear facilities. This paper describes a new training course that shall support the standardization and improvement of configuration management activities. Recommendations will be given that should be considered when designing and developing comparable training programs to support change processes within engineering units. (Author)

  3. Absolute configuration of isovouacapenol C

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Hoong-Kun Fun

    2010-08-01

    Full Text Available The title compound, C27H34O5 {systematic name: (4aR,5R,6R,6aS,7R,11aS,11bR-4a,6-dihydroxy-4,4,7,11b-tetramethyl-1,2,3,4,4a,5,6,6a,7,11,11a,11b-dodecahydrophenanthro[3,2-b]furan-5-yl benzoate}, is a cassane furanoditerpene, which was isolated from the roots of Caesalpinia pulcherrima. The three cyclohexane rings are trans fused: two of these are in chair conformations with the third in a twisted half-chair conformation, whereas the furan ring is almost planar (r.m.s. deviation = 0.003 Å. An intramolecular C—H...O interaction generates an S(6 ring. The absolute configurations of the stereogenic centres at positions 4a, 5, 6, 6a, 7, 11a and 11b are R, R, R, S, R, S and R, respectively. In the crystal, molecules are linked into infinite chains along [010] by O—H...O hydrogen bonds. C...O [3.306 (2–3.347 (2 Å] short contacts and C—H...π interactions also occur.

  4. Development and maintenance of product configuration systems: Requirements for a documentation tool

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Hvam, Lars; Christensen, Simon Pape; Jensen, Klaes Ladeby

    2005-01-01

    and structured by using object-oriented system development techniques based on an analysis of the existing product configuration processes of the companies. The analysis was based on the procedure for building configuration systems as developed at CPM, and revealed several common requirements within......Product configuration systems are increasingly applied to automate the configuration of complex products. A configuration system is an expert system designed to combine specified modules according to constraints. The constraints are stored as product data and rules in a product model, and one...... the different companies. Significance: There is an actual need for a documentation tool for product configuration systems. The objective of the study is to identify and capture requirements of such a documentation tool, and serve as a basis for future design and implementation....

  5. Product configuration of infra structure systems for data centres

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Hvam, Lars; Christensen, Tim Teglgaard; Jensen, Søren Brogaard

    2007-01-01

    This article describes how American Power Conversion (APC), a company in the electronics industry, has used product configuration systems as a central part of the company’s mass customisation strategy. APC sells, designs, produce, delivers, and installs large complex infrastructure systems for data...... centres, and components and systems for these systems. At the heart of its mass customisation strategy are a module-based product range and the use of product configuration systems for sales and order processing. In addition, the company has implemented a manufacturing concept, which involves the mass...... to 16 days. Also, production costs were significantly reduced. The use of product configuration systems also supports a widely distributed process of selling APC’s products via more than 10,000 sales associates and dealers worldwide. At the same time, the company’s capability for introducing new...

  6. Improving Jet Reactor Configuration for Production of Carbon Nanotubes

    Science.gov (United States)

    Povitsky, Alex

    2000-01-01

    The jet mixing reactor has been proposed for the industrial production of fullerene carbon nanotubes. Here we study the flowfield of this reactor using the SIMPLER algorithm. Hot peripheral jets are used to enhance heating of the central jet by mixing with the ambiance of reactor. Numerous configurations of peripheral jets with various number of jets, distance between nozzles, angles between the central jet and a peripheral jets, and twisted configuration of nozzles are considered. Unlike the previous studies of jet mixing, the optimal configuration of peripheral jets produces strong non-uniformity of the central jet in a cross-section. The geometrical shape of reactor is designed to obtain a uniform temperature of a catalyst.

  7. Deep Trek Re-configurable Processor for Data Acquisition (RPDA)

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Bruce Ohme; Michael Johnson

    2009-06-30

    This report summarizes technical progress achieved during the cooperative research agreement between Honeywell and U.S. Department of Energy to develop a high-temperature Re-configurable Processor for Data Acquisition (RPDA). The RPDA development has incorporated multiple high-temperature (225C) electronic components within a compact co-fired ceramic Multi-Chip-Module (MCM) package. This assembly is suitable for use in down-hole oil and gas applications. The RPDA module is programmable to support a wide range of functionality. Specifically this project has demonstrated functional integrity of the RPDA package and internal components, as well as functional integrity of the RPDA configured to operate as a Multi-Channel Data Acquisition Controller. This report reviews the design considerations, electrical hardware design, MCM package design, considerations for manufacturing assembly, test and screening, and results from prototype assembly and characterization testing.

  8. Aerodynamic Optimization of an Over-the-Wing-Nacelle-Mount Configuration

    OpenAIRE

    Daisuke Sasaki; Kazuhiro Nakahashi

    2011-01-01

    An over-the-wing-nacelle-mount airplane configuration is known to prevent the noise propagation from jet engines toward ground. However, the configuration is assumed to have low aerodynamic efficiency due to the aerodynamic interference effect between a wing and a nacelle. In this paper, aerodynamic design optimization is conducted to improve aerodynamic efficiency to be equivalent to conventional under-the-wing-nacelle-mount configuration. The nacelle and wing geometry are modified to achiev...

  9. Design

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Jensen, Ole B.; Pettiway, Keon

    2017-01-01

    by designers, planners, etc. (staging from above) and mobile subjects (staging from below). A research agenda for studying situated practices of mobility and mobilities design is outlined in three directions: foci of studies, methods and approaches, and epistemologies and frames of thinking. Jensen begins...... with a brief description of how movement is studied within social sciences after the “mobilities turn” versus the idea of physical movement in transport geography and engineering. He then explains how “mobilities design” was derived from connections between traffic and architecture. Jensen concludes......In this chapter, Ole B. Jensen takes a situational approach to mobilities to examine how ordinary life activities are structured by technology and design. Using “staging mobilities” as a theoretical approach, Jensen considers mobilities as overlapping, actions, interactions and decisions...

  10. Measure Guideline: Optimizing the Configuration of Flexible Duct Junction Boxes

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Beach, R.; Burdick, A.

    2014-03-01

    This measure guideline offers additional recommendations to heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC) system designers for optimizing flexible duct, constant-volume HVAC systems using junction boxes within Air Conditioning Contractors of America (ACCA) Manual D guidance (Rutkowski, H. Manual D -- Residential Duct Systems, 3rd edition, Version 1.00. Arlington, VA: Air Conditioning Contractors of America, 2009.). IBACOS used computational fluid dynamics software to explore and develop guidance to better control the airflow effects of factors that may impact pressure losses within junction boxes among various design configurations (Beach, R., Prahl, D., and Lange, R. CFD Analysis of Flexible Duct Junction Box Design. Golden, CO: National Renewable Energy Laboratory, submitted for publication 2013). These recommendations can help to ensure that a system aligns more closely with the design and the occupants' comfort expectations. Specifically, the recommendations described herein show how to configure a rectangular box with four outlets, a triangular box with three outlets, metal wyes with two outlets, and multiple configurations for more than four outlets. Designers of HVAC systems, contractors who are fabricating junction boxes on site, and anyone using the ACCA Manual D process for sizing duct runs will find this measure guideline invaluable for more accurately minimizing pressure losses when using junction boxes with flexible ducts.

  11. Study on relative orbital configuration in satellite formation flying

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Junfeng Li; Xin Meng; Yunfeng Gao; Xiang Li

    2005-01-01

    In this paper, the relative orbital configurations of satellites in formation flying with non-perturbation and J2 perturbation are studied, and an orbital elements method is proposed to obtain the relative orbital configurations of satellites in formation. Firstly, under the condition of nonperturbation, we obtain many shapes of relative orbital configurations when the semi-major axes of satellites are equal.These shapes can be lines, ellipses or distorted closed curves.Secondly, on the basis of the analysis of J2 effect on relative orbital configurations, we find out that J2 effect can induce two kinds of changes of relative orbital configurations. They are distortion and drifting, respectively. In addition, when J2perturbation is concerned, we also find that the semi-major axes of the leading and following satellites should not be the same exactly in order to decrease the J2 effect. The relationship of relative orbital elements and J2 effect is obtained through simulations. Finally, the minimum relation perturbation conditions are established in order to reduce the influence of the J2 effect. The results show that the minimum relation perturbation conditions can reduce the J2 effect significantly when the orbital element differences are small enough, and they can become rules for the design of satellite formation flying.

  12. Impacts of aquatic macrophytes configuration modes on water quality.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Liu, Jiakai; Liu, Jinglan; Zhang, Rong; Zou, Yuqi; Wang, Huihui; Zhang, Zhenming

    2014-01-01

    Constructed wetland technology is regarded as an important ecological restoration technology and used widely in sewage disposal. In order to give them a wider scope of application and to improve their performance in water restoration, the current experiment was designed. Four aquatic macrophytes (dwarf cattail (TM), yellow-flowered iris (WI), water shallot (ST) and watermifoil (MS)) were picked and planted in artificial floating islands (AFIs) in different configurations (TM + WI, ST + MS and TM + WI + MS) and two patterns, radiation pattern (RP) and annular pattern (AP), for a 60-day experiment. Then, water quality and growth were monitored every 10 days. The results indicate that the different configurations performed diversely on waste water purification. First, a composite plant configuration removed more pollutant than a single one with the same total increment of biomass. Second, the plant configuration of MS + ST was most effective in total nitrogen (TN), total phosphorus (TP) or PO4(3-) removal, and TM + IW + MS was good at chemical oxygen demand (COD) and NO3(-) removal. However, different patterns comprised from the same species had a certain effect on absorption of pollutants. Generally speaking, plant configurations with a RP were better than an AP in purification. Accordingly, these provided the methods for the pollution wetland restoration.

  13. Design

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Volf, Mette

    Design - proces & metode iBog®  er enestående i sit fokus på afmystificering og operationalisering af designprocessens flygtige og komplekse karakter. Udgivelsen går bag om designerens daglige arbejde og giver et indblik i den kreative skabelsesproces, som designeren er en del af. Udover et bredt...... indblik i designerens arbejdsmetoder og designparametre giver Design - proces & metode en række eksempler fra anerkendte designvirksomheder, der gør det muligt at komme helt tæt på designerens virkelighed....

  14. In vivo geometry of the kissing stent and covered endovascular reconstruction of the aortic bifurcation configurations in aortoiliac occlusive disease

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Groot Jebbink, Erik; Ter Mors, Thijs G; Slump, Cornelis H; Geelkerken, Robert H; Holewijn, Suzanne; Reijnen, Michel MPJ

    2017-01-01

    Objectives Various configurations of kissing stent (KS) configurations exist and patency rates vary. In response the covered endovascular reconstruction of the aortic bifurcation configuration was designed to minimize mismatch and improve outcome. The aim of the current study is to compare

  15. In-memory interconnect protocol configuration registers

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Cheng, Kevin Y.; Roberts, David A.

    2017-09-19

    Systems, apparatuses, and methods for moving the interconnect protocol configuration registers into the main memory space of a node. The region of memory used for storing the interconnect protocol configuration registers may also be made cacheable to reduce the latency of accesses to the interconnect protocol configuration registers. Interconnect protocol configuration registers which are used during a startup routine may be prefetched into the host's cache to make the startup routine more efficient. The interconnect protocol configuration registers for various interconnect protocols may include one or more of device capability tables, memory-side statistics (e.g., to support two-level memory data mapping decisions), advanced memory and interconnect features such as repair resources and routing tables, prefetching hints, error correcting code (ECC) bits, lists of device capabilities, set and store base address, capability, device ID, status, configuration, capabilities, and other settings.

  16. In-memory interconnect protocol configuration registers

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cheng, Kevin Y.; Roberts, David A.

    2017-09-19

    Systems, apparatuses, and methods for moving the interconnect protocol configuration registers into the main memory space of a node. The region of memory used for storing the interconnect protocol configuration registers may also be made cacheable to reduce the latency of accesses to the interconnect protocol configuration registers. Interconnect protocol configuration registers which are used during a startup routine may be prefetched into the host's cache to make the startup routine more efficient. The interconnect protocol configuration registers for various interconnect protocols may include one or more of device capability tables, memory-side statistics (e.g., to support two-level memory data mapping decisions), advanced memory and interconnect features such as repair resources and routing tables, prefetching hints, error correcting code (ECC) bits, lists of device capabilities, set and store base address, capability, device ID, status, configuration, capabilities, and other settings.

  17. Offshore Vendors' Software Development Team Configuration

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Chakraborty, Suranjan; Sarker, Saonee; Rai, Sudhanshu

    2011-01-01

    , which the authors term as thin-at-client, thick-at-client, and hybrid. These configurations differ in terms of the size of the sub-teams in the different distributed locations and the nature of the ISD-related tasks performed by the distributed team members. In addition, the different configurations......This research uses configuration theory and data collected from a major IT vendor organization to examine primary configurations of distributed teams in a global off-shoring context. The study indicates that off-shoring vendor organizations typically deploy three different types of configurations...... the appropriateness of the distributed ISD team configuration, including the volatility of the client organization’s environment and the extent to which the ISD tasks can be effortlessly moved to the vendor’s home location....

  18. Offshore Vendors’ Software Development Team Configurations

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Chakraborty, Suranjan; Sarker, Saonee; Rai, Sudhanshu

    2012-01-01

    , which the authors term as thin-at-client, thick-at-client, and hybrid. These configurations differ in terms of the size of the sub-teams in the different distributed locations and the nature of the ISD-related tasks performed by the distributed team members. In addition, the different configurations......This research uses configuration theory and data collected from a major IT vendor organization to examine primary configurations of distributed teams in a global off-shoring context. The study indicates that off-shoring vendor organizations typically deploy three different types of configurations...... the appropriateness of the distributed ISD team configuration, including the volatility of the client organization’s environment and the extent to which the ISD tasks can be effortlessly moved to the vendor’s home location....

  19. Design

    Science.gov (United States)

    Buchanan, Richard; Cross, Nigel; Durling, David; Nelson, Harold; Owen, Charles; Valtonen, Anna; Boling, Elizabeth; Gibbons, Andrew; Visscher-Voerman, Irene

    2013-01-01

    Scholars representing the field of design were asked to identify what they considered to be the most exciting and imaginative work currently being done in their field, as well as how that work might change our understanding. The scholars included Richard Buchanan, Nigel Cross, David Durling, Harold Nelson, Charles Owen, and Anna Valtonen. Scholars…

  20. Design

    Science.gov (United States)

    Buchanan, Richard; Cross, Nigel; Durling, David; Nelson, Harold; Owen, Charles; Valtonen, Anna; Boling, Elizabeth; Gibbons, Andrew; Visscher-Voerman, Irene

    2013-01-01

    Scholars representing the field of design were asked to identify what they considered to be the most exciting and imaginative work currently being done in their field, as well as how that work might change our understanding. The scholars included Richard Buchanan, Nigel Cross, David Durling, Harold Nelson, Charles Owen, and Anna Valtonen. Scholars…

  1. METAMORPHIC MECHANISMS AND THEIR CONFIGURATION MODELS

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2000-01-01

    The concept of metamorphic mechanisms is presented, configuration models and configuration transformations relating to a set of new matrix operations are discussed and proposed. The configuration of a m etamorphic mechanism reflects the connectivity change in the mechanism during motions which r esults in mobility change and presents the characteristics of the mechanism which is discussed in various applications particularly in decorative artifacts. The characteristics is further investigated with mobility analysis.

  2. A configurable CDS for the production laboratory

    CERN Document Server

    Meek, Irish

    2003-01-01

    Various aspects of a configurable chromatography data system (CDS) for the production laboratory are discussed. The Atlas CDS can be configured extensively to fit the production laboratory work flow and meet the needs of analysts. The CDS can also be configured to automatically create a sample sequence with the required number of injections and download methods to the dedicated instrument. The Atlas Quick Start wizard offers uses quick way of generating a sequence from a predefined template and starting a run. (Edited abstract).

  3. Peltier Current Leads with conical configuration

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hakimi, I.; Nikulshin, Y.; Wolfus, S.; Yeshurun, Y.

    2016-04-01

    Current leads in cryogenic systems are a major heat source which eventually affects the entire system. It has been shown in recent years that Peltier elements are useful in reducing incoming heat into the cold system. In this article we present a new tapered cone-like configuration of the Peltier Current Leads which increases the power saving. This configuration is compared to the standard cylindrical configuration utilizing advanced ANSYS simulations. The simulations show an additional power saving of 4% when using the tapered lead configuration.

  4. International Space Station Configuration Analysis and Integration

    Science.gov (United States)

    Anchondo, Rebekah

    2016-01-01

    Ambitious engineering projects, such as NASA's International Space Station (ISS), require dependable modeling, analysis, visualization, and robotics to ensure that complex mission strategies are carried out cost effectively, sustainably, and safely. Learn how Booz Allen Hamilton's Modeling, Analysis, Visualization, and Robotics Integration Center (MAVRIC) team performs engineering analysis of the ISS Configuration based primarily on the use of 3D CAD models. To support mission planning and execution, the team tracks the configuration of ISS and maintains configuration requirements to ensure operational goals are met. The MAVRIC team performs multi-disciplinary integration and trade studies to ensure future configurations meet stakeholder needs.

  5. (Re)configuration based on model generation

    CERN Document Server

    Friedrich, Gerhard; Falkner, Andreas A; Haselböck, Alois; Schenner, Gottfried; Schreiner, Herwig; 10.4204/EPTCS.65.3

    2011-01-01

    Reconfiguration is an important activity for companies selling configurable products or services which have a long life time. However, identification of a set of required changes in a legacy configuration is a hard problem, since even small changes in the requirements might imply significant modifications. In this paper we show a solution based on answer set programming, which is a logic-based knowledge representation formalism well suited for a compact description of (re)configuration problems. Its applicability is demonstrated on simple abstractions of several real-world scenarios. The evaluation of our solution on a set of benchmark instances derived from commercial (re)configuration problems shows its practical applicability.

  6. Dynamic Airspace Configuration Tool (DACT) Project

    Data.gov (United States)

    National Aeronautics and Space Administration — Metron Aviation will develop optimization algorithms and an automated tool for performing dynamic airspace configuration under different operational scenarios. The...

  7. Determination of configuration matrix element and outer synchronization among networks with different topologies

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lü, Ling; Liu, Shuo; Li, Gang; Zhao, Guannan; Gu, Jiajia; Tian, Jing; Wang, Zhouyang

    2016-11-01

    In this paper, we research the outer synchronization among discrete networks with different topologies. Based on Lyapunov theorem, a novel synchronization technique is designed. Further, the control inputs of the networks and the adaptive laws of configuration matrix element are obtained. In the end, a numerical example is given to illustrate the effectiveness of the synchronization technique. It is found that the designed control input of the networks ensures the convergence of the errors among the networks to zero. And the designed adaptive law of configuration matrix element can replace effectively configuration matrix element in networks.

  8. Configuration of inter-organizational information exchange and the differences between buyers and sellers

    NARCIS (Netherlands)

    Peng, G.; Trienekens, J.H.; Omta, S.W.F.; Wang, W.

    2014-01-01

    Purpose – The aim of this paper is to extend the understanding of the configuration of inter-organizational information exchange (IOIE) and the role of each aspect of IOIE in realizing potential communication benefits. Design/methodology/approach – A conceptual framework on the configuration of IOIE

  9. A configurable FPGA FEC unit for Tb/s optical communication

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Andersen, Jakob Dahl; Larsen, Knud J.; Bering Bøgh, Christian

    2017-01-01

    Decoding of FEC (forward error correction) for optical communication beyond 1 Tb/s is investigated. A configurable single FPGA solution is presented having configurations supporting bit-rates in the range from 40 Gb/s to 1.6 Tb/s. The design allows for trade-offs of bit-rate, footprint, and latency...

  10. Measure Guideline: Optimizing the Configuration of Flexible Duct Junction Boxes

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Beach, R. [IBACOS, Inc., Pittsburgh, PA (United States); Burdick, A. [IBACOS, Inc., Pittsburgh, PA (United States)

    2014-03-01

    This measure guideline offers additional recommendations to heating, ventilation, and air conditioning (HVAC) system designers for optimizing flexible duct, constant-volume HVAC systems using junction boxes within Air Conditioning Contractors of America (ACCA) Manual D guidance. IBACOS used computational fluid dynamics software to explore and develop guidance to better control the airflow effects of factors that may impact pressure losses within junction boxes among various design configurations. These recommendations can help to ensure that a system aligns more closely with the design and the occupants' comfort expectations. Specifically, the recommendations described herein show how to configure a rectangular box with four outlets, a triangular box with three outlets, metal wyes with two outlets, and multiple configurations for more than four outlets. Designers of HVAC systems, contractors who are fabricating junction boxes on site, and anyone using the ACCA Manual D process for sizing duct runs will find this measure guideline invaluable for more accurately minimizing pressure losses when using junction boxes with flexible ducts.

  11. Electrostatic generator/motor configurations

    Science.gov (United States)

    Post, Richard F

    2014-02-04

    Electrostatic generators/motors designs are provided that generally may include a first cylindrical stator centered about a longitudinal axis; a second cylindrical stator centered about the axis, a first cylindrical rotor centered about the axis and located between the first cylindrical stator and the second cylindrical stator. The first cylindrical stator, the second cylindrical stator and the first cylindrical rotor may be concentrically aligned. A magnetic field having field lines about parallel with the longitudinal axis is provided.

  12. Constrained simultaneous multi-state reconfigurable wing structure configuration optimization

    Science.gov (United States)

    Snyder, Matthew

    A reconfigurable aircraft is capable of in-flight shape change to increase mission performance or provide multi-mission capability. Reconfigurability has always been a consideration in aircraft design, from the Wright Flyer, to the F-14, and most recently the Lockheed-Martin folding wing concept. The Wright Flyer used wing-warping for roll control, the F-14 had a variable-sweep wing to improve supersonic flight capabilities, and the Lockheed-Martin folding wing demonstrated radical in-flight shape change. This dissertation will examine two questions that aircraft reconfigurability raises, especially as reconfiguration increases in complexity. First, is there an efficient method to develop a light weight structure which supports all the loads generated by each configuration? Second, can this method include the capability to propose a sub-structure topology that weighs less than other considered designs? The first question requires a method that will design and optimize multiple configurations of a reconfigurable aerostructure. Three options exist, this dissertation will show one is better than the others. Simultaneous optimization considers all configurations and their respective load cases and constraints at the same time. Another method is sequential optimization which considers each configuration of the vehicle one after the other - with the optimum design variable values from the first configuration becoming the lower bounds for subsequent configurations. This process repeats for each considered configuration and the lower bounds update as necessary. The third approach is aggregate combination — this method keeps the thickness or area of each member for the most critical configuration, the configuration that requires the largest cross-section. This research will show that simultaneous optimization produces a lower weight and different topology for the considered structures when compared to the sequential and aggregate techniques. To answer the second question

  13. A program of generation and selection of configurations for the configuration interaction method in atomic calculations SELECTCONF

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bogdanovich, P.; Karpuškienė, R.; Momkauskaitė, A.

    2005-11-01

    This program written in FORTRAN is aimed at generation and selection of the admixed configurations which are used in the theoretical calculations of atomic states by the configuration interaction (CI) method. The admixed configurations are generated and selected using the file of radial orbitals written down in the form adopted in the code [C. Froese Fischer, Comput. Phys. Comm. 43 (1987) 355] and other analogous codes. Selection of configurations is performed on the ground of evaluations in the second order of the perturbation theory [P. Bogdanovich, R. Karpu\\vskienė, Comput. Phys. Comm. 134 (2001) 321; R. Karpu\\vskienė, R. Karazija, P. Bogdanovich, Phys. Scripta 64 (2001) 333]. Output of selected configurations is arranged in a format suitable for the codes generating the configuration states [C. Froese Fischer, B. Liu, Comput. Phys. Comm. 64 (1991) 406; P. Bogdanovich, A. Momkauskaitė, Comput. Phys. Comm. 157 (2004) 217]. Program summaryTitle of program:SELECTCONF Catalogue identifier:ADWD Program summary URL:http://cpc.cs.qub.ac.uk/summaries/ADWD Program obtainable from: CPC Program Library, Queen's University of Belfast, N. Ireland Licensing provisions:None Computers:Any computer with a FORTRAN 77 compiler Operating systems under which the program has been tested:Linux Programming language used:FORTRAN 77 Memory required to execute with typical data:4 MB No. of lines in distributed program, including test data, etc.:7459 No. of bytes in distributed program, including test data, etc.:108 420 Distribution format:gzip file Nature of the physical problem:Due to the restricted possibilities of the computers and codes, which are employed, the practice of CI requires one to select and superpose those configurations the usage of which happens to be the most effective. This program is designed for the selection of such admixed configurations. Method of solution:All admixed configurations possible in the specified basis set of radial orbitals (RO) are constructed

  14. Configuration Synthesis and Performance Evaluation Metrics of Lunar Rover Locomotion Systems

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    DENG Zongquan; ZHANG Peng; GAO Haibo; HU Ming

    2009-01-01

    A method of topology synthesis based on graph theory and mechanism combination theory was applied to the configuration design of locomotion systems of lunar exploration rovers (LER).Through topology combination of wheel structural unit,suspension unit,and connecting device unit between suspension and load platform,some new locomotion system configurations were proposed and the metrics and indexes to evaluate the performance of the new locomotion system were analyzed.Performance evaluation and comparison between two LER with locomotion systems of different configurations were analyzed.The analysis results indicate that the new locomotion system configuration has good trafficability performance.

  15. Multi level configuration of ETO products

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Petersen, Thomas Ditlev; Jørgensen, Kaj Asbjørn; Hvolby, Hans-Henrik

    2007-01-01

    The paper introduces and defines central concepts related to multi level configuration and analyzes which challenges an engineer to order company must deal with to be able to realize a multi level configuration system. It is argued that high flexibility can be achieved and focus can be directed i...

  16. Microsoft System Center Configuration Manager advanced deployment

    CERN Document Server

    Coupland, Martyn

    2014-01-01

    If you are an experienced Configuration Manager administrator looking to advance your career or get more from your current environment, then this book is ideal for you. Prior experience of deploying and managing a Configuration Manager site would be helpful in following the examples throughout this book.

  17. Existence Regions of Shock Wave Triple Configurations

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bulat, Pavel V.; Chernyshev, Mikhail V.

    2016-01-01

    The aim of the research is to create the classification for shock wave triple configurations and their existence regions of various types: type 1, type 2, type 3. Analytical solutions for limit Mach numbers and passing shock intensity that define existence region of every type of triple configuration have been acquired. The ratios that conjugate…

  18. Subsets of configurations and canonical partition functions

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Bloch, J.; Bruckmann, F.; Kieburg, M.;

    2013-01-01

    We explain the physical nature of the subset solution to the sign problem in chiral random matrix theory: the subset sum over configurations is shown to project out the canonical determinant with zero quark charge from a given configuration. As the grand canonical chiral random matrix partition...

  19. Private Cloud Configuration with MetaConfig

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Nielsen, Thomas; Iversen, Christian; Bonnet, Philippe

    2011-01-01

    configurations congruent with a given specification, even in the face of unexpected changes? System administrators should be able to rely on appropriate tools to tackle these questions. However, today, even if tools exist to automate system configuration, there is no solution that seamlessly integrate...

  20. 14 CFR 35.2 - Propeller configuration.

    Science.gov (United States)

    2010-01-01

    ... 14 Aeronautics and Space 1 2010-01-01 2010-01-01 false Propeller configuration. 35.2 Section 35.2 Aeronautics and Space FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION AIRCRAFT AIRWORTHINESS STANDARDS: PROPELLERS General § 35.2 Propeller configuration. The applicant must provide a list of all...

  1. Observed benefits from product configuration systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Hvam, Lars; Haug, Anders; Mortensen, Niels Henrik

    2013-01-01

    This article presents a study of the benefits obtained from applying product configuration systems based on a case study in four industry companies. The impacts are described according to main objectives in literature for imple-menting product configuration systems: lead time in the specification...

  2. WECS Incompressible Complex Configuration Aerodynamics (WICCA)

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Preuss, R.; Morino, L.

    1976-05-01

    A finite-element method for determining the aerodynamic loading on rotors is presented. The report describes the development of the formulation for the steady state and numerical results for horizontal axis windmills. It is based on a general theory for uncompressible potential aerodynamics for complex configurations in a rotating frame of reference. If a rotor is rotating at constant angular velocity and is directed along a uniform wind distribution, the problem may be solved in the steady state for a frame of reference rotating with the rotor. A computer program (WICCA) has been designed to incorporate the method, and results compare favorably with an existing lifting surface formation. The program has been modified to include the hub for analysis. Further modifications are planned to study the effect of the coning angle, chord length distribution, blade pitch angle distribution, and airfoil section. The method may also be applied to unsteady flow problems such as non-uniform wind distributions (windmills in shear winds). The appendices contain graphs, the verification of expressions for the indefinite doublet and source integrals, proof of far wake, and hub geometry.

  3. Graphical Editor of the DDS Topology Configuration

    CERN Document Server

    Rusinov, Aleksandar

    2015-01-01

    An editor for the DDS topology configuration is created to allow the viewing of an existing topology, the editing of a topology, the creation of a new topology and the saving of a topology as a topology language XML file to be run directly on DDS or to be reloaded again for further editing. The development of the editor was started at GSI Darmstadt at the end of last year. The editor is designed as a web application that works on the client side. Recent and powerful JavaScript libraries were used – ReactJS and JointJS. It has two menus for editing – one for the declarative part and another for the executable part. A graph visualisation of the topology has also been developed and implemented fully to the editor. The output files have been tested and fully verified on the DDS. Future work will involve representation of the pipeline process and investigation on behavior when larger and more sophisticated topologies are used.

  4. Bionic design of configuration of rigid wheel moving on sand and numerical analysis on its traction performance%沙地刚性轮构型仿生设计及牵引性能数值分析

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    张锐; 罗刚; 薛书亮; 杨明明; 刘芳; 张四华; 潘润铎; 李建桥

    2015-01-01

    为了提高车轮牵引性能,改善车辆在松散沙土介质环境的通过能力,该文以善于沙地奔跑的鸵鸟足部关键部位—足趾甲为仿生原型,通过仿生优化轮刺结构,设计出具有高牵引性能的仿生轮刺式沙地刚性轮,并以一种模拟月壤作为试验松散沙土介质材料,采用离散元软件PFC2D®的内置语言FISH和相关命令,建立了适用于非规则结构刚性轮的轮壤相互作用动态模拟系统,并获得试验验证。通过仿生轮刺式刚性轮与模拟月壤相互作用离散元模拟,并与矩形轮刺式刚性轮模拟结果对照,从轮下模拟月壤颗粒细观运动、接触力场、速度场以及车轮挂钩牵引力角度,验证了仿生轮刺式刚性轮具有优越的牵引性能,在车轮滑转率50%的稳定运行状态下,仿生轮刺式刚性轮的牵引性能可提高5.2%左右。该研究为提高刚性轮在松散沙土介质环境中的牵引性能提供了全新设计和研究手段。%It is very important to enhance the wheel traction performance for improving the traveling ability of the vehicle in the loose sand circumstance. The toenail, which is the key part of ostrich foot possessing the excellent running ability on sand, was regarded as the bionic prototype. Through bionic optimization of the wheel lug structure, the rigid wheel with bionic wheel lugs moving on sand with higher traction performance was designed. A kind of lunar soil simulants was selected as the experimental loose sand material. Using the built-in language FISH and the relevant command of Discrete Element Method (DEM) software PFC2D®, the dynamic simulation system, which was suitable for simulating the interactions between the rigid wheel with irregular structure and the loose sand material, was established. The simulation system was validated by the combination between laboratory test and DEM simulation. The interactions between the rigid wheel with bionic wheel lugs

  5. Subsonic/Transonic Configuration Aerodynamics.

    Science.gov (United States)

    1980-09-01

    d’Etudes, les calcLla de resistance des materiaux ou lea coats de fabrication imposaient des exigences faciles a satisfaire sur one forme ext~rieure d’un... suspension antre partia pasle at partie non peale ast assorfa par on roolemant annolaira. La contr8le de Ia cooche limita sor Ie dard en amont de la nac...flow o external remotely controlled nacelle suspension facility. 29-3 Design criteria were defined by certain restrictions: o stationary force and

  6. Graph theory for FPGA minimum configurations

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Ruan Aiwu; Li Wenchang; Xiang Chuanyin; Song Jiangmin; Kang Shi; Liao Yongbo

    2011-01-01

    A traditional bottom-up modeling method for minimum configuration numbers is adopted for the study of FPGA minimum configurations.This method is limited ifa large number of LUTs and multiplexers are presented.Since graph theory has been extensively applied to circuit analysis and test,this paper focuses on the modeling FPGA configurations.In our study,an internal logic block and interconnections of an FPGA are considered as a vertex and an edge connecting two vertices in the graph,respectively.A top-down modeling method is proposed in the paper to achieve minimum configuration numbers for CLB and IOB.Based on the proposed modeling approach and exhaustive analysis,the minimum configuration numbers for CLB and IOB are five and three,respectively.

  7. Flight test results for several light, canard-configured airplanes

    Science.gov (United States)

    Brown, Philip W.

    1987-01-01

    Brief flight evaluations of two different, light, composite constructed, canard and winglet configured airplanes were performed to assess their handling qualities; one airplane was a single engine, pusher design and the other a twin engine, push-pull configuration. An emphasis was placed on the slow speed/high angle of attack region for both airplanes and on the engine-out regime for the twin. Mission suitability assessment included cockpit and control layout, ground and airborne handling qualities, and turbulence response. Very limited performance data was taken. Stall/spin tests and the effects of laminar flow loss on performance and handling qualities were assessed on an extended range, single engine pusher design.

  8. Semantic Framework for Social Robot Self-Configuration

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Eduardo Castillejo

    2013-05-01

    Full Text Available Healthcare environments, as many other real world environments, present many changing and unpredictable situations. In order to use a social robot in such an environment, the robot has to be prepared to deal with all the changing situations. This paper presents a robot self-configuration approach to overcome suitably the commented problems. The approach is based on the integration of a semantic framework, where a reasoner can take decisions about the configuration of robot services and resources. An ontology has been designed to model the robot and the relevant context information. Besides rules are used to encode human knowledge and serve as policies for the reasoner. The approach has been successfully implemented in a mobile robot, which showed to be more capable of solving situations not pre-designed.

  9. Fuel efficiency, availability and compressor station configuration

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Lubomirsky, Matt; Kurz, Rainer [Solar Turbines Inc., San Diego, CA (United States); Klimov, Pavel [Intergas Central Asia, Astana (Kazakhstan)

    2009-12-19

    Compressor stations play a very important role in the success of a gas pipeline design and a careful selection of centrifugal compressors and drivers are key aspects for the success of the project. The state of the art design available today for this equipment provides overall high thermodynamic performance and consequently minimizes installed power requirements and energy usage with significant savings on operating expenses during the economic life of the project For any application of machinery in a pipeline compression station, one of the key questions to answer is the number of units to install to meet the flow requirements of the pipeline. Depending on the load profile of the pipeline, the answers may look different. Other factors to consider include the fact that gas turbines can produce a significant amount of additional power at lower ambient temperatures. So, even for constant load of the pipeline, the relative load of the driver changes. In this paper, a typical transcontinental pipeline with multiple compressor stations is evaluated. The determination of the exact hydraulic behavior of the pipeline is part of the modeling effort. The site ambient conditions, with a significant swing in ambient temperatures are considered. The issue discussed in this paper evolves around the availability that can be achieved with various configurations, based on actually achieved reliability and availability numbers. The other large impact on operating costs, fuel consumption will be discussed. Here, the choice of the number of installed units has a distinct impact on annual fuel consumption, as well as the capacity of the pipeline during various scenarios. (author)

  10. A Modular Re-configurable Rover System

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bouloubasis, A.; McKee, G.; Active Robotics Lab

    In this paper we present the novel concepts incorporated in a planetary surface exploration rover design that is currently under development. The Multitasking Rover (MTR) aims to demonstrate functionality that will cover many of the current and future needs such as rough-terrain mobility, modularity and upgradeability [1]. The rover system has enhanced mobility characteristics. It operates in conjunction with Science Packs (SPs) and Tool Packs (TPs) - modules attached to the main frame of the rover, which are either special tools or science instruments and alter the operation capabilities of the system. To date, each rover system design is very much task driven for example, the scenario of cooperative transportation of extended payloads [2], comprises two rovers each equipped with a manipulator dedicated to the task [3]. The MTR approach focuses mostly on modularity and upgradeability presenting at the same time a fair amount of internal re-configurability for the sake of rough terrain stability. The rover itself does not carry any scientific instruments or tools. To carry out the scenario mentioned above, the MTR would have to locate and pick-up a TP with the associated manipulator. After the completion of the task the TP could be put away to a storage location enabling the rover to utilize a different Pack. The rover will not only offer mobility to these modules, but also use them as tools, transforming its role and functionality. The advantage of this approach is that instead of sending a large number of rovers to perform a variety of tasks, a smaller number of MTRs could be deployed with a large number of SPs/TPs, offering multiples of the functionality at a reduced payload. Two SPs or TPs (or a combination of) can be carried and deployed. One of the key elements in the design of the four wheeled rover, lies within its suspension system. It comprises a linear actuator located within each leg and also an active differential linking the two shoulders. This novel

  11. An ontology-based semantic configuration approach to constructing Data as a Service for enterprises

    Science.gov (United States)

    Cai, Hongming; Xie, Cheng; Jiang, Lihong; Fang, Lu; Huang, Chenxi

    2016-03-01

    To align business strategies with IT systems, enterprises should rapidly implement new applications based on existing information with complex associations to adapt to the continually changing external business environment. Thus, Data as a Service (DaaS) has become an enabling technology for enterprise through information integration and the configuration of existing distributed enterprise systems and heterogonous data sources. However, business modelling, system configuration and model alignment face challenges at the design and execution stages. To provide a comprehensive solution to facilitate data-centric application design in a highly complex and large-scale situation, a configurable ontology-based service integrated platform (COSIP) is proposed to support business modelling, system configuration and execution management. First, a meta-resource model is constructed and used to describe and encapsulate information resources by way of multi-view business modelling. Then, based on ontologies, three semantic configuration patterns, namely composite resource configuration, business scene configuration and runtime environment configuration, are designed to systematically connect business goals with executable applications. Finally, a software architecture based on model-view-controller (MVC) is provided and used to assemble components for software implementation. The result of the case study demonstrates that the proposed approach provides a flexible method of implementing data-centric applications.

  12. Core Strength: Investigating Two Possible Configurations of the NGVLA

    Science.gov (United States)

    Mason, Brian S.; Carilli, Chris Luke; Murphy, Eric J.; Butler, Bryan J.

    2017-01-01

    The Next Generation VLA (NGVLA) aims to provide a revolutionary increase in cm-wavelength collecting area and sensitivity, while at the same time providing excellent image fidelity over a wide range of spatial scales. Most radio interferometers feature movable antennas, facilitating reconfiguration of the telescope for different science goals. In order to reduce costs, current designs of the NGVLA assume most or all of the antennas have fixed locations. The choice of array configuration is thus of key importance to address the diverse range of science cases the community wishes to pursue. One important trade-off is long baselines (for resolution) vs short baselines (for accurate imaging of resolved structures).We consider the performance of a 300 element array of 18-meter antennas extending to 150km radius with with two different core-concentrations: 20% vs. 40% of the antennas in a 0.6km radius core. In neither case is the naturally weighted beam suited to high fidelity imaging at full resolution. We consider two performance metrics: (i) the noise penalty due to visibility weighting that is required to achieve both high angular resolution and high fidelity imaging, relative to natural weighting; and (ii) the mapping speed for large scale structures of the compact core. Initial analysis suggests that the (Jy/bm) noise penalty to achieve both high angular resolution and a reasonably behaved PSF is a factor 1.9 and 2.4, for the 20% and 40% core, respectively. In terms of core mapping speed, the 40% core ngVLA configuration has a mapping speed a factor 2.8 faster than the most compact ALMA configuration (ALMA-out01), and a factor 13 times faster than the ALMA-out09 configuration. The 1" resolution of ALMA-out09 at 90 GHz has been deemed critical for studying the ISM of nearby galaxies (Leroy et al 2016, ngVLA memo. 6); in terms of ALMA Cycle 4 configurations, these two reference ALMA configurations are closest to C40-1 and C40-4. The same factors for the 20% core

  13. Configuration Studies Supporting Design/Assessment of Sensor Craft

    Science.gov (United States)

    2006-05-31

    Followimay communication ~s vwith the laboratory, the first con-fiLguration of interest is, te ’Se nsor rfwilojondxns fdihc-drallan~hidral "box-viint" wih...effects separael ad cotnbined -Fus lqge/ I ntAe incorporation. additinl efects on forces aind momenrtss. -Inclusion of- visos effetts, Sbar~iiSe pre

  14. Study and design of novel reffectarrays configuration for space applications

    OpenAIRE

    Correas Serrano, Aitor

    2015-01-01

    [ENG]Re ectarray antennas o er an attractive alternative solution to both re ector antennas and antenna arrays. These antennas have attracted signi cant attention in space applications thanks to their low mechanical complexity and their lack of a complex feeding network. Re ectarray antennas consist of a re ector antenna whose parabolic re ector is replaced by a planar surface. This re ectarray surface consists of isolated radiating elements, and it is illuminated by a feeder loca...

  15. Preliminary Design of the Ada Programming Support Environment Configuration Manager.

    Science.gov (United States)

    1984-06-01

    October 1980. 62 ............................................... 10. Buxton , J. and V. H. Stenning, eds. "Stoneman," Requirements for Ada Programming...18. Stoner, Bill . Logicon. Course EE 5.45, "Software Acquisition," School of Engineering, Air Force Institute of Technology, Wright-Patterson AFB OH

  16. A Study and Design of a Configurable CDMA Communication Platform

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2002-01-01

    @@ Software radio.Software radio, together with digital radio as its basis, has been the trends to development in wireless communications. Digital radio focuses on all-digitalization techniques and modularization methods in communication systems, while software radio pays more attention to all-digialtized radio's software structure and opening architecture.

  17. Fuel cell climatic tests designed for new configured aircraft application

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Begot, Sylvie; Pera, Marie-Cecile [FC LAB, Rue Thierry Mieg, F 90010 Belfort Cedex (France); Franche-Comte Electronique Mecanique Thermique et Optique - Sciences et Technologies (FEMTO-ST), Departement energie et ingenierie des systemes multiphysiques (ENISYS), Unite Mixte de Recherche (UMR) du Centre National de la Recherche Scientifique (CNRS) 6174, University of Franche-Comte (UFC) (France); Harel, Fabien; Candusso, Denis [FC LAB, Rue Thierry Mieg, F 90010 Belfort Cedex (France); The French National Institute for Transport and Safety Research (INRETS), Transports and Environment Laboratory (LTE), Laboratory for New Technologies (LTN) (France); Francois, Xavier [FC LAB, Rue Thierry Mieg, F 90010 Belfort Cedex (France); FC LAB, University of Technology Belfort-Montbeliard (UTBM) (France); Yde-Andersen, Steen [IRD Fuel Cells A/S, Kullinggade 31, 5700 Svendborg (Denmark)

    2010-07-15

    The implementation of Fuel Cell (FC) systems in transportation systems, as aircrafts, requires some better understanding and mastering of the new generator behaviours in low temperature environments. To this end, a PEMFC stack is tested and characterised in a climatic chamber. The impacts of the low temperatures over different FC operation and start-up conditions are estimated using a specific test bench developed in-lab. Some descriptions concerning the test facilities and the experimental set-up are given in the paper, as well as some information about the test procedures applied. Some examples of test results are shown and analysed. The experiments are derived from aircraft requirements and are related with different scenarios of airplane operation. Finally, some assessments concerning the FC system behaviour in low temperature conditions are made, especially with regard to the constraints to be encountered by the next embedded FC generators. (author)

  18. Optimum design configuration of Savonius rotor through wind tunnel experiments

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Saha, U.K.; Thotla, S. [Department of Mechanical Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology Guwahati, Guwahati 781 039 (India); Maity, D. [Department of Civil Engineering, Indian Institute of Technology Guwahati, Guwahati 781 039 (India)

    2008-08-15

    Wind tunnel tests were conducted to assess the aerodynamic performance of single-, two- and three-stage Savonius rotor systems. Both semicircular and twisted blades have been used in either case. A family of rotor systems has been manufactured with identical stage aspect ratio keeping the identical projected area of each rotor. Experiments were carried out to optimize the different parameters like number of stages, number of blades (two and three) and geometry of the blade (semicircular and twisted). A further attempt was made to investigate the performance of two-stage rotor system by inserting valves on the concave side of blade. (author)

  19. REQUIREMENT PRODUCT CONFIGURATION IN MASS CUSTOMIZATION

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Wang Xin; Tan Jianrong; Zhang Shuyou; Wu Peining

    2005-01-01

    On the basis of researching on requirement product configuration in mass customization, the concept of product family requirement class (PFRC) and requirement-matching template are put forward. A case-based requirement product configuration (CB-RPC) model and corresponding requirement product model are established. The result of requirement product configuration is obtained by using the method of two-level similar matching. In addition, the effect of the method on requirement responding is analyzed. Finally, the model and the method given are applied in elevator industry, and have improved the enterprise's ability of rapid responding to customer's requirements.

  20. Improving the quotation process with product configuration

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Hvam, Lars; Christensen, Simon Pape

    2006-01-01

    How can product configuration support the process of engineering highly complex industrial products? This article describes how an IT-based product configuration system was developed to support the process of mak-ing budget quotations. The article is based on a research project carried out...... with focus on the big issues of the cement plant. The configuration system makes it possible to optimise the cement factories with respect to performance, an increased use of the com-pany’s components, and with respect to the use of previously manufactured components. Finally, the engineer-ing resources used...

  1. Private Cloud Configuration with MetaConfig

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Nielsen, Thomas; Iversen, Christian; Bonnet, Philippe

    2011-01-01

    With the advent of private clouds, the challenge of configuring a mix of physical and virtual machines is no longer reserved to a few system administrator gurus. How to assign virtual machines onto physical machines to leverage the available resources? How to maintain the virtual machine configur......With the advent of private clouds, the challenge of configuring a mix of physical and virtual machines is no longer reserved to a few system administrator gurus. How to assign virtual machines onto physical machines to leverage the available resources? How to maintain the virtual machine...

  2. CONFIGURATION MANAGEMENT ISSUES IN SOFTWARE PROCESS MANAGEMENT

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Parminder Kaur

    2012-01-01

    Full Text Available A software development process is concerned primarily with the production aspect especially the management of software development. The development of a software process passes through various phases and there is a need to manage all issues particularly configuration issues during the evolution of a software process. This study makes an attempt to deal with various configuration issues with the help of an opensource configuration management tool. The analysis of different software development paradigms is also presented in order to discuss the brief explanation with respect to software process management.

  3. Private Cloud Configuration with MetaConfig

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Nielsen, Thomas; Iversen, Christian; Bonnet, Philippe

    2011-01-01

    With the advent of private clouds, the challenge of configuring a mix of physical and virtual machines is no longer reserved to a few system administrator gurus. How to assign virtual machines onto physical machines to leverage the available resources? How to maintain the virtual machine configur......With the advent of private clouds, the challenge of configuring a mix of physical and virtual machines is no longer reserved to a few system administrator gurus. How to assign virtual machines onto physical machines to leverage the available resources? How to maintain the virtual machine...

  4. Observed benefits from product configuration systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Hvam, Lars; Haug, Anders; Mortensen, Niels Henrik

    2013-01-01

    This article presents a study of the benefits obtained from applying product configuration systems based on a case study in four industry companies. The impacts are described according to main objectives in literature for imple-menting product configuration systems: lead time in the specification...... systems in industry companies and partly to assess if the objectives suggested are appropriate for describing the impact of product configuration systems and identifying other possible objectives. The empirical study of the com-panies also gives an indication of more overall performance indicators being...

  5. The Influence of Magnetic Permeability on the Configuration of Magnetic Field in Helimak Device

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    陈文革; 武松涛

    2003-01-01

    The Helimak of USA is a plasma physics experimental device designed and builtby CASIPP. Its configuration of magnetic field is of very importance during the operation of thisdevice. In this paper, the influence of magnetic permeability on configuration of magnetic field willbe discussed due to the effect of weld metal in the vacuum vessel of Helimak, and some conclusionis useful for some engineering designs of the fusion experimental device.

  6. Improved Performance and Quality of Configurators by Receiving Real-Time Information from Suppliers

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Kristjansdottir, Katrin; Shafiee, Sara; Bonev, Martin

    Companies providing customized products are increasingly applying configurators in order to support the sales and design activities. Yet, especially for engineer-to-order (ETO) companies such activities are often divided across different organizations, where throughout the configuration process p...... and maintaining the systems. Furthermore, with the ability of receiving accurate and up-to-date information from suppliers, the quality of the specifications can be improved, which leads to reduced cost of the overall design....

  7. Topologic optimization for configuration design of web-skin-type ground structure based large-aperture space mirror%基于筋板式基结构的大口径空间反射镜构型设计的拓扑优化方法

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    刘书田; 胡瑞; 周平; 董志刚; 康仁科

    2013-01-01

    For the requirements of the mirror in a large-aperture spaceborne telescope for lightweight,a web-skin-typed ground structure based topology optimization method was presented for the configuration design of large-aperture mirror.Based on the idea of topology optimization,the ground structure in this method was restricted to be a web-skin-type structure composed of a surface (skin) stiffened by webs,and the change of the configuration was described by whether webs or parts of the webs were deleted from the ground structure or not.Firstly,the web-skin-type ground structure was discreted with shell elements,the relative densities of all the elements on the webs were taken as design variables (the relative density was taken as 1 or 0 to describe whether the webs or parts of webs were kept or not).Then,by using optical aberration of the mirror in the load case of vertical optical axis as a design restraint,and the total weight of the structure as a optimized target,a topology optimization model was established.Furthermore,the concept configuration based on the structure obtained by topology optimization was extracted.Finally,the dynamic and static stiffnesses and optical performance of the mirror were analyzed using the finite element method,the mirror configuration was modified,and a lightweight mirror structural innovation configuration was obtained.It shows that the optical aberration PV and RMS of the mirror obtained by the design example are less than λ/10 and λ/40,respectively,the fundamental frequency is greater than 1 000 Hz and the lightweight ratio reaches 86.0 %.The results demonstrate the validity of the proposed approach properly.%针对大口径空间光学反射镜对轻量化的需求,提出了基于筋板式基结构的大口径空间反射镜构型设计的拓扑优化方法.该方法利用基结构拓扑优化的思想,将反射镜初始设计域限定为筋板式的反射镜基结构,通过各筋板的有无描述结构构型的变化.首先,借

  8. TWRS systems engineering software configuration management plan

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Porter, P.E.

    1996-10-09

    This plan delineates the requirements for control of software developed and supported by the Tank Waste Remediation System (TWRS) Technical Integration organization. The information contained in this plan shall assist employees involved with software modification and configuration control.

  9. Optimal sensor configuration for complex systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Sadegh, Payman; Spall, J. C.

    1998-01-01

    Considers the problem of sensor configuration for complex systems. Our approach involves definition of an appropriate optimality criterion or performance measure, and description of an efficient and practical algorithm for achieving the optimality objective. The criterion for optimal sensor...

  10. On Some Results Related to Napoleon's Configurations

    CERN Document Server

    Dimitrov, Nikolay

    2010-01-01

    The goal of this paper is to give a purely geometric proof of a theorem by Branko Gr\\"unbaum concerning configuration of triangles coming from the classical Napoleon's theorem in planar Euclidean geometry.

  11. Configurable Web Warehouses construction through BPM Systems

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Andrea Delgado

    2016-08-01

    Full Text Available The process of building Data Warehouses (DW is well known with well defined stages but at the same time, mostly carried out manually by IT people in conjunction with business people. Web Warehouses (WW are DW whose data sources are taken from the web. We define a flexible WW, which can be configured accordingly to different domains, through the selection of the web sources and the definition of data processing characteristics. A Business Process Management (BPM System allows modeling and executing Business Processes (BPs providing support for the automation of processes. To support the process of building flexible WW we propose a two BPs level: a configuration process to support the selection of web sources and the definition of schemas and mappings, and a feeding process which takes the defined configuration and loads the data into the WW. In this paper we present a proof of concept of both processes, with focus on the configuration process and the defined data.

  12. Configuring the development space for conceptualization

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Brønnum, Louise; Clausen, Christian

    2013-01-01

    This paper addresses issues of conceptualization in the early stages of concept development noted as the Front End of Innovation [FEI]. We examine this particular development space as a socio technical space where a diversity of technological knowledge, user perspectives and organizational agendas...... meet and interact. Based on a case study from an industrial medical company, the paper addresses and analyses the configuration of the development space in a number of projects aiming to take up user oriented perspectives in their activities. It presents insights on how the FEI was orchestrated...... and staged and how different elements and objects contributed to the configuration of the space in order to make it perform in a certain way. The analysis points at the importance of the configuration processes and indicate how these configurations often may act as more or less hidden limitations on concept...

  13. Configurable Monitoring for Multi-domain Networks

    OpenAIRE

    Belghith, Aymen; Cousin, Bernard; Lahoud, Samer

    2014-01-01

    International audience; In this paper, we review the state-of-the-art monitoring architectures proposed for multi-domain networks. We establish the five requirements a multi-domain monitoring architecture must fulfilled. We note that these architectures do not support measurement configuration that enables the providers to perform flexible multi-domain measurements. Therefore, we propose a configurable multi-domain network monitoring architecture in order to give more flexibility in monitorin...

  14. CoMM:Configurable Multimedia Middleware

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    SUN Song-lin; MA Yu-feng; CAI An-ni; SUN Jing-ao

    2004-01-01

    This paper presents the architecture of a Configurable Multimedia Middleware (CoMM). For distributed environments, the component based software framework and object-oriented technology are used in CoMM. Which contributs that it may be configured for various multimedia services with the reusable components conveniently. Also, the active QoS adaption mechanism, which protects the server from overload with the management of the resource vector, is introduced in detail.

  15. Equilibrium Configuration of Φ4 Oscillatons

    Science.gov (United States)

    Valdez-Alvarado, Susana; Becerril, Ricardo; Ureña-López, L. Arturo

    2010-07-01

    We search for equilibrium configurations of the (coupled) Einstein-Klein-Gordon equations for the case of a real scalar field endowed with a quartic self-interaction potential. The resulting solutions are the generalizations of the (massive) oscillating soliton stars, the so-called oscillatons. Among other parameters, we estimate the mass curve of the configurations, and determine their critical mass for different values of the quartic interaction.

  16. Automatic Configuration of Programmable Logic Controller Emulators

    Science.gov (United States)

    2015-03-01

    PLCs ), which are used to control much of the world’s critical infrastructures, are highly vulnerable and exposed to the Internet. Many efforts have...scalable solution is needed in order to automatically configure PLC emula- tors. The ScriptGenE Framework presented in this thesis leverages several...techniques used in reverse engineering protocols in order to automatically configure PLC emula- tors using network traces. The accuracy, flexibility, and

  17. Intellectual Model-Based Configuration Management Conception

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Bartusevics Arturs

    2014-07-01

    Full Text Available Software configuration management is one of the most important disciplines within the software development project, which helps control the software evolution process and allows including into the end project only tested and validated changes. To achieve this, software management completes certain tasks. Concrete tools are used for technical implementation of tasks, such as version control systems, servers of continuous integration, compilers, etc. A correct configuration management process usually requires several tools, which mutually exchange information by generating various kinds of transfers. When it comes to introducing the configuration management process, often there are situations when tool installation is started, yet at that given moment there is no general picture of the total process. The article offers a model-based configuration management concept, which foresees the development of an abstract model for the configuration management process that later is transformed to lower abstraction level models and tools are indicated to support the technical process. A solution of this kind allows a more rational introduction and configuration of tools

  18. Generation Favorable Institutional Configuration Regional Business Environment

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Natalia Zinovievna Solodilova

    2014-12-01

    Full Text Available This article discusses the theoretical issues of creating an enabling business environment, which is the base platform for the successful development of entrepreneurship in the regions. Provides A definition of a favorable institutional configuration of the regional business environment, which refers to forms of implementing the basic institutions and other regional institutions, taking into account existing regional system of formal and informal interaction between economic actors. States that despite the measures taken, the landscape of the Russian business community in terms of regions, remains uneven, with different indices of investment and business attractiveness, there is differentiation in business conditions in the regions with similar natural and geographical conditions and resource potential, which is primarily determined by , differences in the institutional configuration of the regional business environment and quality of interaction among the business community of the region. Hypothesis about the impossibility of creating a favorable business environment, institutional configurations at the same time in all regions of the country, as well as its limited duration. Conducted theoretical and probabilistic analysis of the parameters of creating an enabling institutional configuration of the business environment in the Russian regions. Grounded approach whereby institutional configuration of regional business environment, may be subject to management and control actions through targeted by the regional authorities can accept the specified (favorable to the business community parameters. The necessity of planning and effective management of a favorable institutional configuration of the business environment by regional authorities to increase the period of its existence.

  19. Dynamic airspace configuration by genetic algorithm

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Marina Sergeeva

    2017-06-01

    Full Text Available With the continuous air traffic growth and limits of resources, there is a need for reducing the congestion of the airspace systems. Nowadays, several projects are launched, aimed at modernizing the global air transportation system and air traffic management. In recent years, special interest has been paid to the solution of the dynamic airspace configuration problem. Airspace sector configurations need to be dynamically adjusted to provide maximum efficiency and flexibility in response to changing weather and traffic conditions. The main objective of this work is to automatically adapt the airspace configurations according to the evolution of traffic. In order to reach this objective, the airspace is considered to be divided into predefined 3D airspace blocks which have to be grouped or ungrouped depending on the traffic situation. The airspace structure is represented as a graph and each airspace configuration is created using a graph partitioning technique. We optimize airspace configurations using a genetic algorithm. The developed algorithm generates a sequence of sector configurations for one day of operation with the minimized controller workload. The overall methodology is implemented and successfully tested with air traffic data taken for one day and for several different airspace control areas of Europe.

  20. Workplace design

    OpenAIRE

    Karanika-Murray, M; Michaelides, George

    2015-01-01

    PURPOSE – Although both job design and its broader context are likely to drive motivation, little is known about the specific workplace characteristics that are important for motivation. The purpose of this paper is to present the Workplace Characteristics Model, which describes the workplace characteristics that can foster motivation, and the corresponding multilevel Workplace Design Questionnaire.\\ud \\ud DESIGN/METHODOLOGY/APPROACH – The model is configured as nine workplace attributes desc...

  1. Adaptive service configuration approach for quality of service management in ubiquitous computing environments

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    Yong ZHANG; Shen-sheng ZHANG; Song-qiao HAN

    2009-01-01

    Mobility and resource-limitedness pose challenging issues to service configuration for quality of service (QoS) management in ubiquitous computing environments. Previous configuration approaches, such as static resource reservation,dynamic resource allocation and single service composition are not valid in the environments. In this study, we present an adaptive service configuration approach. Firstly, we reduce the dynamic configuration process to a control model which aims to achieve the variation of critical QoS on minimal level with less resource cost. Secondly, to deal with different QoS variations, we design two configuration strategies-service chain reconfiguration and QoS parameter adjustment-and implement them based on fuzzy logic control theory. Finally, a configuration algorithm is developed to flexibly employ the two configuration strategies in tune with the error of critical QoS in configuration process. The results of simulation experiments suggest that our approach outperforms existing configuration approaches in both QoS improvement and resource utilization.

  2. Development of configurations for lookup table–based Embryonics using graphic mapping: A case study

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Qingqi Zhuo

    2015-07-01

    Full Text Available This article presents the development of configurations for bio-inspired self-healing cellular arrays known as Embryonics (embryonic electronics. In the Embryonics design, the configurations are employed to define the functionality and connections of each cell. However, developing configurations of the Embryonics is a time-consuming and challenging work due to lack of effective tools. In this article, an approach is proposed to develop configurations using graphic mapping, which also optimizes the length of configurations for the Embryonics. Using metric embedding, the problem of configurations is exactly formulated to binary quadratic assignment problem and routing problem with constraint of the Embryonics architecture. Since binary quadratic assignment problem is nondeterministic polynomial-time hard, a genetic algorithm is used to tackle this problem for achieving high-quality placement. Due to the limitation of communication bandwidth, how to resolve congestion is also an important issue. An improved ant colony algorithm is presented to realize routing of the Embryonics based on the result of placement. Configurations of the Embryonics are formed according to the result of placement and routing. Experimental result on a 4 × 4 multiplier demonstrates that developing configurations for lookup table–based Embryonics using graphic mapping can lower the difficulty of the Embryonics design and optimize placement and routing of Embryonics.

  3. Center-configuration selection technique for the reconfigurable modular robot

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    2007-01-01

    The reconfigurable modular robot has an enormous amount of configurations to adapt to various environments and tasks. It greatly increases the complexity of configuration research in that the possible configuration number of the reconfigurable modular robot grows exponentially with the increase of module number. Being the initial configuration or the basic configuration of the reconfigurable robot, the center-configuration plays a crucial role in system's actual applications. In this paper, a novel center-configuration selection technique has been proposed for reconfigurable modular robots. Based on the similarities between configurations' transformation and graph theory, configuration network has been applied in the modeling and analyzing of these configurations. Configuration adjacency matrix, reconfirmation cost matrix, and center-configuration coefficient have been defined for the configuration network correspondingly. Being similar to the center-location problem, the center configuration has been selected according to the largest center-configuration coefficient. As an example of the reconfigurable robotic system, AMOEBA-I, a three-module reconfigurable robot with nine configurations which was developed in Shenyang Institute of Automation (SIA), Chinese Academy of Sciences (CAS), has been introduced briefly. According to the numerical simulation result, the center-configuration coefficients for these nine configurations have been calculated and compared to validate this technique. Lastly, a center- configuration selection example is provided with consideration of the adjacent configurations. The center-configuration selection technique proposed in this paper is also available to other reconfigurable modular robots.

  4. Integrated optics to improve resolution on multiple configuration

    Science.gov (United States)

    Liu, Hua; Ding, Quanxin; Guo, Chunjie; Zhou, Liwei

    2015-04-01

    Inspired to in order to reveal the structure to improve imaging resolution, further technical requirement is proposed in some areas of the function and influence on the development of multiple configuration. To breakthrough diffraction limit, smart structures are recommended as the most efficient and economical method, while by used to improve the system performance, especially on signal to noise ratio and resolution. Integrated optics were considered in the selection, with which typical multiple configuration, by use the method of simulation experiment. Methodology can change traditional design concept and to develop the application space. Our calculations using multiple matrix transfer method, also the correlative algorithm and full calculations, show the expected beam shaping through system and, in particular, the experimental results will support our argument, which will be reported in the presentation.

  5. Product configuration of infra structure systems for data centres

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Hvam, Lars; Christensen, Tim Teglgaard; Jensen, Søren Brogaard

    2007-01-01

    This article describes how American Power Conversion (APC), a company in the electronics industry, has used product configuration systems as a central part of the company’s mass customisation strategy. APC sells, designs, produce, delivers, and installs large complex infrastructure systems for data...... centres, and components and systems for these systems. At the heart of its mass customisation strategy are a module-based product range and the use of product configuration systems for sales and order processing. In addition, the company has implemented a manufacturing concept, which involves the mass...... production of standard components in the Far East, and customer order-based final assembly at various production sites around the world within close customer proximity. The results of applying mass customisation principles include a reduction of the overall delivery time for a complete system from around 400...

  6. A Xylophone Configuration for a third Generation Gravitational Wave Detector

    CERN Document Server

    Hild, Stefan; Freise, Andreas; Franc, Janyce; Morgado, Nazario; Flaminio, Raffaele; DeSalvo, Riccardo

    2009-01-01

    Achieving the demanding sensitivity and bandwidth, envisaged for third generation gravitational wave (GW) observatories, is extremely challenging with a single broadband interferometer. Very high optical powers (Megawatts) are required to reduce the quantum noise contribution at high frequencies, while the interferometer mirrors have to be cooled to cryogenic temperatures in order to reduce thermal noise sources at low frequencies. To resolve this potential conflict of cryogenic test masses with high thermal load, we present a conceptual design for a 2-band xylophone configuration for a third generation GW observatory, composed of a high-power, high-frequency interferometer and a cryogenic low-power, low-frequency instrument. Featuring inspiral ranges of 3200Mpc and 38000Mpc for binary neutron stars and binary black holes coalesences, respectively, we find that the potential sensitivity of xylophone configurations can be significantly wider and better than what is possible in a single broadband interferometer...

  7. Risk Mitigation in Triadic Network Configurations within a Servitized Context

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Raja, Jawwad; Roehrich, Jens

    2014-01-01

    Purpose: This paper examines risk mitigation for a servitizing organisation and its supply network configuration. This is an area of research that has not been adequately explored to date within a servitization context. In particular, the paper examines triadic configurations using an agency...... perspective. Design/methodology/approach: An exploratory case study of a truck manufacturer and its supply network is conducted over a two year period. Data consists predominantly of semi-structured interviews, observations and workshops with the case organisation. Findings: The findings of the study indicate...... that behavior-based controls, combined with information, are a key contributory factor in mitigating risk within triadic network structures. Research limitations/implications: This research is limited to one in-depth case study, within the truck industry. Whilst this represents an appropriate approach given...

  8. Integrated model for nitrogen and phosphorus removal from wastewater: Sensibility analyses of design parameters for Phoredox configuration; Part 3. Modello integrato per rimozione di azoto e fosforo dalle acque reflue: Analisi di sensibilita' e dei parametri progettuali per configurazione Phoredox; Parte 3

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Malpei, F. (Politecnico di Milano, Milan (Italy))

    1993-02-01

    In this third and last part, sensitivity analyses for a 'Phoredox' plant configuration are developed using the model described in Malpei (1992a). The results are compared with the ones obtained for the UCT plant configuration (Malpei, 1992b). Comments and directions regarding the plant's operating conditions that optimize biological phosphorus removal are then presented.

  9. VLSI Circuit Configuration Using Satisfiability Logic in Hopfield Network

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Mohd Asyraf Mansor

    2016-09-01

    Full Text Available Very large scale integration (VLSI circuit comprises of integrated circuit (IC with transistors in a single chip, widely used in many sophisticated electronic devices. In our paper, we proposed VLSI circuit design by implementing satisfiability problem in Hopfield neural network as circuit verification technique. We restrict our logic construction to 2-Satisfiability (2-SAT and 3- Satisfiability (3-SAT clauses in order to suit with the transistor configuration in VLSI circuit. In addition, we developed VLSI circuit based on Hopfield neural network in order to detect any possible error earlier than the manual circuit design. Microsoft Visual C++ 2013 is used as a platform for training, testing and validating of our proposed design. Hence, the performance of our proposed technique evaluated based on global VLSI configuration, circuit accuracy and the runtime. It has been observed that the VLSI circuits (HNN-2SAT and HNN-3SAT circuit developed by proposed design are better than the conventional circuit due to the early error detection in our circuit.

  10. Configuring Airspace Sectors with Approximate Dynamic Programming

    Science.gov (United States)

    Bloem, Michael; Gupta, Pramod

    2010-01-01

    In response to changing traffic and staffing conditions, supervisors dynamically configure airspace sectors by assigning them to control positions. A finite horizon airspace sector configuration problem models this supervisor decision. The problem is to select an airspace configuration at each time step while considering a workload cost, a reconfiguration cost, and a constraint on the number of control positions at each time step. Three algorithms for this problem are proposed and evaluated: a myopic heuristic, an exact dynamic programming algorithm, and a rollouts approximate dynamic programming algorithm. On problem instances from current operations with only dozens of possible configurations, an exact dynamic programming solution gives the optimal cost value. The rollouts algorithm achieves costs within 2% of optimal for these instances, on average. For larger problem instances that are representative of future operations and have thousands of possible configurations, excessive computation time prohibits the use of exact dynamic programming. On such problem instances, the rollouts algorithm reduces the cost achieved by the heuristic by more than 15% on average with an acceptable computation time.

  11. A documentation tool for product configuration systems - improving the documentation task

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Hvam, Lars; Jensen, Klaes Ladeby

    2005-01-01

    of a documentation tool for product configuration, based on CPM's procedure and experience from four Danish industrial companies which have applied the procedure. The requirements have been gathered and structured by using object-oriented system development techniques based on an analysis of the existing prod......Configuration systems are increasingly applied to automate the configuration of complex products. A configuration system is an expert system designed to combine specified modules according to constraints. The constraints are stored as product data and rules in a product model, and one of the most......-uct configuration processes of the companies. The analysis was based on the procedure for building product models as de-veloped at CPM, and revealed several common requirements within the different companies....

  12. Baseline configuration for GNSS attitude determination with an analytical least-squares solution

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chang, Guobin; Xu, Tianhe; Wang, Qianxin

    2016-12-01

    The GNSS attitude determination using carrier phase measurements with 4 antennas is studied on condition that the integer ambiguities have been resolved. The solution to the nonlinear least-squares is often obtained iteratively, however an analytical solution can exist for specific baseline configurations. The main aim of this work is to design this class of configurations. Both single and double difference measurements are treated which refer to the dedicated and non-dedicated receivers respectively. More realistic error models are employed in which the correlations between different measurements are given full consideration. The desired configurations are worked out. The configurations are rotation and scale equivariant and can be applied to both the dedicated and non-dedicated receivers. For these configurations, the analytical and optimal solution for the attitude is also given together with its error variance-covariance matrix.

  13. NEMO-Nordic : A NEMO based ocean modelling configuration for Baltic & North Seas

    Science.gov (United States)

    Hordoir, Robinson; Schimanke, Semjon; Axell, Lars; Gröger, Matthias; Dieterich, Christian; Liu, Ye; Höglund, Anders; Kuznetsov, Ivan; Ljungemyr, Patrik; Nygren, Petter; Jönsson, Anette; Meier, Markus

    2015-04-01

    Based on the NEMO ocean engine, three regional setups for the North Sea and Baltic Sea domain have been developed : the NEMO-Nordic configuration is declined in an operational setup, a stand-alone version used for climate and process studies, and a NEMO-Nordic-RCA4 atmosphere/ocean coupled configuration used for downscalling climate scenarios. We give a brief overview of the options chosen within the NEMO engine to design the configurations. Based on the results provided by each of the three configurations, we also provide an assessment of the strengths and weaknesses of NEMO-Nordic. Finally, a validation of the configurations is provided based on an extensive comparison between in-situ measurements and model results for temperature, salinity, sea-ice extent, sea level and mean circulation.

  14. ATLAS software configuration and build tool optimisation

    CERN Document Server

    Rybkin, G; The ATLAS collaboration

    2014-01-01

    ATLAS software code base is over 6 million lines organised in about 2000 packages. It makes use of some 100 external software packages, is developed by more than 400 developers and used by more than 2500 physicists from over 200 universities and laboratories in 6 continents. To meet the challenge of configuration and building of this software, the Configuration Management Tool (CMT) is used. CMT expects each package to describe its build targets, build and environment setup parameters, dependencies on other packages in a text file called requirements, and each project (group of packages) to describe its policies and dependencies on other projects in a text project file. Based on the effective set of configuration parameters read from the requirements files of dependent packages and project files, CMT commands build the packages, generate the environment for their use, or query the packages. The main focus was on build time performance that was optimised within several approaches: reduction of the number of re...

  15. ATLAS software configuration and build tool optimisation

    CERN Document Server

    Rybkin, G; The ATLAS collaboration

    2013-01-01

    ATLAS software code base is over 6 million lines organised in about 2000 packages. It makes use of some 100 external software packages, is developed by more than 400 developers and used by more than 2500 physicists from over 200 universities and laboratories in 6 continents. To meet the challenge of configuration and building of this software, the Configuration Management Tool (CMT) is used. CMT expects each package to describe its build targets, build and environment setup parameters, dependencies on other packages in a text file called requirements, and each project (group of packages) to describe its policies and dependencies on other projects in a text project file. Based on the effective set of configuration parameters read from the requirements files of dependent packages and project files, CMT commands build the packages, generate the environment for their use, or query the packages. The main focus was on build time performance that was optimised within several approaches: reduction of the number of re...

  16. Configurational entropy in brane-world models

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Correa, R. A. C., E-mail: fis04132@gmail.com [CCNH, Universidade Federal do ABC, 09210-580, Santo André, SP (Brazil); Rocha, Roldão da, E-mail: roldao.rocha@ufabc.edu.br [CMCC, Universidade Federal do ABC, 09210-580, Santo André, SP (Brazil); International School for Advanced Studies (SISSA), Via Bonomea 265, 34136, Trieste (Italy)

    2015-11-02

    In this work we investigate the entropic information on thick brane-world scenarios and its consequences. The brane-world entropic information is studied for the sine-Gordon model and hence the brane-world entropic information measure is shown to be an accurate way for providing the most suitable range for the bulk AdS curvature, in particular from the informational content of physical solutions. Besides, the brane-world configurational entropy is employed to demonstrate a high organisational degree in the structure of the configuration of the system, for large values of a parameter of the sine-Gordon model but the one related to the AdS curvature. The Gleiser and Stamatopoulos procedure is finally applied in order to achieve a precise correlation between the energy of the system and the brane-world configurational entropy.

  17. Configurational entropy in brane-world models

    Energy Technology Data Exchange (ETDEWEB)

    Correa, R.A.C. [CCNH, Universidade Federal do ABC, Santo Andre, SP (Brazil); Rocha, Roldao da [CMCC, Universidade Federal do ABC, Santo Andre, SP (Brazil); International School for Advanced Studies (SISSA), Trieste (Italy)

    2015-11-15

    In this work we investigate the entropic information on thick brane-world scenarios and its consequences. The brane-world entropic information is studied for the sine-Gordon model and hence the brane-world entropic information measure is shown to be an accurate way for providing the most suitable range for the bulk AdS curvature, in particular from the informational content of physical solutions. Besides, the brane-world configurational entropy is employed to demonstrate a high organisational degree in the structure of the configuration of the system, for large values of a parameter of the sine-Gordon model but the one related to the AdS curvature. The Gleiser and Stamatopoulos procedure is finally applied in order to achieve a precise correlation between the energy of the system and the brane-world configurational entropy. (orig.)

  18. Configurations of Time in Bereaved Parents' Narratives.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Barak, Adi; Leichtentritt, Ronit D

    2014-08-01

    In this study, we examined the configurations of time within narratives of bereaved Israeli parents, employing Gadamer's hermeneutic philosophy as the research methodology. Our results reveal that following a sudden violent loss, parents experienced a change in their sense of time. Three nonexclusive time possibilities were evident in the participants' narratives: time stopped, time moved forward, and time moved backward. Although most of the social science literature highlights the importance of linear temporal configuration to enhance the coherence of text, based on our study we call for other forms of temporal ordering, as varied time configurations were used by the bereaved and were perceived to have beneficial outcomes. Finally, we outline implications for mental health professionals.

  19. Configurational entropy in brane-world models

    Science.gov (United States)

    Correa, R. A. C.; da Rocha, Roldão

    2015-11-01

    In this work we investigate the entropic information on thick brane-world scenarios and its consequences. The brane-world entropic information is studied for the sine-Gordon model and hence the brane-world entropic information measure is shown to be an accurate way for providing the most suitable range for the bulk AdS curvature, in particular from the informational content of physical solutions. Besides, the brane-world configurational entropy is employed to demonstrate a high organisational degree in the structure of the configuration of the system, for large values of a parameter of the sine-Gordon model but the one related to the AdS curvature. The Gleiser and Stamatopoulos procedure is finally applied in order to achieve a precise correlation between the energy of the system and the brane-world configurational entropy.

  20. Multiprotocol Communication Interface PMSM Control on Account of Industrial Configuration Software

    Directory of Open Access Journals (Sweden)

    Li-guo Zhang

    2014-01-01

    Full Text Available The purpose is to achieve drive controller of PMSM connect with industrial control configuration software seamless and to meet the industrial configuration software in the demand for motor to realize intelligent control. A software interface was designed and implemented about motor drive controller and the PC the industrial control configuration base on Modbus_RTU serial communication protocol of industrial control. One kind of design and implementation methods have been proposed in the communication interfaces for industrial applications scalable multiselectivity. Using the latest high-performance multiprotocol transceiver device pin programmable SP339 as the lower machine communications chip designed optional multi-interface hardware circuit with DSP TMS320F2812 as the processor. The interface program was studied with regard to C language software of lower machine and control configuration software of PC. Database creation, data acquisition, and animation links of PC configuration software are realized. Online debugging results meet the design requirements on account of PC control configuration software and the lower machine controller hardware and software.

  1. System configuration on Web with mashup.

    OpenAIRE

    清水, 宏泰; Shimizu, Hiroyasu

    2014-01-01

    Mashup become trend for create Web service due to popularizing cloud service. Mashup is method for create Web service from several Web services and API. Mashup has a few problems. One of the problem is deference of data format and label. Semantic Web can solve it. This paper propose method of building a system on Web with mashup using semantic Web. Mashup system configuration can express as URL. So, editing URL for mashup is editing system configuration. And any device can use this system on ...

  2. CFDP Configuration: Enclid and Juice Scenarios

    Science.gov (United States)

    Valverde, Alberto; Taylor, Chris; Montesinos, Juan Antonio; Maiorano, Elena; Colombo, Cyril; Erd, Christian; Magistrati, Giorgio

    2014-08-01

    This paper presents the work done within the ESA ESTEC Data Systems Division, targeting the implementation of CFDP in future ESA Science Missions. EUCLID and JUICE currently include CCSDS File Delivery Protocol (CFDP) as baseline for payload data transfer to ground. The two missions have completely different characteristics, although both present quite demanding scenarios. Using the communication link characteristics as an input, some simulations have been performed to optimize the CFDP configuration and get some preliminary figures on the retransmission overhead, payload data bandwidth and number of parallel transactions needed to maintain full bandwidth utilization. The paper provides some guidelines on CFDP configuration and usage that can be useful in future CFDP implementations.

  3. Communicating knowledge: Making embedded configuration work

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Oddsson, Gudmundur Valur; Hvam, Lars

    2007-01-01

    to form fresh water supply systems. Sometimes an external knowledge system keeps track of how each subsystem has to be configured, but the actual configuration is often done manually. Installing and maintaining those kinds of systems can be a tedious task and often requires repetitive labour. The idea...... and the communication between machines. One has to identify the information needed from outside for each subsystem to work. That information should also aid in finding the “services” that the subsystem can offer the overall system. Communication between subsystems has to be made explicit. A protocol has to be in place...

  4. Configurational space continuity and free energy calculations

    CERN Document Server

    Tian, Pu

    2016-01-01

    Free energy is arguably the most importance function(al) for understanding of molecular systems. A number of rigorous and approximate free energy calculation/estimation methods have been developed over many decades. One important issue, the continuity of an interested macrostate (or path) in configurational space, has not been well articulated, however. As a matter of fact, some important special cases have been intensively discussed. In this perspective, I discuss the relevance of configurational space continuity in development of more efficient and reliable next generation free energy methodologies.

  5. Mastering System Center 2012 Configuration Manager

    CERN Document Server

    Rachui, Steve; Martinez, Santos; Daalmans, Peter

    2012-01-01

    Expert coverage of Microsoft's highly anticipated network software deployment tool The latest version of System Center Configuration Manager (SCCM) is a dramatic update of its predecessor Configuration Manager 2007, and this book offers intermediate-to-advanced coverage of how the new SCCM boasts a simplified hierarchy, role-based security, a new console, flexible application deployment, and mobile management. You'll explore planning and installation, migrating from SCCM 2007, deploying software and operating systems, security, monitoring and troubleshooting, and automating and customizing SCC

  6. Static aeroelastic analysis for generic configuration wing

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lee, IN; Miura, Hirokazu; Chargin, Mladen K.

    1991-01-01

    A static aeroelastic analysis capability that calculates flexible air loads for generic configuration wings was developed. It was made possible by integrating a finite element structural analysis code (MSC/NASTRAN) and a panel code of aerodynamic analysis based on linear potential flow theory. The framework already built in MSC/NASTRAN was used, and the aerodynamic influence coefficient matrix was computed externally and inserted in the NASTRAN by means of a DMAP program. It was shown that deformation and flexible air loads of an oblique wing configuration including asymmetric wings can be calculated reliably by this code both in subsonic and supersonic speeds.

  7. Control Configuration Selection for Multivariable Descriptor Systems

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Shaker, Hamid Reza; Stoustrup, Jakob

    2012-01-01

    is needed to be controlled, is either in the descriptor form or can be represented in the descriptor form. Singular systems and the differential algebraic equation (DAE) systems are among these systems. Descriptor systems appear in the variety of fields to describe the practical processes ranging from power...... systems, hydraulic systems to heat transfer, and chemical processes. The focus of this paper is on the problem of control configuration selection for multivariable descriptor systems. A gramian-based interaction measure for control configuration selection of such processes is described in this paper...

  8. Evidence for topological nonequilibrium in magnetic configurations

    CERN Document Server

    Vainshtein, A I; Rosner, R A; Linker, J A

    2000-01-01

    We use direct numerical simulations to study the evolution, or relaxation, of magnetic configurations to an equilibrium state. We use the full single-fluid equations of motion for a magnetized, non-resistive, but viscous fluid; and a Lagrangian approach is used to obtain exact solutions for the magnetic field. As a result, the topology of the magnetic field remains unchanged, which makes it possible to study the case of topological nonequilibrium. We find two cases for which such nonequilibrium appears, indicating that these configurations may develop singular current sheets.

  9. Bipolaron in different configuration of quantum confinement

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    阮永红; 陈庆虎; 焦正宽

    2004-01-01

    The authors used Landau-Pekar variational method to investigate a strong-coupling singlet optical bipolaron in different configuration of quantum confinement.Numerical and analytical results showed that when configuration changes from quantum dot and wire to well,confinement shows different effect on the formation of a bipolaron.In contrast to a bipolaron in a quantum dot or wire,the binding energy of a bipolaron in a quantum well increases with increasing confinement,indicating that confinement favors bipolaron formation in a quantum well.

  10. Bipolaron in different configuration of quantum confinement

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    阮永红; 陈庆虎; 焦正宽

    2004-01-01

    The authors used Landau-Pekar variational method to investigate a strong-coupling singlet optical bipolaron in different configuration of quantum confinement. Numerical and analytical results showed that when configuration changes from quantum dot and wire to well, confinement shows different effect on the formation of a bipolaron. In contrast to a bipolaron in a quantum dot or wire, the binding energy of a bipolaron in a quantum well increases with increasing con-finement, indicating that confinement favors bipolaron formation in a quantum well.

  11. Lidar configurations for wind turbine control

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Mirzaei, Mahmood; Mann, Jakob

    2016-01-01

    configuration of an inexpensive lidar in terms of number of measurement points, the measurement distance and the opening angle is the subject of this study. In order to solve the problem, a lidar model is developed and used to measure wind speed in a turbulence box. The effective wind speed measured...... by the lidar is compared against the effective wind speed on a wind turbine rotor both theoretically and through simulations. The study provides some results to choose the best configuration of the lidar with few measurement points....

  12. CFD Computations on Multi-GPU Configurations.

    Science.gov (United States)

    Menon, Sandeep; Perot, Blair

    2007-11-01

    Programmable graphics processors have shown favorable potential for use in practical CFD simulations -- often delivering a speed-up factor between 3 to 5 times over conventional CPUs. In recent times, most PCs are supplied with the option of installing multiple GPUs on a single motherboard, thereby providing the option of a parallel GPU configuration in a shared-memory paradigm. We demonstrate our implementation of an unstructured CFD solver using a set up which is configured to run two GPUs in parallel, and discuss its performance details.

  13. Communicating knowledge: Making embedded configuration work

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Oddsson, Gudmundur Valur; Hvam, Lars

    2007-01-01

    to form fresh water supply systems. Sometimes an external knowledge system keeps track of how each subsystem has to be configured, but the actual configuration is often done manually. Installing and maintaining those kinds of systems can be a tedious task and often requires repetitive labour. The idea...... of making distributed knowledge system, the encapsulation of product knowledge, its subsequent encoding into product models, and finally, the communication of knowledge between the subsystems. There are two main reasons for focusing on communication, namely the encapsulation of knowledge...

  14. Electrochemical systems configured to harvest heat energy

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lee, Seok Woo; Yang, Yuan; Ghasemi, Hadi; Chen, Gang; Cui, Yi

    2017-01-31

    Electrochemical systems for harvesting heat energy, and associated electrochemical cells and methods, are generally described. The electrochemical cells can be configured, in certain cases, such that at least a portion of the regeneration of the first electrochemically active material is driven by a change in temperature of the electrochemical cell. The electrochemical cells can be configured to include a first electrochemically active material and a second electrochemically active material, and, in some cases, the absolute value of the difference between the first thermogalvanic coefficient of the first electrochemically active material and the second thermogalvanic coefficient of the second electrochemically active material is at least about 0.5 millivolts/Kelvin.

  15. Improved Interference configuration for structured illumination microscopy

    Science.gov (United States)

    Chen, Houkai; Wei, Shibiao; Wu, Xiaojing; Yang, Yong; Zhang, Yuquan; Du, Luping; Liu, Jun; Zhu, Siwei; Yuan, Xiaocong

    2017-02-01

    We present an improved structured illumination configuration for structured illumination microscopy (SIM) based on spatial light modulator. Precise phase shifts and rotation of illumination fringes can be dynamically controlled using a spatial light modulator. The method is different from the conventional illumination configuration that are based on interference of ±1 diffractive order light. The experimental setup requires less optical elements making it compact, reliable, and suitable for integration. The method has been applied in the standing-wave total internal reflection fluorescent microscopy. High lateral resolution of sub-100 nm was achieved in single directional resolution enhancement experiments.

  16. Selecting Actuator Configuration for a Benson Boiler

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Kragelund, Martin Nygaard; Leth, John-Josef; Wisniewski, Rafal

    2009-01-01

    This paper addresses the problem of an optimal actuator configuration in an economic perspective. The objective is to minimize the economical cost of operating a given plant. Functionals encapsulating information of the business objectives given the different actuators has been established...... with particular focus on a boiler in a power plant operated by DONG Energy - a Danish energy supplier. The problem has been reformulated using mathematic notions from economics. The selection of actuator configuration has been limited to the fuel system which in the considered plant consists of three different...

  17. Operation and Design of Diabatic Distillation Processes

    DEFF Research Database (Denmark)

    Bisgaard, Thomas

    nature of the modelling framework is favourable for benchmarking distillation column configurations. To further facilitate benchmarking of distillation column configurations, a conceptual design algorithm was formulated, which systematicallyaddresses the selection of the design variables. The conceptual...... design of the heat-integrated distillation column configurations is challenging as a result of the increased number of decision variables compared to the CDiC. Finally, themodel is implemented in Matlab and a database of the considered configurations, case studies, pure component properties, and binary...

  18. Effects of Machine Tool Configuration on Its Dynamics Based on Orthogonal Experiment Method

    Institute of Scientific and Technical Information of China (English)

    GAO Xiangsheng; ZHANG Yidu; ZHANG Hongwei; WU Qiong

    2012-01-01

    In order to analyze the influence of configuration parameters on dynamic characteristics of machine tools in the working space,the configuration parameters have been suggested based on the orthogonal experiment method.Dynamic analysis of a milling machine,which is newly designed for producing turbine blades,has been conducted by utilizing the modal synthesis method.The finite element model is verified and updated by experimental modal analysis (EMA) of the machine tool.The result gained by modal synthesis method is compared with whole-model finite element method (FEM) result as well.According to the orthogonal experiment method,four configuration parameters of machine tool are considered as four factors for dynamic characteristics.The influence of configuration parameters on the first three natural frequencies is obtained by range analysis.It is pointed out that configuration parameter is the most important factor affecting the fundamental frequency of machine tools,and configuration parameter has less effect on lower-order modes of the system than others.The combination of configuration parameters which makes the fundamental frequency reach the maximum value is provided.Through demonstration,the conclusion can be drawn that the influence of configuration parameters on the natural frequencies of machine tools can be analyzed explicitly by the orthogonal experiment method,which offers a new method for estimating the dynamic characteristics of machine tools.

  19. Aerodynamic Comparison of Hyper-Elliptic Cambered Span (HECS) Wings with Conventional Configurations

    Science.gov (United States)

    Lazos, Barry S.; Visser, Kenneth D.

    2006-01-01

    An experimental study was conducted to examine the aerodynamic and flow field characteristics of hyper-elliptic cambered span (HECS) wings and compare results with more conventional configurations used for induced drag reduction. Previous preliminary studies, indicating improved L/D characteristics when compared to an elliptical planform prompted this more detailed experimental investigation. Balance data were acquired on a series of swept and un-swept HECS wings, a baseline elliptic planform, two winglet designs and a raked tip configuration. Seven-hole probe wake surveys were also conducted downstream of a number of the configurations. Wind tunnel results indicated aerodynamic performance levels of all but one of the HECS wings exceeded that of the other configurations. The flow field data surveys indicate the HECS configurations displaced the tip vortex farther outboard of the wing than the Baseline configuration. Minimum drag was observed on the raked tip configuration and it was noted that the winglet wake lacked the cohesive vortex structure present in the wakes of the other configurations.

  20. Configuration analysis and optimization on multipolar Galatea trap

    Science.gov (United States)

    Tong, W. M.; Tao, B. Q.; Jin, X. J.; Li, Z. W.

    2016-10-01

    Multipolar Galatea magnetic trap simulation model was established with the finite element simulation software COMSOL Multiphysics. Analyses about the magnetic section configuration show that better magnetic configuration should make more plasma stay in the weak magnetic field rather than the annular magnetic shell field. Then an optimization model was established with axial electromagnetic force, weak magnetic field area and average magnetic mirror ratio as the optimization goals and with the currents of myxines as design variables. Select appropriate weight coefficients and get optimization results by applying genetic algorithm. Results show that the superiority of the target value of typical application parameters, including the average magnetic mirror can reduce more than 5%, the weak magnetic field area can increase at least 65%, at the same time, axial electromagnetic force acting on the outer myxines can be reduced to less than 50 N. Finally, the results were proved by COMSOL Multiphysics and the results proved the optimized magnetic trap configuration with more plasma in the weak magnetic field can reduce the plasma diffusion velocity and is more conducive for the constraint of plasma.